Database Reference Guide

ENTERPRISE
Database Reference Guide
Software Version 7.0

Reference Guide Edition 2
Copyright 2010 AIRCOM International

All rights reserved
ADVANTAGE, ARRAYWIZARD, ASSET, CONNECT, DATASAFE, DIRECT,
ENTERPRISE, MYRIAD, AIRCOM OPTIMA, RANOPT and WEBWIZARD are
recognised trademarks of AIRCOM International. Other product names are
trademarks of their respective companies.
Microsoft Excel , .NET, Microsoft Office, Outlook , Visual Basic Windows,
Windows XP, Windows Vista and Word are trademarks of the Microsoft
Corporation.
This documentation is protected by copyright and contains proprietary and
confidential information. No part of the contents of this documentation may be
disclosed, used or reproduced in any form, or by any means, without the prior
written consent of AIRCOM International.
Although AIRCOM International has collated this documentation to reflect the
features and capabilities supported in the software products, the company makes no
warranty or representation, either expressed or implied, about this documentation, its
quality or fitness for particular customer purpose. Users are solely responsible for the
proper use of ENTERPRISE software and the application of the results obtained.
An electronic version of this document exists.
This User Reference Guide finalised on 10 September 2010.
Refer to the Online Help for more information.
This User Reference Guide prepared by:
AIRCOM International Ltd
Cassini Court
Randalls Research Park
Randalls Way
Leatherhead
Surrey
KT22 7TW
Telephone:
Support Hotline:
Fax:
Web:
+44 (0) 1932 442000

+44 (0) 1932 442345
+44 (0) 1932 442005
www.aircominternational.com
About This Manual

Change History
This table shows the change history (if any) of this guide:
Edition
Date
Reason
10 September 2010
First Official Publish.
6 December 2010
LOGCONNTRAFFIC Table removed.
Explanation of Symbols
Throughout this guide, where appropriate, some symbols are used to highlight
particular pieces of text. Three different symbols are in use, and are explained as
follows:
Symbol
Brief Description
Full Description
Note
Signifies text that should be noted or carefully considered.
Tip
Signifies text that may help you do something in an easier or quicker

way.
Warning or Important
Signifies text that is intended as a warning or something important.
Contents
Chapter 1 About this Manual
17
Overview of Database Table Definitions .......................................................... 17

Primary and Foreign Keys ......................................................................................... 17
About Permissions ..................................................................................................... 18
Obtaining User Assistance ............................................................................... 18

Who is This User Reference Guide For?................................................................... 19
About the ENTERPRISE User Reference Guides .................................................... 20
Can You Improve Our User Assistance? ................................................................... 21
Obtaining Support ...................................................................................................... 21
Obtaining Further Information and Services .............................................................. 23
Chapter 2 Database Table Relationships
25
Environment Set-up Database Table Relationships (1) .................................... 26

Equipment Database Table Relationships ....................................................... 31
Internal Database Table Relationships ............................................................ 31
Logical Network Database Table Relationships (1) .......................................... 32
Analog Network Database Table Relationships ............................................... 36
Project Database Table Relationships ............................................................. 37
ADVANTAGE Database Table Relationships .................................................. 38
CONNECT Database Table Relationships (1) ................................................. 39
CONNECT Database Table Relationships (2) ................................................. 40
Database Reference Guide 7.0

Contents
Page 7
Chapter 3 Environment Set-Up Database Tables
41
Table ACTIVEATTRIB ..................................................................................... 46

About the Elementtypekey Parameter ....................................................................... 53
Table ACTIVEELEMENTS ............................................................................... 55

Table ACTIVEFLAGS ...................................................................................... 55
Table ACTIVEOBJECTS ................................................................................. 56
Table ACTIVEPOLYGONS .............................................................................. 56
Table ACTIVEWFS .......................................................................................... 57
Table AICAR.................................................................................................... 57
Table ATTRIBUTETYPES ............................................................................... 57
Table CARLAY ................................................................................................ 58
Table CARLAYAICAR ..................................................................................... 58
Table CELLAY ................................................................................................. 59
Table CELLAYCARLAY ................................................................................... 60
Table COORDSYS .......................................................................................... 60
Table COORDSYSDATA ................................................................................. 61
Table COVCLASS ........................................................................................... 61
Table COVSCHEMA ........................................................................................ 61
Table COVTHRESH ........................................................................................ 62
Table CWSOURCETOCELLVECTOR ............................................................. 62
Table ENT_ACTIVELOGON_DATA................................................................. 62
Table ENT_EVENTLOG_DATA ....................................................................... 63
Table ENT_EXCEPTIONLOG.......................................................................... 64
Table ENVTYPE .............................................................................................. 64
Table ENVTYPECLUTTER .............................................................................. 65
Table FILTERS ................................................................................................ 66
Table FLAGASSOCIATIONS ........................................................................... 67
Table FLAGGROUPPERMISSIONS ................................................................ 67
Table FLAGGROUPS ...................................................................................... 67
Table FLAGS ................................................................................................... 68
About Fields ............................................................................................................... 68
Table FLAGVALUES ....................................................................................... 68

Table FREQBAND ........................................................................................... 69
Table FREQCARRIERCONV........................................................................... 69
Table FREQUENCYDIV .................................................................................. 70
Table GRIDCANDIDATES ............................................................................... 70
Table GRIDCONFIG ........................................................................................ 71
Page 8

Contents
Table GRIDCONFIGCELLS ............................................................................. 71

Table GROUPCARRIER.................................................................................. 72
Table HEXAGONGRIDS.................................................................................. 72
Table HSDPARATE ......................................................................................... 73
Table IDENTIFIERS ........................................................................................ 73
Table INTF....................................................................................................... 74
Table INTFWEIGHTS ...................................................................................... 75
Table LOGICALOPS ........................................................................................ 75
Table LOGUMTSCELLRATE ........................................................................... 75
Table LTECELLID............................................................................................ 76
Table LTECELLIDSCHEMA ............................................................................ 77
Table LTEFRAMES ......................................................................................... 77
Table LTEFREQBANDS .................................................................................. 79
Table MAPNAMES .......................................................................................... 80
Table MAPVALUES ......................................................................................... 80
Table NEIGHBOURLIMITS .............................................................................. 81
Table PATTERN .............................................................................................. 81
Table PATTERNGROUP ................................................................................. 82
Table PREDICTIONMODEL ............................................................................ 82
Table RULES................................................................................................... 83
Table RULETYPES ......................................................................................... 83
Table SCHEMAMANAGERS ........................................................................... 83
Table SCRIPTEVENTS ................................................................................... 84
Table SCRIPTSTORAGE ................................................................................ 84
Table TERMRATE ........................................................................................... 84
Table TERMTYCELLAY .................................................................................. 85
Table TERMTYCLUTTER ................................................................................ 85
Table TERMTYPE ........................................................................................... 86
Table TERMTYPEPOINT ................................................................................ 91
Table TERMTYPOLYGON .............................................................................. 92
Table TERMTYVECTOR ................................................................................. 92
Table TIMESLOTMAP ..................................................................................... 93
Table VECATTR .............................................................................................. 93
Table VECBOUNDS ........................................................................................ 94
Table VECFILE ................................................................................................ 94
Table WFSMAPPINGS .................................................................................... 95
Table WFSSERVICES ..................................................................................... 95
Contents
Page 9
Chapter 4 Equipment Database Tables 97

Table ANTENNADEVICE ................................................................................ 98
Table ANTENNAPATTERN ............................................................................. 99
Table BCFTYPE ............................................................................................ 100
Table BTS...................................................................................................... 101
Table CABIN.................................................................................................. 102
Table EQUIPSUPPLIER ................................................................................ 103
Table FEEDER .............................................................................................. 103
Table LOGNODEBTYPE ............................................................................... 104
Table MASTHEADAMP ................................................................................. 106
Table TOWER ............................................................................................... 107
Table VHMASK ............................................................................................. 108
Chapter 5 Internal Database Tables
109
Table CELLEQUIPMENT............................................................................... 110

Table CIBER.................................................................................................. 111
Table CONFIGURATION ............................................................................... 111
Table DBCORERFI........................................................................................ 112
Table DBVERSION........................................................................................ 112
Table FIELDSTABLE ..................................................................................... 112
Table IDSEQUENCES ................................................................................... 112
Table INTERFWEIGHTS ............................................................................... 113
Table LOGNODETYPE.................................................................................. 113
Table PRIORGROUPS .................................................................................. 113
Table PRIORGROUPUSER .......................................................................... 114
Table PRIORUSER ....................................................................................... 114
Table PRIORUSERLICCONFIG .................................................................... 116
Table PRIORUSERPRIVEX .......................................................................... 116
Table PRIORUSERPRIVEXTYPE ................................................................. 117
Table PRIORUSERRIGHTS .......................................................................... 117
Table PRIORUSERRM .................................................................................. 118
Table PRIORUSERTYPE .............................................................................. 118
Table PROJECT ............................................................................................ 119
Table PROJECTREGION .............................................................................. 121
Table REF_COLUMNS .................................................................................. 122
Page 10

Contents
Chapter 6 Logical Network Database Tables
123
Table CARRIEDTRAFFICDETAIL ................................................................. 127

Table CARRIEDTRAFFICTOTAL .................................................................. 128
Table GENREPEATER .................................................................................. 129
Table IS95CARRIER ..................................................................................... 130
Table LOGATTACHMENT ............................................................................. 131
Table LOGCONNECTION ............................................................................. 131
Table LOGCONNROUTE .............................................................................. 132
Table LOGCONNRTHOP .............................................................................. 132
Table LOGIS95ANTENNA ............................................................................. 133
Table LOGIS95BS ......................................................................................... 136
Table LOGIS95BSC ...................................................................................... 137
Table LOGIS95CAR ...................................................................................... 137
Table LOGIS95CLSITE ................................................................................. 138
Table LOGIS95CLUSTER ............................................................................. 139
Table LOGIS95FEEDER ............................................................................... 139
Table LOGIS95MSC ...................................................................................... 140
Table LOGIS95SECCAR ............................................................................... 141
Table LOGIS95SECTOR ............................................................................... 145
Table LOGLTEANTENNA .............................................................................. 145
Table LOGLTECAR ....................................................................................... 147
Table LOGLTECELL ...................................................................................... 148
Table LOGLTECELLCAR .............................................................................. 150
Table LOGLTEFEEDER ................................................................................ 153
Table LOGLTENODE .................................................................................... 154
Table LOGNETWORK ................................................................................... 154
Table LOGNODE ........................................................................................... 155
Table LOGNODEB ........................................................................................ 156
Table LOGNODETRAFFIC ............................................................................ 157
Table LOGNODETYPE.................................................................................. 158
Table LOGPLMN ........................................................................................... 158
Table LOGRNC ............................................................................................. 159
Table LOGUMTSANTENNA .......................................................................... 159
Table LOGUMTSCAR ................................................................................... 161
Table LOGUMTSCELL .................................................................................. 163
Contents
Page 11
Table LOGUMTSCELLCAR ........................................................................... 166

Table LOGUMTSFEEDER ............................................................................. 169
Table LOGWIMAXANTENNA ........................................................................ 170
Table LOGWIMAXCAR.................................................................................. 172
Table LOGWIMAXCELL ................................................................................ 173
Table LOGWIMAXCELLCAR ......................................................................... 174
Table LOGWIMAXFEEDER ........................................................................... 175
Table LOGWIMAXMOBANTENNA ................................................................ 176
Table LOGWIMAXMOBCAR ......................................................................... 178
Table LOGWIMAXMOBCELL ........................................................................ 179
Table LOGWIMAXMOBCELLCAR ................................................................. 180
Table LOGWIMAXMOBFEEDER ................................................................... 181
Table LOGWIMAXMOBNODE ....................................................................... 183
Table LOGWIMAXNODE ............................................................................... 183
Table LTECARRIER ...................................................................................... 184
Table MIMOGAINLOOKUP ........................................................................... 188
Table PNINDEXSCHEMA .............................................................................. 189
Table SIMTRAF ............................................................................................. 189
Table SRVCELLBITPRIOR ............................................................................ 190
Table SRVCELLPRIOR ................................................................................. 191
Table TGBITRATE......................................................................................... 191
Table TGCARRIER........................................................................................ 196
Table TGCARRIERADJ ................................................................................. 197
Table TGCLUTPATHLOSS ........................................................................... 198
Table TGRESTYPE ....................................................................................... 199
Table TGSERVBIT ........................................................................................ 199
Table TGSERVICE ........................................................................................ 200
Table TGSHOG ............................................................................................. 204
Table TGTERMSERV .................................................................................... 205
Table UMTSCODE ........................................................................................ 205
Table UMTSCODESCHEMA ......................................................................... 206
Table WIMAXCARRIER................................................................................. 206
Table WIMAXCARRIERADJ .......................................................................... 207
Table WIMAXMOBCARRIER......................................................................... 207
Table WIMAXMOBCARRIERADJ .................................................................. 209
Page 12

Contents
Chapter 7 Analog Network Database Tables
211
Table ANTENNA............................................................................................ 212

Table BCF ..................................................................................................... 214
Table BSC ..................................................................................................... 215
Table BSICSCHEMA ..................................................................................... 215
Table CARLAYDATA ..................................................................................... 216
Table CELLAYDATA ..................................................................................... 217
Table CELLEXCEPT ..................................................................................... 219
Table CELLSITES ......................................................................................... 220
Table CLDANTENNA .................................................................................... 222
Table DISTRIBUTION ................................................................................... 222
Table GSMCELL............................................................................................ 223
Table MSC..................................................................................................... 225
Table PLMN................................................................................................... 226
Table REPEATER ......................................................................................... 226
Table REPEATERCELL................................................................................. 228
Chapter 8 Project Database Tables
231
Table CARRIERS .......................................................................................... 233

About States in the CARRIERS Table..................................................................... 233
Table CIXLAT ................................................................................................ 234

Table COMPOUNDARRAYEXP .................................................................... 235
Table COMPOUNDARRAYTERM ................................................................. 236
Table CONTACTPERSON ............................................................................ 237
Table FAXNUMBER ...................................................................................... 238
Table FOLDERS ............................................................................................ 238
Table GENERICNBR ..................................................................................... 238
Table GENREPEATERFEEDER ................................................................... 239
Table GRAPH ................................................................................................ 241
Table GRAPHLIST ........................................................................................ 242
Table HDRDLKPARAMS ............................................................................... 242
Table PHONENUMBER................................................................................. 243
Table SITEADDRESS ................................................................................... 244
Table TERMMOBSPEED .............................................................................. 246
Table VECPROJECT ..................................................................................... 246

Contents
Page 13
Chapter 9 ADVANTAGE Database Tables
247
Table ACTIONCOMBINATIONS .................................................................... 249

Table ADVGLOBDESTGT ............................................................................. 250
Table ADVPROBCELLWGT .......................................................................... 250
Table BANDPARAMETERS .......................................................................... 251
Table BANDTARGETS .................................................................................. 252
Table CELLMOD ........................................................................................... 255
Table CLUTTHRES ....................................................................................... 256
Table CONSTRAINTTEMPLATE ................................................................... 256
Table COSTCONVCOEFFICIENTS............................................................... 257
Table COSTFUNCTIONWEIGHTS ................................................................ 257
Table DBVERSION........................................................................................ 258
Table DELTAPLAN ........................................................................................ 258
Table DESIGNTARGET................................................................................. 259
Table DESIGNTARGETATOM ...................................................................... 260
Table DESIGNTARGETCOMP ...................................................................... 261
Table DESIGNTARGETGROUP.................................................................... 261
Table MAXACTIONCONSTRAINTS .............................................................. 262
Table OPTIMISATIONDETAILS .................................................................... 262
Table OPTIMISATIONSNAPSHOT ................................................................ 263
Table OPTIONS............................................................................................. 264
Table PEDATAINDEX ................................................................................... 265
Table PLAN ................................................................................................... 265
Table PLANAVAILABILITY ............................................................................ 266
Table PLANREJECTIONOPTNS ................................................................... 267
Table PLANTEMPLATEASSOCIATION ........................................................ 267
Table PLANVECTOR .................................................................................... 268
Table PROBAREAID ..................................................................................... 269
Table PROBCELLID ...................................................................................... 270
Table STATISTIC .......................................................................................... 271
Table STATISTICMC ..................................................................................... 272
Table VECTORPARAMETERS ..................................................................... 273
Page 14

Contents
Chapter 10 CONNECT Database Tables
275
Table AMCRECEIVERTHRESHOLD ............................................................. 278

Table AMCTRANSMITPOWER ..................................................................... 278
Table AMPSBTSROUTE ............................................................................... 279
Table BACKTOBACKANTENNA ................................................................... 279
Table BAND................................................................................................... 280
Table CARRIERAMCTHRESHOLD ............................................................... 281
Table CARRIERFEED ................................................................................... 281
Table CHANNEL............................................................................................ 282
Table CIOBJ .................................................................................................. 283
Table CIOBJENTRY ...................................................................................... 284
Table GSMBTSROUTE ................................................................................. 285
Table LINK..................................................................................................... 285
LINKAMCTHRESHOLD ................................................................................. 292
Table LINKATTACH ...................................................................................... 292
Table LINKENDANTENNA ............................................................................ 293
Table LINKENDFEED .................................................................................... 294
Table LINKLOSVALUES................................................................................ 295
Table LINKTERMEQUIP................................................................................ 295
Table LINKTYPE ........................................................................................... 296
Table LINKUDH ............................................................................................. 297
Table LINKUDPROF ...................................................................................... 298
Table MODULATIONTYPE ............................................................................ 298
Table MWANTENNATYPE ............................................................................ 299
Table PMPCARRIER ..................................................................................... 300
Table PMPHUB ............................................................................................. 307
Table PMPHUBLINKEND .............................................................................. 308
Table PMPSECTOR ...................................................................................... 309
Table PRLINKEND ........................................................................................ 310
Table PRLLINK .............................................................................................. 311
Table PRLREF .............................................................................................. 311
Table PTPLINKEND ...................................................................................... 312
Table RADIOAMCTHRESHOLD .................................................................... 318
Table RADIOEQUIP ...................................................................................... 319
Table RADIOMASK ....................................................................................... 324
Table REFLECTOR ....................................................................................... 325
Contents
Page 15
Table SECTORANTENNA ............................................................................. 326

Table SHAREDLINKTEMPRANGE ............................................................... 327
Table SPLITTER............................................................................................ 327
Table SPURLINK ........................................................................................... 328
Table SPURREF............................................................................................ 328
Table USERLINKTEMPRANGE .................................................................... 329
Chapter 11 About Difference Tables

331
Permissions in Difference Tables ................................................................... 332
AppendixADatabaseChanges333
Index357
Page 16

Contents
CHAPTER 1
About this Manual

This Reference Guide describes the database tables in the ENTERPRISE database for
version 7.0.
Overview of Database Table Definitions

The tables in the core database are divided into two distinct groups:
The master tables which store data available to all users
The difference tables which store information relating to user-specific changes
This chapter gives reference information on the separate database tables available in
the core database.
Information about the DIRECT database is proprietary. For any queries you may
have, please contact Product Support.
Primary and Foreign Keys

The primary key is a column, or set of columns, whose values uniquely identify every
row in a table.
A foreign key is one or more columns within a table whose values are based on those
of the primary key from another table. The foreign key relates the information from
another table (the foreign table) to information in the current (referenced or primary)
table.
If a foreign key is allowed to have a NULL value, it is said to be optional.
A foreign key that is not optional is called mandatory. Most foreign and primary keys
are mandatory.
Projectno is always part of the foreign key, so is not indicated as such throughout
the database tables.

About this Manual
Page 17
About Permissions
Tables in the database for BSCs, MSCs, distribution nodes, Properties, repeaters and
cell sites have a Permissions field. This contains a three digit code that grants the
read/write privileges to the relational database as follows:
The first digit of the code is specific to the user
The second digit relates to that user's default group
The third digit relates to all available users in that project
Each digit extends from 0 to 2 inclusive, with 0 or 1 providing Read privileges and 2
representing all permissions, that is Read and Write.
You set user permissions in Administrator, either when you first create a user or by
changing the properties of an existing user. For information on how to do this, see the
Installation and Administration Guide.
Obtaining User Assistance

Using Online Help
ENTERPRISE products come with a complete system of online Help which you can
access in three ways:
From the Help menu, click Help Contents. Scroll through the table of contents and
choose a relevant topic to display.
To search for something particular, from the Help menu, click Help Contents and
using the Index tab or Search tab, type in a letter or word to start searching for
relevant topics.
Press F1 in a dialog box to view context-sensitive help (available for most dialog
boxes).
If you are using ENTERPRISE within a CITRIX environment, to ensure that the
Help graphics are displayed, set your display settings to support more than 256
colours.
Using ENTERPRISE User Reference Guides
If you prefer to read printed content, we also provide User Reference Guides. To view
or print these as PDFs (Adobe Acrobat portable document format):
1
Make sure you have Adobe Acrobat Reader installed on your PC. If you do not
have this, you can install it from the ENTERPRISE CD, or get it from the Adobe
website.
Adobe and Acrobat are trademarks of Adobe Systems, Incorporated.
Page 18

About this Manual
Click Start on the taskbar, point to Programs, then AIRCOM International, then
ENTERPRISE, then Docs.
- or Navigate to the Docs folder in the location where you installed the product.
If neither of these exists, please contact your administrator.
Double-click the PDF file that you want to view.
If you have a customer web account, you can also download the latest User
Reference Guides from our website.
Checking Release Notes
Each release of the ENTERPRISE software is accompanied by Release Notes, giving
important information on system requirements, installation, known issues, upgrades
and so on. These notes are included in the ENTERPRISE CD, or you can download
them from our website.
For any further documentation, such as application notes and extra reference
information, please email the support team at the address described in Obtaining
Support on page 21.
Who is This User Reference Guide For?

The ENTERPRISE User Reference Guides are intended for different audiences,
depending on the particular product. Typical prerequisites include a good
understanding of the following:
The appropriate telecoms technologies and the associated network planning
methods (for planning software)
Relational database management, and in particular Oracle database creation and
administration procedures (for administrative software)
The various parameters utilised for monitoring and optimising networks (for OSS
software)
Irrespective of the particular product, the following basic knowledge is required:
Microsoft Windows concepts
The functions of the Microsoft Office suite of tools, in particular Excel

About this Manual
Page 19
About the ENTERPRISE User Reference Guides

This table describes our range of User Reference Guides:
This Guide
Contains Information On
What's New
The main difference between the latest versions of the ENTERPRISE

suite.
ENTERPRISE Installation and Administration
Installing and configuring ENTERPRISE, your network, and Oracle

databases. Using Administrator to create users and groups, and set
permissions.
Also contains information on software licensing.
ENTERPRISE Database Reference
The relationships between tables in the database and the contents of each
table.
ENTERPRISE User Reference
Functionality that is common to most of the products in the ENTERPRISE

suite, including how to access, view, edit and store data.
ENTERPRISE Technical Reference
File formats, as well as antenna and diffraction calculations.
ADVANTAGE User Reference
Using ADVANTAGE to plan and optimise networks automatically, consider

measured data in analysis/optimisation, analyse network performance,
identify problematic areas/cells, and related tasks.
ARRAYWIZARD User Reference
Using ARRAYWIZARD to automatically generate pathloss predictions and

best server arrays, which gives you instantaneous display of coverage and
interference information for pre-selected filters when loaded into ASSET.
ASSET User Reference
Using ASSET, the network planning and analysis tool, to design a range of
cellular networks.
Includes information on hierarchical network planning, propagation
modelling, service and bearer definition, coverage analysis, traffic planning,
neighbour planning, measurement data analysis, detailed reporting,
analysis arrays and simulation of network performance.
ASSET Technical Reference
Array descriptions and information on some of the algorithms used in

ASSET.
ASSET ACP User Reference Guide
Using ASSET ACP to plan and optimise networks automatically, designed

as an aid for day-to-day planning.
(Optional add-on to ASSET.)
CONNECT User Reference
Using CONNECT, the network transmission and microwave link planning

software for full network physical link design and logical link design.
Also contains CONNECT-specific reference information.
DATASAFE User Reference
Using DATASAFE, our network configuration tool to implement both small

and large scale changes to networks
DIRECT User Reference
Using DIRECT to design telecommunications networks of different network

layers. Explains how to plan cellular, PSTN and data networks at a both
general and strategic level.
Also contains DIRECT-specific reference information.
Financial Analysis User Reference Guide
Using the Financial Analysis module to evaluate and plan for the revenue
potential of your network.
(Optional add-on to ASSET and ADVANTAGE.)
ILSA User Reference Guide
Using ILSA, ASSET's automatic 2g frequency planning tool.

(Optional add-on to ASSET.)
AIRCOM OPTIMA User Reference
Page 20
Using AIRCOM OPTIMA to view performance data and statistics both with
ENTERPRISE and standalone.

About this Manual
This Guide
Contains Information On
RANOPT User Reference
Using RANOPT to efficiently find faults in your network, optimise and

validate its performance prior to commercial launch.
WEBWIZARD User Reference
Using WEBWIZARD to display GIS and report information of network data,

including creating layers, regions, nodes, layer types, administering and
configuring the system and using the GIS view, explorer and report
viewers.
Can You Improve Our User Assistance?

We are always trying to improve the online Help and User Reference Guides.
If you cannot find the Help you were looking for, need more information, or have any
suggestions for improvements, we would be grateful for your feedback.
Also, if you are generally satisfied with these resources, we would appreciate any
positive feedback.
Online Questionnaire
You can help us by completing our brief online questionnaire
(http://www.surveymonkey.com/s.aspx?sm=RIRKLcrdvaCzRnUBNx5tcQ_3d_3d).
Alternatively, you can contact us directly at docs@aircominternational.com.
Obtaining Support
If you have a difficulty you cannot resolve yourself using the online Help or
Reference Guides, or you have found a possible fault in the software, you can log a
support request. You may also wish to contact us if you want to:
Register for a customer web account to access the Support area
Obtain further documentation, such as application notes and extra reference
information
Logging Support Requests Online
To log a support request online:
1
Go to the AIRCOM website, at www.aircominternational.com.
Click the link for Product Support Login.
Log in, using your customer web account username and password.
In the Technical Support pane, click Online Helpdesk.
Click Log New UTS Call.
Type the details of your request, and then click Submit.

About this Manual
Page 21
Contacting us via Telephone or Email

If you wish to contact us directly, here are the contact details of our regional offices:
Location
Regional Office
Contact Details
Europe
United Kingdom
Tel : +44 1932 442000

Fax :+44 1932 442005
support@aircominternational.com
Middle East, Africa and Central Asia
Belgium
support@aircominternational.be
France
support@aircominternational.fr
Germany
support@aircominternational.de
Italy
support@aircominternational.it
Sweden
support@aircominternational.se
United Arab Emirates
Tel : +971 4 391 2642

Fax :+971 4 391 8141
support@aircominternational.ae
South Africa
Tel : +27 11 745 1475

Fax : +27 11 465 1517
support@aircominternational.com
Americas
Mexico
support@aircominternational.com.mx
USA
Tel : +1 214 576 2700

Fax : +1 214 576 2794
support@aircominternational.us
Asia and Oceania
Brazil
support@aircominternational.com.br
Singapore
Tel: +65 6372 0548

Fax: +65 6372 0350
supportsg@aircominternational.com
China
Tel: +86 2162792779

Fax: +86 2162792855
supportsg@aircominternational.com
India
Tel: +91 124 4848200

Fax: +91 124 4517878
supportindia@aircominternational.com
When contacting us with a support query, it would help us if you:

Give us as much information as possible about the problem and the context in
which it occurred
State the version and build you are using
Have all the details of your query to hand
Are logged into the ENTERPRISE application
Can send extracts of your data sets if we need them to reproduce your problem
Page 22

About this Manual
Obtaining Further Information and Services

As well as comprehensive online Help and User Reference Guides and dedicated
Product Support, AIRCOM provides:
Online Knowledgebase of Articles
If you register for a customer web account, you can view our searchable technical
database in the Product Support section of the AIRCOM website. This
Knowledgebase contains articles created by our support professionals who have
resolved issues for our customers, and is constantly updated, expanded, and refined
to ensure that you have access to the very latest information and frequently asked
questions.
Power Tools
If you register for a customer web account, you can download from a selection of
useful power tools, such as file conversion utilities.
Latest Copies of the User Reference Guides
If you register for a customer web account, you can download the latest User
Reference Guides (PDFs) from our website. If you do this, please check the back of the
reference guides for any additions or corrections.
Consultancy Services
AIRCOM also provide full radio consultancy services in Network Audits, Business
Planning Support, Licence Applications, Radio Network Planning,
Telecommunications Research and System Modelling and Propagation Analysis and
Modelling.
Training
There is a wide variety of courses run by AIRCOM. These courses range from tool
training to technology training. For details, contact Competence Development
Solutions (training@aircominternational.com).

About this Manual
Page 23
Page 24

About this Manual
CHAPTER 2
Database Table
Relationships
This chapter shows the relationships between tables in the ENTERPRISE database,
illustrated by the following diagrams.
The direction of the arrows indicates the way the tables are referenced.

Database Table Relationships
Page 25
Environment Set-up Database Table Relationships (1)

This diagram shows relationships between the environment set-up database tables.
Environment Set-up Database Tables
Page 26



Page 27

Page 28



Page 29

Page 30

Equipment Database Table Relationships

This diagram shows the relationships between the equipment database tables.
Equipment Database Tables
Internal Database Table Relationships

This diagram shows the relationships between the internal database tables.
Internal Database Tables

Page 31
Logical Network Database Table Relationships (1)

This diagram shows the relationships between the logical network database tables.
Logical Network Database Tables
Page 32


Logical Network Database Table Relationships

Page 33

Page 34



Page 35
Analog Network Database Table Relationships

This diagram shows relationships between the analog network database tables.
Analog Network Database Tables
Page 36

Project Database Table Relationships

This diagram shows relationships between the project database tables.
Project Database Tables

Page 37
ADVANTAGE Database Table Relationships

This diagram shows the relationships between the ADVANTAGE database tables.
ADVANTAGE Database Tables
Page 38

CONNECT Database Table Relationships (1)

This diagram shows relationships between the CONNECT database tables.
CONNECT Database Tables

Page 39
CONNECT Database Table Relationships (2)

This diagram shows relationships between the CONNECT database tables.
Page 40

CHAPTER 3
Environment Set-Up
Database Tables
The following table describes the environment set-up database tables:
This
Table
Stores Information
On
Primary
Keys
Foreign Keys
(projectno + )
Diff
Table?
ACTIVEATTRIB
The active attributes used in

user-defined filters
activeattributekey
FK1 filterkey
YES
pickedobjectkey
FK2 rulekey
projectno
ACTIVEELEMENTS
The active elements used in

elementtypekey
FK1 filterkey
filterkey
FK2 rulekey
projectno
YES
rulekey
ACTIVEFLAGS
The active fields used in userdefined filters
filterkey
flaggroupkey
flagkey
projectno
ACTIVEOBJECTS
The active objects used in userdefined filters
FK1 filterkey
YES
FK2 flaggroupkey
rulekey
FK3 rulekey
elementtypekey
FK1 filterkey
YES
FK1 filterkey
YES
filterkey
objectkey
projectno
ACTIVEPOLYGONS
The active polygons used in

featid
filterkey
guidfield
FK2 rulekey
polygonkey
projectno
rulekey

Environment Set-Up Database Tables
Page 41
This
Table
Stores Information
On
Primary
Keys
AICAR
The available carriers defined in

the Carrier Layers dialog box
carriernumber
Foreign Keys
(projectno + )
Diff
Table?
NO
projectno
ATTRIBUTETYPES
The attribute types used in userdefined filters
attributetypekey
CARLAY
The carrier layers defined in the

Carrier Layers dialog box
carlaykey
The carriers associated with

each carrier layer defined in the
Carrier Layers dialog box
carlaykey
CARLAYAICAR
NO
projectno
carriernumber
FK1 freqbandkey
YES
FK1 carriernumber
YES
projectno
CELLAY
CELLAYCARLAY
The cell layers defined in the

Cell Layers dialog box
cellaykey
YES
The relationship between the

carrier layers and cell layers
carlaykey
projectno
cellaykey
COORDSYS
The datums, groups, units and

co-ordinate systems used in the
map projections
COORDSYSDATA
The BLOB record, containing

the entire co-ordinate system
file
COVCLASS
The coverage classes defined in

the Cell Layer dialog box. These
apply globally to the system,
and store the name and colour
of each of the classes
covclasskey
The user and system coverage

schemas created
covshemakey
The thresholds for each

coverage class. There are
arranged on each cell layer for
different achieved coverages
covthreshkey
CWSOURCETOCELLVECT
OR
Associations between pathloss

correction files and cell vectors
cwvectorpk
ENT_ACTIVELOGON
The active connections to the

database
sessionid
COVTHRESH
DATA
ENT_EVENTLOG_
YES
FK2 cellaykey
projectno
COVSCHEMA
FK1 carlaykey
projectno
NO
NO
NO
projectno
NO
projectno
NO
projectno
YES
projectno
NO
usrkey
Events in projects
NO
ENT_EXCEPTIONLOG
Errors/exception that are logged
NO
ENVTYPE
Environment type parameters

associated with the Model
Assignment Calculator
DATA
envtypepk
idname
projectno
Page 42

NO
This
Table
Stores Information
On
Primary
Keys
ENVTYPECLUTTER
Environment type clutter

parameters associated with the
Model Assignment Calculator
envtypeclutter
pk
The names, types and attributes

of filters defined in projects
filterkey
The field groups available for

different element types
elementtypekey
FK1 flaggroupkey
flaggroupkey
FK2 -
projectno
elementtypekey
FILTERS
FLAGASSOCIATIONS
FLAGGROUP
PERMISSIONS
The association between field

groups and user groups.
Foreign Keys
(projectno + )
Diff
Table?
NO
projectno
YES
projectno
flaggroupkey
NO
NO
usergroupkey
projectno
FLAGGROUPS
FLAGS
The available field groups,

defined in the Field Editor dialog
box
flaggroupkey
The available fields, defined in

the Field Editor dialog box
flaggroupkey
NO
projectno
FK1 flaggroupkey
NO
elementtypekey
FK1 flaggroupkey
YES
flaggroupkey
FK2 flaggroupkey +
flagkey
flagkey
projectno
FLAGVALUES
The field settings of each object
objectkey
projectno
FREQBAND
FREQCARRIERCONV
FREQUENCYDIV
GRIDCANDIDATES
The frequency bands used in

the project.
freqbandkey
The conversion formulas used

to extract the uplink and
downlink frequencies from the
appropriate ARFCNs. A
frequency band can use
different conversion formulas for
different ranges of carriers
freqbandkey
The frequency diversity hopping

gain values
freqhopcars
The candidate details for

Properties
addressfk
NO
projectno
freqconversionkey
FK1 freqbandkey
NO
projectno
NO
projectno
candidatepk
FK1 addressfk
YES
projectno
GRIDCONFIG
GRIDCONFIGCELLS
The grid settings, including the

measurement units
configpk
The grid settings for the cells
configcellpk
YES
projectno
configfk
FK1 configfk
YES
projectno

Page 43
This
Table
Stores Information
On
Primary
Keys
GROUPCARRIER
The carriers associated with a

frequency reuse group in a
particular pattern, defined in the
Group dialog box
carriernumber
Foreign Keys
(projectno + )
Diff
Table?
YES
groupkey
projectno
HEXAGONGRIDS
HSDPARATE
The available hexagon radii

defined in the Hexagon Radii
dialog box
gridkey
YES
HSDPA coding rates
hsdparatekey
projectno
NO
projectno
IDENTIFIERS
INTF
The identifiers defined in the

Identifier Options dialog box
identifier_fk
Not used
intfkey
NO
projectno
NO
projectno
INTFWEIGHTS
Not used
intfkey
NO
intflevel
projectno
LOGICALOPS
LOGUMTSCELLRATE
The logical operators used in

the user-defined filters
logicalopkey
Associations between UMTS

cells and HSDPA rates
hsdparatefk
projectno
logumtscellfk
LTE cell identities
cellidkey_pk
projectno
LTECELLIDSCHEMA
LTEFRAMES
LTE cell details and schema

setting
projectno
LTE frame details
frame_pk
YES
FK1 hsdparatefk
YES
FK2 logumtscellfk
projectno
LTECELLID
FK1 filterkey
FK1 schemakey_fk
NO
NO
schemakey_pk
YES
projectno
LTEFREQBANDS
LTE frequency band details
freqbandpk
YES
projectno
MAPNAMES
Channel to transceiver maps

defined in the Channel Maps
dialog box
mapkey
MAPVALUES
The way in which channels are

organised on the carriers in the
Channel Maps dialog box
projectno
NEIGHBOURLIMITS
The maximum number of

neighbours allowed on different
cell and node types
limit_pk
The frequency reuse structure,

defined in the Groups dialog box
patternkey
PATTERN
Page 44
NO
projectno
FK1 mapkey
NO
NO
projectno
projectno
FK1 carrierlayerkey

YES
This
Table
Stores Information
On
Primary
Keys
Foreign Keys
(projectno + )
Diff
Table?
PATTERNGROUP
The allocation of carriers to the

various frequency groups in a
particular pattern, defined in the
Groups dialog box
groupkey
FK1 patternkey
YES
The prediction models and their

settings created in each project
modelkey
The rules used in user-defined

filters
projectno
PREDICTIONMODEL
RULES
patternkey
projectno
YES
projectno
rulekey
FK1 filterkey
YES
FK2 logicalopkey
FK3 - ruletypekey
RULETYPES
The rule types used in userdefined filters
ruletypekey
NO
SCHEMAMANAGERS
The schema managers
classid
NO
SCRIPTEVENTS
The events stored in database

scripts
lognodetypekey
FK1 lognodetypekey
projectno
FK2 scriptkey
scriptkey
SCRIPTSTORAGE
The database scripts
scriptkey
TERMRATE
Associations between terminal

types and HSDPA rates
hsdparatefk
projectno
termtypefk
TERMTYCELLAY
TERMTYCLUTTER
TERMTYPE
The relationship between the

cell layers and terminal types,
defined in the Terminal Types
dialog box
cellaykey
The amount of traffic and

weightings for the clutter
classes defined in the Terminal
Types dialog box
code
The available terminal types
projectno
projectno
termtypekey
projectno
NO
NO
FK1 hsdparatefk
YES
FK2 termtypefk
FK1 termtypekey
YES
FK2 cellaykey
FK1 termtypekey
YES
termtypekey
YES
termtypekey
TERMTYPEPOINT
The amount of traffic spread in

the projects' polygons. The
traffic can be spread by using a
weighting value or an Erlang
value
projectno
FK1 - termtypekey
YES
FK1 termtypekey
YES
termtypekey
code
guidfield
featid
TERMTPOLYGON
The amount of traffic spread in

the projects' polygons. The
value
code
featid
guidfield
projectno
termtypekey

Page 45
This
Table
Stores Information
On
Primary
Keys
Foreign Keys
(projectno + )
Diff
Table?
TERMTYVECTOR
The amount of traffic spread

along the projects' vectors. The
value
code
FK1 termtypekey
YES
featid
guidfield
projectno
termtypekey
TIMESLOTMAP
VECATTR
The timeslot maps defined for

links in the Link Database
projectno
Vector attributes and segments
attrid
NO
timeslotmapkey
NO
segid
vecid
VECBOUNDS
The vectors in the project.
vecid
NO
VECFILE
The location of the vector file
filename
NO
vecid
Table ACTIVEATTRIB
This table shows the column list:
Page 46
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
activeattributekey
integer
Not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each active

attribute in the database.
attributenum
integer
Not null
Indicates the type of active attribute. A unique number will be

stored for each parameter in the Site Database. See table
below.
bool
integer
Indicates whether the active attribute is boolean (1) or not

(0).
carlayerid
varchar2(128)
Identifies the carrier layer.
cellayerid
varchar2(128)
Identifies the cell layer.
elementtypekey
integer
Stores a unique number for each element type in the

database.
filterkey
integer
Not null
Stores a unique number for each filter in the database.
modifyuser
integer
Not null
Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.
numberA
float
If the active attribute is a number (or a range), this field is the

number 1 on the Rules Definition page of the Filter Wizard.
numberB
float
If the active attribute is a range, this field is number 2 on the

Rules Definition page of the Filter Wizard.
objectkey
integer
If a list is being used for the active attribute, identifies each

object in the list.
pickedobjectkey
integer
Not null
Primary key, storing a number for each picked object if a

pick-list is being used for the active attribute.
projectno
integer
Not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
rulekey
integer
Not null
Stores a number for each rule in the database.
string
varchar2(255)
If the active attribute is a string, contains the string value.
Foreign keys:
FK1 (projectno + filterkey) references the FILTERS table
FK2 (projectno + rulekey) references the RULES table
This table shows the meanings of the possible values of the attributenum parameter:
Number
Attribute
GSM ID
MCC
Assigned Cell Layer
NCC
BCC
50
Allocated Carriers
51
Forbidden Carriers
52
Fixed Carriers
53
Allocated Traffic Carriers
54
Allocated Control Carriers
55
Forbidden Traffic Carriers
56
Forbidden Control Characters
57
Fixed Traffic Carriers
58
Fixed Control Carriers
65
MNC
66
BSIC
67
CGI
68
Cell Equipment
69
Equipment Correction Factor (db)
70
Enable DTX
71
Voice Activation Factor
72
Enable Antenna Hopping
75
Enable AMR
97
NSEI
98
City Type
99
Maximum Back Cell Radius
100
Maximum Front Cell Radius
102
Co-Channel Carriers
103
Adjacent Channel Carriers
201
ID
202
Address 1 (Property), 1st Name (MSC), Cell Name (GSM Cell)

Page 47
Page 48
Number
Attribute
203
Address 2 (Property), 2nd Name (MSC)
204
Comments
205
Contact Person
206
Antenna Type
207
Feeder Type
208
NCC
209
Mechanical Downtilt
210
Azimuth
211
Height
212
Antenna Corr. Factor (db)
213
LAC
217
Carrier
218
MHA Type
220
Relative Antenna location (East) (m)
222
Relative Antenna location (North) (m)
224
1st Order NBR
225
2nd Order NBR
230
Mast
231
Cabin
233
Mast Structure Height (m)
250
Owner
251
Group
252
Owner Writable
253
Group Writable
254
All Writable
255
Last Modified User
263
Forbidden Azimuth Range Enabled
264
Clockwise Bearing Angle
265
Anti-Clockwise Bearing Angle
266
Antenna Device Fixed
267
Antenna Pattern Fixed
268
Mechanical Downtilt Fixed
269
Azimuth Fixed
270
Height Fixed
271
Constrain Max Main Lobe Tilt
272
Max Main Lobe Tilt
273
Fixed Site DB Sector Configuration
275
Primary Prediction Radius (m)
277
Primary Prediction Resolution (m)

Number
Attribute
280
Secondary Prediction Radius (m)
282
Secondary Prediction Resolution (m)
287
Relative Antenna Distance (m)
290
BSIC Schema
403
Property Code
405
DTM(m)
406
Actual DTM(m)
408
Town
409
Province
410
Post Code
411
Search Radius(m)
412
Use Actual DTM checked
416
Link High/Low Conflict
418
Location - East (m)
420
Location - North (m)
422
Building Height (m)
424
Override MTTR
425
MTTR
426
Available Height (m)
429
Antenna heights to Use (m)
431
Constrain Antenna Heights to Use
432
Height Variation Allowed
433
Antenna Co-Location Enabled
434
Same Height Antennas Min Azimuth Diff
435
Constrain Same Height Antennas Min Azimuth Diff
436
Max Mast Height (m)
438
Optimisation Status
439
Location Fixed
440
Site Always Active
601
Hexagon Radius (m)
605
Site Equipment
606
Site Equipment Fixed
1202
RAC
1402
Number of Channels
1590
Antenna RX Diversity
1591
Antenna TX Diversity
1602
Sector Carrier Noise Rise Limit (dB)
1603
Sector Short PN Code Offset
1604
Max PA Power (dBm)

Page 49
Page 50
Number
Attribute
1605
Rated PA Power (dBm)
1606
Min Fundamental Channel Power (dBm)
1607
Max Fundamental Channel Power (dBm)
1608
Power Control Step Size (dB)
1612
Sector Carrier Pilot Power (dBm)
1613
Sector Carrier EV-DO Uplink Data Offset 153kb (db)
1614
Sector Carrier Number of Paging Channels
1615
Sector Carrier Paging Channel Power (dBm)
1616
Sector Carrier Sync Channel Power (dBm)
1618
Sector Carrier Receiver Noise Figure (dB)
1619
Sector Carrier Excess Noise (dBm)
1620
Sector Carrier DL Radio Configuration
1621
Sector Carrier Active Set Size
1622
Sector Carrier T-Drop (dBm)
1623
Sector Carrier TX Combiner Loss (dB)
1624
Sector Carrier RX Splitter Loss (dB)
1628
Sector Carrier Max Primary Channels
1629
Sector Carrier Static Analysis Achieved DL Traffic Power (dBm)
1631
Sector Carrier Min Supplemental Channel Power (dBm)
1632
Sector Carrier Max Supplemental Channel Power (dBm)
1635
Sector Number of Channels
1637
Sector Carrier TD-SCDMA Max DPCH Power (dBm)
1638
Sector Carrier Broadcast Control Channel Power (dBm)
1639
Sector Carrier Quick Paging Channel Power (dBm)
1640
Sector Carrier Common Power Control Channel Power (dBm)
1641
Sector Carrier Common Assignment Channel Power (dBm)
1642
Sector Carrier Common Control Channel Power (dBm)
1650
Sector Carrier Dedicated Control Channel Power (dBm)
1651
Sector Carrier EV-DO Uplink Data Offset Nom (db)
1652
Sector Carrier EV-DO Uplink Data Offset 9k6 (db)
1653
1654
1655
1656
Sector Carrier Paging Channel Data Rate (bps)
1657
Sector Carrier Number of Channels
1658
Sector Carrier Max Handoff Channels
1659
Sector Carrier Static Analysis Achieved Noise Rise (dBm)
1660
Sector Carrier TD-SCDMA Scrambling Code
1661
Sector Carrier TD-SCDMA Scrambling Code Group

Number
Attribute
1662
Sector Carrier TD-SCDMA Code ID
1663
Sector Carrier TD-SCDMA Min DPCH Power (dBm)
1664
Sector Carrier TD-SCDMA Code Orthogonality Factor
1665
Sector Carrier TD-SCDMA Joint Detection Orthogonality Factor
1666
Sector Carrier TD-SCDMA SP Configuration
1680
Sector Carrier MAC Indexes
1801
Main Freq Band
1802
Div Freq Band
1803
Main Freq Channel
1804
Div Freq Channel
1805
Main Channel High Freq (MHZ)
1806
Div Channel High Freq (MHZ)
1807
Main Channel Low Freq (MHZ)
1808
Div Channel Low Freq (MHZ)
1809
Main Antenna Type
1810
Div Antenna Type
1811
Main Antenna Diameter
1813
Div Antenna Diameter
1817
Main Antenna Operating Freq (MHZ)
1818
Div Antenna Operating Freq (MHZ)
1819
Main Polarisation
1820
Div Polarisation
1821
Main Radio Type
1822
Div Radio Type
1823
Main Radio TX Power (dBm)
1824
Div Radio TX Power (dBm)
1825
Main Centre Freq (MHZ)
1826
Div Centre Freq (MHZ)
1827
Main Freq Designation
1828
Div Freq Designation
1830
Link Terminal Equipment Name
1831
Cumulative Interference
1832
Show Interferers
1833
Primary BTS Routes
1834
Secondary BTS Routes
1843
Link Length (Km)
1835
Link Type
1836
LOS Status
1837
Capacity Allocation

Page 51
Page 52
Number
Attribute
1838
Rainfall Region (ITU-R)
1839
Propagation Prediction Calculation Method
1840
Capacity Type
1841
Rainfall Region (Crane)
1842
Rainfall Calculation Method
2001
RX Antenna Type
2002
RX Feeder Type
2003
RX Propagation Model
2004
RX MHA Type
2006
RX MHA Gain
2007
RX Prediction Radius (Km)
2009
RX Feeder Length (m)
2011
RX Antenna Height (m)
2013
RX Azimuth
2014
RX Mechanical Down Tilt
2015
RX Antenna Corr. Factor (dB)
2016
RX Antenna RX Diversity
2017
RX Antenna TX Diversity
2019
TX Antenna Type
2020
TX Feeder Type
2021
TX Primary Prediction Model
2022
TX Secondary Prediction Model
2023
TX MHA Type
2024
TX MHA Gain
2027
TX Feeder Length (m)
2029
TX Antenna Height (m)
2031
TX Azimuth
2032
TX Mechanical Down Tilt
2033
TX Antenna Corr Factor (db)
2034
TX Antenna RX Diversity
2035
TX Antenna TX Diversity
2040
Uplink Gain (dB)
2041
Uplink Noise Rise (dB)
2042
Downlink Gain (dB)
2401
Shared Antenna ID
2402
Is Shared Antenna ID

About the Elementtypekey Parameter

A number of database tables include the elementtypekey parameter. This table shows
what values the parameter can have and what network elements those values
represent:
This Value
Represents
GLOBAL
ALL
64
LOCATION PROPERTY
65
LOCATION MOUNTINGPOINT
510
TRANSMISSION LINK
511
TRANSMISSION LINK PTP
512
TRANSMISSION LINK PMP
514
TRANSMISSION LINK BACKTOBACK
515
TRANSMISSION LINK REFLECTOR
521
POINT TO POINT LINKEND
550
TRANSMISSION NODE
551
TRANSMISSION NODE PMP HUB
552
POINT TO MULTI POINT SECTOR
559
TRANSMISSION MULTI RADIO LINK
561
TRANSMISSION DUAL POLAR LINK
1100
LOGICAL NETWORK
1101
LOGICAL PLMN
1200
NODE
1209
PREDICTABLE NODE
1210
CELLULAR NODE
1211
WMSC
1212
SGSN
1213
RNC
1214
NODEB
1215
WBSC
1216
BTS
1217
AMPS BTS
1218
CDMA MSC
1219
CDMA BSC
1220
CDMA BS
1222
UMTS REPEATER
1223
CDMA REPEATER
1300
CONNECTION
1301
CELLULAR CONNECTION

Page 53
Page 54
This Value
Represents
1330
CONNECTION ROUTE
1331
CONNECTION ROUTE HOP
1350
TRAFFIC
1351
NODE TRAFFIC
1352
CONNECTION TRAFFIC
1354
SIMULATOR TRAFFIC
2002
CELL BASE
2301
UMTS NODEB CARRIER
2302
UMTS CELL
2501
CDMA BS CARRIER
2502
CDMA BS SECTOR
2503
CDMA SECTOR CARRIER
2505
HDR DOWNLINK PARAMS
2510
CDMA CLUSTER
2511
CDMA SITE CLUSTER
2513
CDMA CARRIER
2601
GENERIC NBR
3000
EQUIPMENT TYPE
3210
ANTENNA BASE
3300
UMTS NODEB ANTENNA
3301
UMTS CELL FEEDER
3320
CDMA BS ANTENNA
3321
CDMA SECTOR FEEDER
5100
PROPERTY
5101
INTERCON
5102
MSC
5103
BSC
5104
DISTRIBUTION NODE
5105
CELLSITE
5106
AMPS CELL
5107
GSM CELL
5108
REPEATER
5109
NOMINAL PROPERTY
5110
CANDIDATE PROPERTY
5111
PREFERRED PROPERTY
5112
REGION
5113
ZONE
5114
ATTACHMENT
5116
SUB CELL

Table ACTIVEELEMENTS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
elementtypekey
integer
Not null
Primary key storing a unique number for each element type in

a database.
filterkey
integer
Not null
Primary key storing a unique number for each filter in the

database.
modifyuser
integer
Not null
Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to

the table.
projectno
integer
Not null

database.
rulekey
integer
Not null
Primary key storing a unique number for each rule in the

database.
Foreign Keys:
Table ACTIVEFLAGS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
filterkey
integer
Not null

database.
flaggroupkey
integer
Not null
Primary key storing a unique number for each field group in the
database.
flagkey
integer
Not null
Primary key storing a unique number for each field in the

database.
modifyuser
integer
Not null

the table.
number1
float
Contains the minimum field value.
number2
float
Contains the maximum field value.
projectno
integer
Not null

database.
rulekey
integer
Not null
Primary key storing a unique number for each rule in the

database.
string
varchar2 (32)
If the active field is a string, stores the string value.
Foreign Keys:
FK2 (projectno + flaggroupkey) references the FLAGGROUPS table
Page 55
Table ACTIVEOBJECTS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
elementtypekey
integer
not null
Primary key that stores a unique number for each element

type in the database.
filterkey
integer
not null

database.
modifyuser
integer
not null

the table.
objectkey
integer
not null
Primary key storing a unique number for each object defined

in the database.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
Table ACTIVEPOLYGONS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
featid
integer
not null
Primary key, used in conjunction with the guidfield to

describe the polygon.
filterkey
integer
not null

database.
guidfield
varchar2(48)
not null
Primary key, used in conjunction with the featid to describe

the polygon.
modifyuser
integer
not null

to the table.
polygonkey
integer
not null
Primary key storing a unique number for each polygon in

the database.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
rulekey
integer
not null
Primary key that stores a number for each rule in the

database.
Foreign Keys:
Page 56

Table ACTIVEWFS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
attribtype
integer
not null
Identifies the filter rule attribute type defined in the

ENTERPRISE filter wizard.
description
varchar2(1024)
filterfk
integer
not null
modifyuser
integer
not null

to the table.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
queryxml
clob
not null
Stores an XML query .
rulefk
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a number for each rule in the database.
wfsattrib
varchar2(32)
not null
Stores the WFS attribute name.
wfsfeature
varchar2(32)
not null
Stores the WFS feature name.
wfsruletype
integer
not null
Identifies the WFS rule type.
wfsservicefk
integer
not null
Foreign key referencing the WFSSERVICES table.
Stores a description of the WFS filter defined in the

ENTERPRISE filter wizard.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + filterfk) references the FILTERS table
FK2 (projectno + rulefk) references the RULES table
Table AICAR
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
carriernumber
number
not null
Primary key that stores the Absolute Radio Frequency Channel

Number (ARFCN) available to the project.
projectno
number
not null

database.
Table ATTRIBUTETYPES
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
attributetypekey
integer
not null
Primary key used to identify attribute types in the

database.
attributetypeid
varchar2(32)
not null
Identifies the attribute type.

Page 57
Table CARLAY
Name
DataType
abbreviation
varchar2(128)
carlaykey
integer
colourcode
integer
Constraint
Description
Stores an abbreviation for each carrier layer.
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each carrier layer in

the Carriers dialog box.
Indicates whether SAT(0), DCC (1) or DVCC (2) is used on
the carrier layers.
Available in AMPS/TDMA networks only.
createdate
date
The date when the object was created.
createuser
integer
Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.
freqbandkey
integer
Indicates the particular frequency band associated with each

carrier layer.
Idname
varchar2(128)
Lists the names of all carrier layers.
maxcarriers
integer
The maximum number of carriers associated with each carrier

layer.
modifydate
date
The date when the object was last modified.
modifyuser
integer
permission
integer
projectno
integer
type
integer
Indicates the state of the carrier layer data - either traffic layer
(0), control layer (1) or MA list (2).
usereusepattern
integer
Indicates whether to reuse a pattern (1) or not (0).
usergroup
integer
Stores a number indicating the user group associated with the

user who created the object.
not null

the table.
Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on page 18.
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + freqbandkey) references the FREQBAND table
Table CARLAYAICAR
Page 58
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
carlaykey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each carrier layer

in the Carriers dialog box.
carriernumber
integer
not null
Primary key, storing the carrier numbers allocated to each

carrier layer created.
modifyuser
integer
not null

to the table.

Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
projectno
integer
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + carriernumber) references the AICAR table
Table CELLAY
Name
DataType
caoffset
float
Stores the C/A offset value.
ccmap
integer
Stores a number indicating the channel to carrier map

chosen for use with the particular cell layers created or
presented.
cellaykey
integer
createdate
date
createuser
integer

idname
varchar2(128)
Lists the names of all cell layers.
iweight
integer
Defaults to the projectno.
meanci
float
Stores the mean C/I value.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
network
integer
Indicates the technology that this cell uses, GSM(1), AMPS

(2) or TETRA (3).
permission
integer
the default group they belong to and all other users. For
more information on this, see About Permissions on page 18.
priority
integer
Describes the order in which traffic should be serviced by the

cell layers, with 1 being the highest priority.
projectno
integer
superlayer
integer
Indicates whether the cell layer is a superlayer (1) or not (0).
usergroup
integer
Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

Constraint
not null
not null
not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique number for each cell layer in

the database.

to the table.

database.
Page 59
Table CELLAYCARLAY
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
carlaykey
integer
not null

in the Carriers dialog box.
cellaykey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each cell layer.
modifyuser
integer
not null

to the table.
priority
integer
Specifies the order in which the carrier layers should be

appear on the cell layers in the Site Database.
0 is the highest priority, then 1 and so on.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + carlaykey) references the CARLAY table
FK2 (projectno + cellaykey) references the CELLAY table
Table COORDSYS
Page 60
Name
DataType
Constraint
mapcoordsyskey
varchar2(64)
Stores a unique number for each map co-ordinate system

in the database.
mapdatumkey
varchar2(64)
Stores a unique number for each map datum in the

database.
mapgroupkey
varchar2(64)
Stores a unique number for each map group in the

database.
mapunitkey
varchar2(64)
Stores a unique number for each map unit in the

database.
projectno
integer
viscoordsyskey
varchar2(64)
Stores a unique number for each co-ordinate system in

the database (used for visualisation).
visdatumkey
varchar2(64)
Stores a unique number for each datum in the database

(used for visualisation).
visgroupkey
varchar2(64)
Stores a unique number for each group in the database

visunitkey
varchar2(64)
Stores a unique number for each unit in the database

not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

Table COORDSYSDATA
Name
DataType
filedata
blob
Constraint
Description
The BLOB record contains the entire co-ordinate system
database file, and is used by the co-ordinate conversion
algorithms in the software.
Table COVCLASS
Name
DataType
colour
integer
Constraint
Description
Associates a palette colour with each coverage class
defined in the Cell Layers dialog box.
The number refers to the colour's palette position.
covclasskey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each coverage

class in the Cell Layers dialog box.
covschemakey
integer
not null
Stores a unique number for each coverage schema in a

project.
dataset
integer
modifyuser
integer
name
varchar2(128)
projectno
integer
NOT USED.
not null

to the table.
Stores the name of each coverage class defined in the Cell
Layers dialog box.
not null

database.
Table COVSCHEMA
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
covschemakey
integer
not null

schema in a project.
createuser
integer
not null

idname
varchar2(128)
projectno
integer

Stores the name of each coverage schema.

not null

database.
Page 61
Table COVTHRESH
Name
DataType
celllayerkey
integer
Constraint
Associates each threshold with a cell layer.
covclasskey
integer
Associate each coverage class with a threshold.
covthreshkey
integer
dataset
integer
modifyuser
integer
not null

to the table.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
threshold
float (64)
not null
Description

threshold in the database.
NOT USED.
Stores all threshold values (in dBm)
Table CWSOURCETOCELLVECTOR
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
cwvectorpk
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each

measurement file/cell vector association.
modifyuser
integer
not null
Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.
parentkey
integer
not null
Stores a number indicating the associated cell.
parentobjecttype
integer
not null
Stores a number indicating the type of parent object.
pathlosscorrection
integer
not null
Stores a number indicating whether pathloss correction is

in use (1) or not (0).
projectno
integer
not null

a database.
vectorguid
varchar2(40)
not null
Stores a number representing a unique identifier.
Table ENT_ACTIVELOGON_DATA
Page 62
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
authtype
varchar2(32)
Indicates whether the user is externally authenticated or

password authenticated when connecting to the
database.
childusrkey
number(38)
Stores a unique number, associating the user with the

particular user that they are impersonating.
datetime
date
not null
The date and time the user is connected to the database

for the current project.
hostname
varchar2(255)
not null
The host name for the connected client.
ip_address
varchar2(32)
The IP address of the user's machine.

Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
isdba
varchar2(32)
not null
Indicates whether the user is a DBA user or not.
locked
number(1)
Indicates whether the user has locked the project to

prevent other users (1) or not (0).
modetype
varchar2(50)
Stores a temporary representation of usrkey.
os_user
varchar2(255)
The OS username of the user.
pid
number(38)
projectno
number(38)
rw
number(1)
not null
Indicates if the project is read-only (0) or writable (1).
sessionid
varchar2(32)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique identity for the client

session.
sharedno
number(38)
starttime
date
not null
The start time when the user connected to the database.
userid
varchar2(32)
not null
The identifier of the user connected to the database.
usrkey
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each user in

the database.
not null
Stores a unique number for the process connected to the

database.
Stores the number of the project to which the user is
connected.
The number of the sub-project that the user is logged

into.
Table ENT_EVENTLOG_DATA
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
eventpk
varchar2(20)
not null
Stores a unique number for each event in a database.
eventtime
date
The date and time the event occurred.
eventtype
number(38)
Stores the type of event that occurred - a commit (0), a

refresh (1) or a deletion (2).
object2fk
number(38)
Secondary number associated with an additional referenced

object.
objectfk
number(38)
Number associated with the referenced object.
objectid
varchar2(1024)
Stores the identifier of the object the event belongs to.
objecttype2fk
number(38)
Secondary number associated with an additional type of

referenced object.
objecttypefk
number(38)
Number associated with the referenced object type.
projectno
number(38)
Stores a unique number for each project in the database.
sharedno
number(38)
The sub-project number.
usrkey
number(38)
Stores a unique number for each user in the database

Page 63
Table ENT_EXCEPTIONLOG
Name
DataType
exinfo
varchar2(2000)
Constraint
Description
Stores a description of the error.
extime
date
The time and date when the error/exception occurred.
extype
integer
Indicates the type of error.
funcdata
xmltype
Additional information on the package that raised the

exception.
funcparams
varchar2(2000)
Parameter details of the call to the function that caused

the error.
oracode
integer
The Oracle ORA error code.
oradesc
varchar2(512)
The Oracle error description.
projectno
integer
Stores a unique number for each project in the

database.
sourcefunction
varchar2(32)
The name of function that raised the error.
sourcepackage
varchar2(32)
The name of the package that raised the error.
userkey
integer
Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.
Table ENVTYPE
Page 64
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
avghgt
float
Not null
The height, in metres, defined in the Average Height(m) field

of the Model Assignment Calculator dialog box.
avghgtenable
integer
Not null
Stores a number indicating whether the Average Height

fields are enabled (1) or not (0). Defined by the Average
Height(m) checkbox in the Model Assignment Calculator
dialog box.
avghgtoper
integer
Not null
Stores a number indicating the operator associated with the

Average Height(m) field of the Model Assignment Calculator
dialog box:
<(0), =<(1), >(2), >=(3), =(4), !=(5)
createdate
date
Not null
createuser
integer
Not null

envtypepk
integer
Not null
Primary key, stores a number indicating the environment

type defined in the Model Assignment Calculator dialog box.
Each environment type created will have a unique 8 digit
number.
idname
varchar2(128)
Not null
Primary key, storing the name of the environment type

defined in the Model Assignment Calculator dialog box.
modifydate
date
Not null

Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
modifyuser
integer
Not null

to the table.
permission
integer
Not null
projectno
integer
Not null

database.
stddev
float
Not null
The standard deviation, in metres, defined in the Standard

Deviation(m) field of the Model Assignment Calculator dialog
box.
stddevenable
integer
Not null
Stores a number indicating whether the Standard Deviation

fields are enabled (1) or not (0). Defined by the Standard
Deviation(m) checkbox in the Model Assignment Calculator
dialog box.
stddevoper
integer
Not null
Stores a number indicating the operator associated with the

Standard Deviation(m) field of the Model Assignment
Calculator dialog box:
<(0), =<(1), >(2), >=(3), =(4), !=(5)
usergroup
integer
Not null

Table ENVTYPECLUTTER
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
clutlogop
integer
Not null
Stores a number representing the logical operator found in

the Logical Operator column of the Model Assignment
Calculator dialog box:
AND(6), OR(7), END(9)
clutoper
integer
Not null
Stores a number representing the operator found in the

Operator column of the Model Assignment Calculator dialog
box:
<(0), =<(1), >(2), >=(3), =(4), !=(5)
clutpercent
integer
Not null
Stores a clutter percentage number from the Percentage(%)

column of the Model Assignment Calculator dialog box.
clutterindex
integer
Not null
Stores a number representing the position of an item in the

Rules table of the Model Assignment Calculator dialog box.
createdate
date
Not null
createuser
integer
Not null

envtypeclutterpk
integer
Not null
Primary key, storing a number representing the type of item

in the Rules table of the Model Assignment Calculator dialog
box.
envtypefk
integer
Not null
Stores a number representing an environment type indicated

in the Environment Types panel of the Model Assignment
Calculator dialog box. Each environment type created will
have a unique 8 digit number.
idname
varchar2(32)
Not null
Stores a name from the Clutter names column of the Model

Assignment Calculator dialog box.
modifydate
date
Not null

Page 65
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
modifyuser
integer
Not null

to the table.
permission
projectno
integer
Not null

database.
usergroup
integer
Not null

Table FILTERS
Page 66
Name
DataType
Constraint
comments
varchar2(255)
Stores any comments associated with the filter.
createdate
date
createuser
integer
enddate
date
filterid
varchar2(128)
not null
Stores a number to identify each filter.
filterkey
integer
not null
Primary key that uniquely identifies each filter defined in

the database.
lastuseddate
date
Indicates the last time that the filter was used.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
parentkey
integer
permission
integer
not null
more information on this, see About Permissions on page
18.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
startdate
date
type
integer
not null
Indicates whether the filter is static (0) or dynamic (1).
usergroup
integer
not null

not null
Description

The filter's end date.
not null

to the table.
Identifies the parent folder for the filter.
The filter's start date.

Table FLAGASSOCIATIONS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
elementtypekey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each element

flaggroupkey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each field group

in the database.
indx
integer
not null
NOT USED.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK2 (elementtypekey) references the LOGNODETYPE table
Table FLAGGROUPPERMISSIONS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
flaggroupkey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each field group in

the database.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
usergroupkey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each user group in

the database.
Table FLAGGROUPS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
fieldtype
integer
not null
Indicates the data type for each field in the table - Boolean
(0), Float (1), Integer (2), Picklist (3), String (4).
flaggroupid
varchar2(128)
not null
Stores the name of the field group.
flaggroupkey
integer
not null

in the database.
flaggrouplocked
integer
not null
Indicates whether the lock checkbox is selected (1) or not

(0) for a field in the Field Definer dialog box of the
ENTERPRISE Administrator
projectno
integer
not null

database.
resetoncloning
integer
not null
Indicates whether the Reset On Cloning checkbox is

selected (1) or not (0) for a field in the Field Definer dialog
box of the ENTERPRISE Administrator

Page 67
Table FLAGS
The FLAGS table stores each field group and its respective fields. Each row represents
one field group and has a unique name indicative of the order in which they were
added, starting at 0, followed by 1, 2, and so on. In each group you can create 50 fields
identified with a two-digit code (00, 01, 02, 49). Again, these codes are indicative of
the order in which they were added.
The columns in the FLAGS table are as follows:
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
flaggroupkey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each field group in

the database.
flagid
varchar2(128)
not null
Stores a unique identifier for each field.
flagkey
integer
not null
Primary key that uniquely identifies each flag group within the
project, starting at 0 and counting upwards for each new one
added.
indx
integer
not null
Stores a number for each fields in their order of creation.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + flagroupkey) references the FLAGGROUPS table
About Fields
Fields are associated with sites and links. The table:
FLAGGROUPS, stores object parameter names, for example UMTS Cell Ids, for
which the fields can be associated.
FLAGASSOCIATIONS, stores values indicating for which elements the field
groups are available.
FLAGVALUES, stores the individual data for the fields.
Table FLAGVALUES
Page 68
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
elementtypekey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each element

flaggroupkey
integer
not null

in the database.
flagkey
integer
not null
Stores a unique number for each flag group within the

project, starting at 0 and counting upwards for each new
one added.
floatfielddata
float
If the field value is expressed as a float, stores the float

value.

Name
DataType
intfielddata
integer
Constraint
Description
modifyuser
integer
not null

to the table.
objectkey
integer
not null
Primary key storing a unique number for each object

defined in the database.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
stringfielddata
varchar2 (128)
If the field value is expressed as an integer, stores the

integer value.
If the field value is expressed as a string, stores the string

value.
Foreign keys:
FK2 (projectno + flaggroupkey + flagkey) references the FLAGS table
FK3 (elementtypekey) references the LOGNODETYPE table
Table FREQBAND
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
freqbandkey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each frequency

band in the database.
name
varchar2(128)
Stores the name of each frequency band in the database.
networktype
integer
Indicates the type of network used, defined in the

Preferences dialog box. This can be GSM (1), AMPS (2)
or TETRA (3).
projectno
integer
not null

a database.
Table FREQCARRIERCONV
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
freqbandkey
integer
not null
Primary key, indicating the particular frequency band

associated with each carrier conversion formula.
freqconversionkey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each carrier

conversion formula in the database.
name
varchar2(128)
projectno
integer
rangex
integer
Stores the first ARFCN number in the carrier range.
rangey
integer
Stores the last ARFCN number in the carrier range.

Stores the name of each conversion formula in the

database.
not null

a database.
Page 69
Name
DataType
separation
float
Constraint
Description
Stores the separation value between the uplink and
downlink frequencies.
variablea
float
Stores the starting frequency for the conversion formulas.
variableb
float
Stores the frequency separation between adjacent

frequencies (for example, between two adjacent uplink
frequencies).
Foreign keys:
FK1 (projectno + freqbandkey) references the FREQBAND table
Table FREQUENCYDIV
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
freqhopcars
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each frequency

hopping carrier.
gain
float
projectno
number(38)
Stores the frequency diversity gain in dB.

not null

database.
Table GRIDCANDIDATES
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
addressfk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing the ID of the nominal Property that contains

the candidate.
candaddressfk
number(38)
candidatepk
number(38)
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)
Stores a number indicating the user who created the object. The
number is based on the order users were created in.
idname
varchar2 (128)
latitude
float(64)
Location of the candidate Property stored as Easting.
longitude
float(64)
Location of the candidate Property stored as Northing.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
not null
Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to the
table.
projectno
number(38)
not null

database.
Foreign key which stores the ID of the candidate Property.

not null
not null
Primary Key, storing a unique number for each candidate Property

in the database.
NOT USED.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + addressfk) references the SITEADDRESS table
Page 70

Table GRIDCONFIG
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
configpk
number(38)
not null
Primary Key, storing a unique number for each grid

configuration.
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

created in.
idname
varchar2 (128)
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
not null

objectfk
number(38)
not null
Stores a unique number, identifying each object in the

configuration.
objecttypefk
number(38)
not null
Stores a unique number, identifying the type of each

object in the configuration.
projectno
number(38)
not null

a database.
not null
NOT USED.
Table GRIDCONFIGCELLS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
cellfk
number(38)
not null
Cell key for GSM or UMTS
configcellpk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each cell in a

configuration.
configfk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating the cell

with a particular configuration.
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

created in.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
not null

objectfk
number(38)
not null
Stores a unique number identifying the parent object.
objectypefk
number(38)
not null
Stores a unique number identifying the parent object type.
projectno
number(38)
not null

a database.
subcellfk
number(38)
not null
Stores the cell layer (GSM only).

Page 71
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + configfk) references the GRIDCONFIG table
Table GROUPCARRIER
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
carriernumber
integer
not null
Primary key, indicating the carriers associated with each

group within a frequency re-use pattern.
groupkey
integer
not null
Primary key, indicating the frequency re-use pattern

associated with a carrier group.
modifyuser
integer
not null

to the table.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
Table HEXAGONGRIDS
Page 72
Name
DataType
createdate
date
Constraint
createuser
integer

gridkey
integer
idname
varchar2(32)
Stores the name of each mid-hexagon radii in the database.
latitude
float
The latitude co-ordinates of the site.
longitude
float
The longitude co-ordinates of the site.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
permission
integer
projectno
integer
radius
integer
Stores the mid hexagon radius, defined in the Hexagon Radii

dialog box.
split
integer
Indicates the method for calculating the hexagon radii, either

corner (1) or face ( 0).
style
integer
NOT USED.
usergroup
integer

not null
not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique number for each mid hexagon

radii in the database.

to the table.
not null

database.

Table HSDPARATE
Name
DataType
createdate
date
Constraint
createuser
integer

created in.
hsdparatekey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each HSDPA

coding rate in the database.
idname
varchar2(32)
not null
The name of the HSDPA coding rate, defined in the

HSDPA Coding Rates dialog box.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer

modulation
integer
permission
integer
projectno
integer
not null

a database.
rate
float
not null
The effective data rate of the HSDPA coding rate (for

example, 0.5 or 0.25), defined in the HSDPA Coding
Rates dialog box.
usergroup
integer
not null
Description
Indicates the type of modulation used, either QPSK (0) or

16QAM (1).
Three digit code that provides the permissions for the
user, the default group they belong to and all other users.
For more information on this, see About Permissions on
page 18.
Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.
Table IDENTIFIERS
Name
DataType
base_string
varchar2(32)
base_string_enabled
integer
combined_string
varchar2(32)
createdate
date
not null
createuser
integer
not null

object. The number is based on the order users
were created in.
enforce_name_enabled
integer
not null
Indicate whether the Enforce Naming Convention

(on Commit) option has been selected (1) or not (0).

Constraint
Description
Describes the base string (Property, MSC, BSC and
so on), defined in the Identifier Options dialog box.
not null
Indicates whether the base string is enabled (1) or

not (0).
For combined strings (such as Multi-radio links), this
stores the base string used for the second element
(for example, the radio link for a dual polar link).
Page 73
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
identifiers_pk
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique value for each

identifier in the database.
idname
varchar2(32)
not null
Stores the ID name - for object types, this is NOVAL,

but the Override Database defined Identifiers option
is listed here.
id_scheme
integer
modifydate
date
not null
modifyuser
integer
not null

object_type_id
integer
not null
Stores a number associating an object type with a

related object type - for example, BSC and SMLC.
padding_min
integer
padding_min_enabled
integer
pattern_string
varchar2(2000)
permission
integer
not null
Three digit code that provides the permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all
other users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 18.
projectno
integer
not null

project in a database.
subtype_id
integer
not null
Stores the subtype ID.
update_cells_enabled
integer
not null
Indicates whether the Update Cell IDs option has

been selected (1) or not (0).
Stores the ID scheme value.
The Padding Min Length value.

not null
Indicates whether the Use Padding Min Length

option has been selected (1) or not (0).
Stores the Pattern String, defined in the Identifier
Options dialog box.
(Cell Site or Node identifiers only)

usergroup
integer
not null
Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the object.
Table INTF
Page 74
Name
DataType
Constraint
caoffset
integer
NOT USED.
idname
varchar2(32)
NOT USED.
intfkey
integer
numweights
integer
projectno
integer
startvalue
integer
not null
Description
NOT USED.
NOT USED.
not null
NOT USED.
NOT USED.

Table INTFWEIGHTS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
intfkey
integer
not null
NOT USED.
intflevel
integer
not null
NOT USED.
projectno
integer
not null
NOT USED.
weights
integer
NOT USED.
Table LOGICALOPS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
filterkey
integer
not null
logicalopkey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each logical

operator in the database.
modifyuser
integer
not null

nodeid
varchar2(64)
not null
Stores the ID code for each node.
parentlogicalopkey
integer
projectno
integer
sortorder
integer
treelevel
integer
not null
Indicates the logical operator's position in the tree

structure, from top-most tree level (0) downwards.
type
integer
not null
Indicates the type of logical operator used, AND (1), OR

(2) or none (0).
Stores a unique number for the parent for the logical

operator.
not null

a database.
Defines the order in which the sibling nodes in the rule
tree are displayed and processed.
Foreign Keys:
Table LOGUMTSCELLRATE
Name
DataType
createdate
date
createuser
number
Stores a number indicating the user who created

the object. The number is based on the order
users were created in.
hsdparatefk
number

Constraint
not null
Description
Primary key storing a unique number associating

a particular HSDPA rate with a logical UMTS cell.
Page 75
Name
DataType
idname
varchar2(128)
Constraint
Description
logumtscellfk
number
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number
Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.
permission
number

other users. For more information on this, see
About Permissions on page 18.
projectno
number
usergroup
number
The name of the UMTS cell.

not null
not null
Primary key storing a unique number associating

a particular logical UMTS cell with a HSDPA rate.

Foreign Keys:
FK1(hsdparatefk + projectno) references the HSDPARATE table
FK2 (logumtscellfk + projectno) references the LOGUMTSCELL table
Table LTECELLID
Page 76
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
cellidkey_pk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each LTE

cell in the database.
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

created in.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
permission
number(38)
projectno
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.
schemakey_fk
number(38)
not null
Indicates the Schema setting, Unknown (0) or All (1)

defined on the General sub-tab of the LTE Params tab
for an LTE cell on the Site Database.
schema_code
number(38)
not null
Specifies the type of code schema used. Type(0) is

unknown.
schema_group
number(38)
not null
Specifies the type of group schema used. Type(0) is

unknown.
usergroup
number(38)
not null

user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About


Foreign Keys:
FK1 (schemakey_fk + projectno) references the LTECELLIDSCHEMA table
Table LTECELLIDSCHEMA
Name
DataType
Constraint
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

created in.
idname
varchar2(128)
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
not null

network_type
number(38)
not null
Stores a number indicating the network type.
permission
number(38)
projectno
number(38)
not null

schemakey_pk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, indicating the Schema setting,

Unknown (0) or All (1) defined on the General subtab of the LTE Params tab for an LTE cell on the Site
Database.
usergroup
number(38)
not null
Description
Field which stores the names provided for each

logical LTE cell in the database.


Table LTEFRAMES
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
configuration
number(38)
not null
The Configuration defined on the General tab in the

LTE Frame Structures dialog box. Can be LTE
Standard(1), or Custom(2).
createdate
date
not null
createuser
number(38)
not null

created in.
cyclic_prefix
number(38)
not null
The Cyclic Prefix defined on the General tab in the

LTE Frame Structures dialog box. Can be Normal(1),
or Extended(2).
duplex_mode
number(38)
not null
The Duplex Mode defined on the General tab in the

LTE Frame Structures dialog box. Can be FDD(1), or
TDD(2).

Page 77
Page 78
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
frame_duration
float
not null
The Frame Duration in ms defined on the General tab

in the LTE Frame Structures dialog box. Can be
Normal(1), or Extended(2).
frame_pk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, a number identifying the frame type.
idname
varchar(2)128
not null
The Name of the frame type defined in the LTE Frame

Structures dialog box.
modifydate
date
not null
modifyuser
number(38)
not null

num_slots_per_
sub_frame
number(38)
not null
The Number of Slots per Subframe defined on the

General tab in the LTE Frame Structures dialog box.
num_subcars_
rb_dl
number(38)
not null
The number of Downlink Subcarriers defined on the

Resource Block Config tab in the LTE Frame
num_subcars_
rb_ul
number(38)
not null
The number of Uplink Subcarriers defined on the

num_subframes
number(38)
not null
The Number of Subframes defined on the General tab

in the LTE Frame Structures dialog box.
num_symbols_
rb_dl
number(38)
not null
The number of Downlink Symbols defined on the

num_symbols_
rb_ul
number(38)
not null
The number of Uplink Symbols defined on the

permission
number(38)
not null

projectno
number(38)
not null

in a database.
ref_sig_subcars
number(38)
not null
The number of Reference Signal Subcarriers defined

on the Resource Block Config tab in the LTE Frame
subcarrier_
spacing
float
not null
The Subcarrier Spacing in kHz defined on the General

tab in the LTE Frame Structures dialog box.
subframe_position
varchar2(19)
not null
The subframe position shown under Frame

Configuration for a TDD frame on the General tab in
the LTE Frame Structures dialog box.
tdd_frame_config
number(38)
not null
A number denoting the Frame Configuration for a TDD

frame defined on the General tab in the LTE Frame
tdd_subframes_dl
number(38)
not null
The number of Downlink Subframes shown on the

tdd_subframes_sp
number(38)
not null
The number of Uplink Subframes shown on the

tdd_subframes_ul
number(38)
not null
The number of Special Subframes shown on the

usergroup
number(38)
not null


Table LTEFREQBANDS
Name
DataType
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

created in.
dlchanrast
float
The Downlink Channel Raster in MHz defined in the

Frequency Band Editor dialog box for an LTE
frequency band.
dllwrrnglim
number(38)
dlstartfreq
float
dluprrnglim
number(38)
not null
The Downlink E-ARFCN Max defined in the

frequency band.
duplexmode
number(38)
not null
The Duplex Mode defined in the Frequency Band

Editor dialog box for an LTE frequency band. Can be
Unknown(0),FDD(1), TDD(2)
eutraband
number(38)
freqbandname
varchar2(255)
not null
The Frequency Band Name defined in the Frequency

Band Editor dialog box for an LTE frequency band.
freqbandpk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, identifying the frequency band.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)

permission
number(38)

projectno
number(38)
ulchanrast
float
ullwrrnglim
number(38)
ulstartfreq
float
uluprrnglim
number(38)
usergroup
number(38)

Constraint
not null
Description
The Downlink E-ARFCN Min defined in the Frequency

The Downlink Start Frequency in MHz defined in the
frequency band.
A number identifying the E-UTRA band.
not null

in a database.
The Uplink Channel Raster in MHz defined in the
frequency band.
not null
The Uplink E-ARFCN Min defined in the Frequency

The Uplink Start Frequency in MHz defined in the
frequency band.
not null
The Uplink E-ARFCN Max defined in the Frequency

Page 79
Table MAPNAMES
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
defaultno
integer
Stores the default number of channels on each carrier for

every map definition.
gsm
integer
Indicates whether the Channel to Carrier map uses

dedicated GPRS channels(1) or not (0).
idname
varchar2(128)
not null
Stores the name of each Channel to Carrier map, defined in

the Channel Maps dialog box.
mapkey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each Channel to

Carrier map in the database.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
Table MAPVALUES
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
carrier
integer
For each Nth channel in the map, the database stores the
number of available traffic and control timeslots. This field
refers to which Nth the data is for - for example, a value of 5
would indicate the 5th channel, a 7 the 7th channel and so on.
mapkey
integer
Stores a unique number for each channel to transceiver map

in the database.
maxchannels
integer
The Total Number of Channels, which is the maximum number

that can be used on each carrier.
num_cs
integer
The number of circuit switched channels. This is the total

number of channels minus the total channels used for the four
options described in the next four rows.
num_ctrl
integer
The number of shared control channels, defined in the Map

Editor dialog box.
num_gprs
integer
The number of GPRS channels, defined in the Map Editor

dialog box.
num_gprsctrl
integer
The number of GPRS control channels. defined in the Map

Editor dialog box.
num_hscsd_limit
integer
NOT USED.
projectno
integer

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + mapkey) references the MAPNAMES table
Page 80

Table NEIGHBOURLIMITS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
createdate
date
not null
createuser
number
not null

enabled
number
not null
Indicates whether the neighbour limits are active (1) or not (0).
This is defined on the Neighbour Limits dialog box.
limit
number
not null
Indicates the value of the limit.
limit_id
number
not null
In combination with the section_id, forms a unique identifier.

1 = Max no. relations in GSM cell
2 = Max no. relations in UMTS cell
3 = GSM - GSM
and so on
limit_pk
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for the limit in the

database.
modifydate
date
not null
modifyuser
number
not null

the table.
projectno
number
not null

database.
section_id
number
not null
In combination with the limit_id, forms a unique identifier.

Total Limits per Cell =1
Neighbour Type Limits per Cell = 2
Table PATTERN
Name
DataType
afrequency
integer
The number of sites in a frequency re-use group.
bfrequency
integer
The number of cells in a frequency re-use group.
carrierlayerkey
integer
Stores a unique number for each carrier layer.
createdate
date
createuser
integer

modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
not null

the table.
patternkey
integer
not null
Primary key, stores a unique number for each pattern in the

database.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
usergroup
integer

Constraint
Description

Page 81
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + carrierlayerkey) references the CARLAY table
Table PATTERNGROUP
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
groupkey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each frequency reuse group defined in the Groups dialog box.
modifyuser
integer
not null

the table.
patternkey
integer
not null
Primary key, indicating the group carriers associated with each

pattern in the database.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + patternkey) references the PATTERN table
Table PREDICTIONMODEL
Page 82
Name
DataType
comments
varchar2(2048)
Constraint
Description
Stores any additional comments for the propagation
model, defined in the Propagation Models dialog box.
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

created in.
idname
varchar2(128)
not null
Stores the name of the propagation model, defined in

the Propagation Models dialog box.
modelkey
number(38)
not null

propagation model in the database.
modelparams
clob
Stores details of the propagation model parameters.
modeltype
varchar2(128)
Specifies the CLSID GUID of the CoClass exposing

the IAircomPredEngine interface.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
not null

projectno
number(38)
not null

in a database.
systemparams
clob
Stores parameters that are specific to this model but

are not exposed as model parameters.

Table RULES
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
attributetypekey
integer
not null
Stores a unique number for each attribute type in the

database.
elementtypekey
integer
filterkey
integer
not null
logicalopkey
integer
not null
Stores a unique number for each logical operator in the

database.
modifyuser
integer
not null

to the table.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
rnot
integer
not null
Indicates whether the Not option is selected for the rule (1) or
not (0).
rulekey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each rule in the

database.
ruletypekey
integer
not null
Stores a unique number for each rule type in the database.
Stores a unique number for each element type in the

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK2 (projectno + logicalopkey) references the LOGICALOPS table
FK3 (ruletypekey) references the RULETYPES table
Table RULETYPES
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
ruletypeid
varchar2(32)
not null
The id of the rule type.
ruletypekey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each rule type in

the database.
Table SCHEMAMANAGERS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
classid
varchar2(200)
not null
Primary key, storing the unique identifier for a class.
description
varchar2(1024)
Optional - provides additional Schema Manager

information.
name
varchar2(32)
User defined name for the Schema Manager.
progid
varchar2(100)
Uniquely identifies a Programme ID in the System Registry.

Page 83
Table SCRIPTEVENTS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
eventtype
number
not null
Primary key, indicating the type of event - Apply (0),

Commit (1) or Restore (2).
ignoreonerror
number
not null
Indicates whether the event will be ignored if there is an

error (1) or not (0).
isenabled
number
not null
Indicates whether the event is enabled (1) or not (0).
lognodetypekey
number
not null
Primary key associating the event with a particular logical

node.
projectnumber
number
not null

database.
scriptkey
number
not null
Primary key associating the event with a particular script.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (lognodetypekey) references the LOGNODETYPE table
FK2 (scriptkey) references the SCRIPTSTORAGE table
Table SCRIPTSTORAGE
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
scriptkey
float
not null
Primary key storing a unique number for each script in the

database.
scriptname
varchar2(255)
not null
The name of the original script file.
scripttext
clob
The text of the script.
Table TERMRATE
Page 84
Name
DataType
Constraint
createdate
date
createuser
integer

created in.
hsdparatefk
integer
idname
varchar2(32)
The name of the terminal type.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer

not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique number associating a

particular HSDPA coding rate with the terminal type.

Name
DataType
permission
integer
Constraint
Description
projectno
integer
not null

in a database.
termtypefk
integer
not null

terminal type with a HSDPA coding rate.
usergroup
integer


Foreign Keys:
FK1 (hsdparatefk + projectno) references the HSDPARATE table
FK2 (termtypefk + projectno) references the TERMTYPE table
Table TERMTYCELLAY
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
cellaykey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each cell layer in

the database.
modifyuser
integer
not null

to the table.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
termtypekey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each terminal

type in the project.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + termtypekey) references the TERMTYPE table
Table TERMTYCLUTTER
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
code
varchar2(128)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each clutter

category defined in the Terminal Types dialog box.
modifyuser
integer
not null

to the table.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
termtypekey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each terminal type

defined in the Terminal Types dialog box.

Page 85
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
weight
float(64)
not null
Stores the weighting or Erlang value given to each clutter

category.
Foreign Keys:
Table TERMTYPE
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
antenna_key
integer
not null
Stores a unique number, associating a particular antenna

with the terminal type.
This is defined in the Terminal Types dialog box on the RF
Params tab (LTE only).
Page 86
antengain
float
The antenna gain (dBi) defined in the Terminal Types dialog

box , on the Terminal Params tab (UMTS), WiMAX Params
tab (WiMAX) or the RF Params tab (LTE).
beam_forming_active
integer
not null
NOT USED.
beamwidth
float
not null
The horizontal beamwidth (degrees) defined in the Terminal

Types dialog box, on the WiMAX Params (WiMAX) or
Mobile WiMAX Params tab (Mobile WiMAX) or the RF
Params tab (LTE).
bodyloss
float
The body loss (dB) defined in the Terminal Types dialog

box, on the Terminal Params tab (UMTS) and the RF
Params (LTE).
ccs1 up to ccs4
integer
Indicates whether Channel Coding Schemas 1-4 are

supported (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Dual Tech tab
in of the Terminal Types dialog box (GSM/UMTS only).
createdate
date
createuser
integer

dlchipeqfactor
double
not null
The Chip Equalisation Support Efficiency field (0 to 1) on the

HSPA tab of the Terminal Types dialog box (UMTS only).
dlintcanfactor
double
not null
The Interface Cancellation Support Efficiency field (0 to 1)

on the HSPA tab of the Terminal Types dialog box (UMTS
only).
dlmaxblocksize
double
not null
The Max. Supported Block Size on the HSPA tab of the

Terminal Types dialog box (UMTS only).
dynamrange
float
The TX Dynamic Range (dB) defined in the Terminal Types

dialog box, on the Terminal Params tab (UMTS) or the RF
Params tab (LTE).
familyA up to
familyC
integer
Indicates whether EGPRS link adaptation families A-C are

supported (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Dual Tech tab
in the Terminal Types dialog box (GSM/UMTS only).
hscsdtimeslotweightnt
integer
NOT USED.

Name
DataType
Constraint
hscsdtimeslotweightt1 up to
hscsdtimeslotweightt4
integer
NOT USED.
hscsdtraf
perterm
float
NOT USED.
hscsdweightnt1
up to
hscsdweightnt4
integer
NOT USED.
hscsdweightt1 to
hscsdweightt8
integer
NOT USED
idname
varchar2(128)
Stores the name of the terminal type.
jointdetfact
float
NOT USED.
masternamekey
integer
Stores the name of the master terminal type.
masterterminal
integer
Indicates whether the traffic association is master (0) or

slave (1). This is specified on the General tab of the
Terminal Types dialog box.
max_blocksize_dl
integer
not null
Description
The Max Supported Block Size for the downlink.

This is defined on the Terminal Category tab of the Terminal
Types dialog box (LTE only).
max_blocksize_ul
integer
not null
The Max Supported Block Size for the uplink.

max_mod_scheme_dl
integer
not null
The Max Supported Modulation scheme on the downlink 64QAM (1), 16QAM (2), QPSK (3) or BPSK (4).
max_mod_scheme_ul
integer
not null
The Max Supported Modulation scheme on the uplink 64QAM (1), 16QAM (2), QPSK (3) or BPSK (4).
max_tx_power
float(64)
not null
The Max TX Power (dBm) for a terminal type.

This is defined on the RF Params tab of the Terminal Types
dialog box (LTE only).
maxhsdpacodes
float(64)
maxmobpower
float
The maximum power that the terminal type can emit (dBm),
defined in the Terminal Types dialog box on the Terminal
Params tab (CDMA2000, EV-DO and UMTS - Max Mobile
Power) or the WiMAX Params tab (WiMAX - Max CPE
Power).
maxtimeslot
integer
The maximum number of timeslots that the terminal type can

use, defined in the Terminal Types dialog box on the
GPRS/EGPRS tab (GPRS and EGPRS only).
mbhrate
float
The mean busy hour capacity (in kb/s), defined in the

Terminal Types dialog box on the GPRS/EGPRS tab (GPRS
only).
modifydate
date

not null
The maximum number of HSDPA codes, defined on the

HSDPA tab of the Terminal Types dialog box (UMTS only).
Page 87
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
modifyuser
integer
not null

to the table.
mu_mimo_dl
integer
not null
Indicates whether the MU-MIMO Downlink option has been

selected (1) or not (0).
Types dialog box for an LTE terminal type.
mu_mimo_ul
integer
not null
Indicates whether the MU-MIMO Uplink option has been

Types dialog box for an LTE terminal type.
networkkey
integer
not null
NOT USED.
noisefig
float
Noise Figure (dB), defined in the Terminal Types dialog box

on the Terminal Params tab (EV-DO, UMTS or
WCMDA2000) or the WiMAX Params tab (WiMAX).
permission
integer
18.
powerstep
float
Quantisation step size for mobile transmit power (dB),

defined in the Terminal Types dialog box on the (W)CDMA
Params tab (UMTS only).
projectno
integer
not null

database.
reqd_rsrq
float(64)
not null
Required RSRQ (dB), defined in the Terminal Types dialog

box on the RF Params tab (LTE only).
reqd_sinr
float(64)
not null
Required BCH/SCH SINR (dB), defined in the Terminal

Types dialog box on the RF Params tab (LTE only).
reqecio
float
reqhsscchecnt
double
not null
Required HS-SCCH Ec/Nt (dB), defined in the Terminal

Types dialog box on the Terminal Params tab (UMTS only).
reqrscp
float
not null
Required RSCP (dB), defined in the Terminal Types dialog

box on the Terminal Params tab (UMTS).
reqsir
float
not null
Required Pilot SIR (dB), defined in the Terminal Types

dialog box on the Terminal Params tab (UMTS).
Required Ec/Io (dB), defined in the Terminal Types dialog

box on the Terminal Params tab (UMTS only).
- or Required RSS (db), defined in the Terminal Types dialog

box on the WiMAX Params tab (WiMAX).
rx_comb_gain
float(64)
The RX Combining Gain (dB), defined in the Terminal Types

dialog box on the RF Params tab (LTE only).
su_mimo_elem_cnt_dl
integer
not null
The number of RX Elements on the downlink for SU-MIMO,

Category tab (LTE only).
su_mimo_elem_cnt_ul
integer
not null
The number of RX Elements on the uplink for SU-MIMO,

Category tab (LTE only).
su_mimo_enable_dl
integer
not null
Indicates whether the SU-MIMO Downlink option has been

This is defined in the Terminal Types dialog box on the
Terminal Category tab (LTE only).
Page 88

Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
su_mimo_enable_ul
integer
not null
Indicates whether the SU-MIMO Uplink option has been

su_mimo_mode_dl
integer
not null
Indicates the SU-MIMO mode on the downlink - Diversity

(1), Multiplexing (2) or Adaptive Switching (3).
su_mimo_mode_ul
integer
not null
Indicates the SU-MIMO mode on the uplink - Diversity (1),

Multiplexing (2) or Adaptive Switching (3).
subchannel
integer
Indicates which sub-channel options have been selected for

the terminal, defined in the Terminal Types dialog box on the
WiMAX Params tab (Fixed WiMAX only).
Each sub-channel is represented by a number as follows No sub-channels selected = 0, 1/16 only = 8, 1/8 only = 4,
1/4 only = 2, 1/2 only = 1.
If more than 1 sub-channel is selected, the parameter value
will be a sum of the appropriate values above. For example,
if all 4 sub-channels are selected, the value will be 15, if 1/2
and 1/8 are selected the value will be 5, and so on.
supchipeqfactor
integer
not null
Indicates whether the Chip Equalisation Support option is

This is defined in the Terminal Types dialog box,on the
HSPA tab (UMTS only).
suphsdpa
integer
not null
Indicates whether the Enable HSDPA option has been

suphsupa
integer
not null
Indicates whether the Enable HSUPA option is selected (1)

or not (0).
supintcanfactor
integer
not null
Indicates whether the Interface Cancellation Support option

is selected (1) or not (0).
support2g
integer
NOT USED.
support3g
integer
NOT USED.
supul2mstti
integer
not null
Indicates whether the 2ms TTI option is selected (1) or not

(0).
switching

integer
Specifies what technology the terminal type uses - Circuit

switching (0), GPRS (1), EGPRS (4), CDMA2000 (6), EVDO (7), GSM/UMTS (9), Fixed WiMAX (12), Mobile WiMAX
TDD (13), Mobile WiMAX FDD (14) or LTE (15).
Page 89
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
term_category
integer
not null
Indicates the Terminal Category, defined in the Terminal

Types dialog box, on the Terminal Category tab (LTE only).
This will be a number, representing categories 1 to 5 or 0 for
Custom.
termtypekey
integer
not null

type in a database.
termweight
float
Indicates the clutter spread, either Density (0) or Weight (1).
trafficscale
float
The traffic scaling % between master and slave terminals,

defined on the General tab of the Terminal Types dialog
box.
twogmaxnumtimeslots
integer
The Maximum Number of Downlink Timeslots available,

defined in the Terminal Types dialog box on the 2g RF
Params tab (Joint GSM/UMTS only).
twognoisefigdb
float
The Noise Figure (dB), defined in the Terminal Types dialog

box on the 2g RF Params tab (Joint GSM/UMTS only).
twogrecvrsensitivitydbm
float
The Receiver Sensitivity (dBm), defined in the Terminal

Types dialog box on the 2g RF Params tab (Joint
GSM/UMTS only).
twogsnrdb
float
The required BCCH CINR (dB), defined in the Terminal

Types dialog box on the 2g RF Params tab (Joint
GSM/UMTS only).
ulmaxcodes
integer
not null
The Max. HSUPA Codes, defined in the Terminal Types

dialog box on the HSPA tab (UMTS only).
ulminsf
supported
integer
not null
The Min. SF, defined in the Terminal Types dialog box on

the HSPA tab (UMTS only).
ulmodsupported
integer
not null
Indicates whether the Support 4PAM option is selected (1)

or not (0).
Page 90
usergroup
integer

usevectordensity
integer
Indicates whether the Absolute (0) or Density (1) option has

been selected.
useweights
integer
Indicates whether the terminal type uses a weight

distribution based on an Erlang figure (1) or individual Erlang
entries (0) for each clutter category.
weight
float
The weightings for the clutter categories available to each

terminal type.
wimaxmimorx
integer
not null
The number of RX Elements for MIMO Support defined in

the Terminal Types dialog box on the Mobile WiMAX
Params tab (Mobile WiMAX only).
wimaxmimotx
integer
not null
The number of TX Elements for MIMO defined in the

Terminal Types dialog box on the Mobile WiMAX Params
tab (Mobile WiMAX only).

Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
wimaxmod
integer
not null
The modulation schemes supported on the terminal type,

defined in the Terminal Types dialog box on the Mobile
WiMAX Params tab (Mobile WiMAX only).
Each modulation scheme is represented by a number as
follows - No schemes selected = 0, QPSK only = 1, 16QAM
only = 2, 64QAM only = 4.
If more than 1 scheme is selected, the parameter value will
be a sum of the appropriate values above. For example, if all
3 schemes are selected, the value will be 7, if QPSK and
16QAM are selected the value will be 3, and so on.
wimaxmultiplex
integer
not null
NOT USED.
wimaxterm
supportsetting
integer
not null
Indicates whether the Beamforming support option has been

Mobile WiMAX tab (Mobile WiMAX only).
Table TERMTYPEPOINT
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
code
varchar2(32)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each point in the

database. These are defined on the Vectors tab of the
featid
integer
not null

describe the point.
guidfield
varchar2(48)
not null

the point.
modifyuser
integer
not null

to the table.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
termtypekey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each terminal type

defined in the Terminal Types dialog box.
weight
float(64)
not null
The weighting or Erlang value given to each point defined on

the Vectors tab of the Terminal Types dialog box.
Foreign Keys:

Page 91
Table TERMTYPOLYGON
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
code
varchar2(32)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each polygon in

the database. These are defined on the Vectors tab of the
featid
integer
not null

describe the polygon.
guidfield
varchar2(48)
not null

the polygon.
modifyuser
integer
not null

to the table.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
termtypekey
integer
not null

type defined in the Terminal Types dialog box.
weight
float(64)
not null
The weighting or Erlang value given to each polygon

defined on the Vectors tab of the Terminal Types dialog
box.
Foreign Keys:
Table TERMTYVECTOR
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
code
varchar2(32)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each vector in

the database. These are defined on the Vectors tab of the
featid
integer
not null

describe the vector.
guidfield
varchar2(48)
not null

the vector.
modifyuser
integer
not null

to the table.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
termtypekey
integer
not null

type defined in the Terminal Types dialog box.
weight
float(64)
not null
The weighting or Erlang value given to each vector defined

on the Vectors tab of the Terminal Types dialog box.
Foreign Keys:
Page 92

Table TIMESLOTMAP
Name
DataType
comments
varchar2(255)
Constraint
Stores the optional description that can be added to each

timeslot map.
endaequip
varchar2(255)
Stores information on the equipment at linkend A.
endbequip
varchar2(255)
Stores information on the equipment at linkend B.
interconkey
integer
name
varchar2(32)
projectno
integer
not null

database.
timeslotmapkey
integer
not null
Primary key to uniquely identify each of the timeslot maps

created within each of the projects.
ts0 to ts31
varchar2(255)
not null
Description
Indicates the link(s) associated with each timeslot map.

Stores the name of each timeslot map in the database.
Indicates whether timeslots 0-31 are divided into 4 x 16kbps

or remain as 64kbps. Also stores any textual information
added to the slots.
Table VECATTR
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
attrid
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each vector attribute

in the database.
dataname
varchar2(32)
The name of the attribute.
datatype
integer
Indicates the type of attribute, either number (0) or double (1).
fileid
integer
The name of the vector file.
floatvalue
float
A float value for attribute, based on the attribute type.
intvalue
integer
A number value for attribute, based on the attribute type.
segid
integer
stringvalue
varchar2(32)
A string value for attribute, based on the attribute type.
stringangle
integer
Angle at which attribute string should be printed on screen.
vecid
integer

not null
not null
Primary key. Unique Segment identity within the vector.
Primary key, storing a unique number for each vector in the

database.
Page 93
Table VECBOUNDS
Name
DataType
createdate
date
Constraint
Description
createuser
integer

created in.
ispolygon
integer
Indicates whether the object is a vector (0) or a polygon

(1).
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer

parentid
integer
Indicates the parent vector layer for each vector.
permission
integer

page 18.
usergroup
integer

vecid
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each vector in

the database.
vecname
varchar2(32)
not null
Stores the name of each vector in the database.
vectype
integer
Indicates whether the vector is a system (0), user (1) or

building vector (2).
xmax
integer
The maximum vertical extent.
xmin
integer
The minimum vertical extent.
ymax
integer
The maximum horizontal extent.
ymin
integer
The minimum horizontal extent.
Table VECFILE
Page 94
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
checksum
integer
A checking sum calculated to determine corrupt or

unexpectedly changed files.
directory
varchar2(1024)
The directory storing the vector file.
fileid
integer
Stores a unique number for each vector file in the

database.
filename
varchar2(256)
not null
Primary key, storing the name of each vector file

in the database.
vecid
integer
not null

vector in the database.

Table WFSMAPPINGS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
objecttypefk
integer
not null
Stores the Object Type defined in the WFS Service Wizard

which is started from the Administrator application.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
wfsattrib
varchar2(32)
not null
Stores the WFS Attribute Type defined in the WFS Service

Wizard which is started from the Administrator application.
wfsfeature
varchar2(32)
not null
Stores the WFS Feature defined in the WFS Service Wizard

which is started from the Administrator application.
wfsmappingpk
integer
not null
Indicates whether or not WFS mapping is enabled. Defined

in the WFS Service Wizard which is started from the
Administrator application.
wfsservicefk
integer
not null
Foreign key referencing the WFSSERVICES table.
Table WFSSERVICES
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
endpointaddr
varchar2(255)
not null
Stores the Endpoint Address defined in the WFS Services

dialog box within ENTERPRISE Administrator.
idname
varchar2(32)
not null
Stores the Identity defined in the WFS Services dialog box

within ENTERPRISE Administrator.
metadata
clob
not null
Stores metadata defined in the WFS Services dialog box

within ENTERPRISE Administrator.
projectno
integer
not null

a database.
qrylifetime
integer
not null
Stores the Query Lifetime (in minutes) defined in the WFS

Services dialog box
reqtimeout
not null
Stores the Request Timeout in seconds defined in the

WFS Services dialog box within ENTERPRISE
Administrator.
wfsservicepk
not null
Identifies the WFS service key.
wfsversion
not null
Stores the WFS Version defined in the WFS Services

dialog box within ENTERPRISE Administrator.

Page 95
Page 96

CHAPTER 4
Equipment Database
Tables
The following table describes the equipment database tables:
This
Table
Stores Information
On
Primary
Keys
ANTENNADEVICE
The antenna devices

associated with antenna
patterns
devicepk
The antenna patterns used by

antenna devices
devicefk
ANTENNAPATTERN
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
YES
projectno
FK1 - devicefk
YES
patternpk
projectno
BCFTYPE
BTS
CABIN
EQUIPSUPPLIER
BCF types, defined on the

BCF tab in the Site Database
bcftypekey
BTS equipment, defined in the

BTS equipment dialog box
btskey
Cabin equipment, defined in

the Cabin dialog box
cabinkey
Equipment suppliers
equipsupplierkey
YES
projectno
YES
projectno
YES
projectno
NO
projectno
FEEDER
LOGNODEBTYPE
MASTHEADAMP
TOWER
VHMASK
Feeder equipment, defined in

the Feeder dialog box
feederkey
Node B Types for 3g networks,

defined in the Node B Types
dialog box
nodebtypekey
Masthead Amplifier equipment,

defined in the Masthead
Amplifier dialog box
mhakey
Mast equipment, defined in the

Mast dialog box
projectno
The vertical and horizontal

masks for each antenna stored
in the Antennas dialog box
maskpk
YES
projectno
YES
projectno
YES
projectno
YES
towerkey
patternfk
FK1 - patternfk +
devicefk
YES
projectno

Page 97
Table ANTENNADEVICE
Page 98
Name
DataType
antennacategory
number(38)
Constraint
Indicates whether an antenna device is standard (0) or

switched beam (1).
cost
float
The cost of the antenna, defined on the Costing tab of the

Antennas dialog box.
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

description
varchar2(128)
Stores an optional description of the antenna.
devicepk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each antenna

device in the database.
idname
varchar2(128)
not null
Stores the name of each antenna in the database.
manufacturer
varchar2(128)
Stores the name of the manufacturer of the antenna.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
noelements
number(38)
The number of beam patterns per antenna, defined on the

General tab of the Antennas dialog box.
parentkey
number(38)
Stores a number for the parent folder of the antenna.
permission
number(38)
photofile
varchar2(260)
Stores the file path to a photo associated with the antenna,

specified on the General tab of the Antennas dialog box.
projectno
number(38)
supplierkey
number(38)
Stores a number for the antenna supplier, defined on the

Costing tab of the Antennas dialog box.
usergroup
number(38)

weight
float
Stores the antenna weight (kg), defined on the General tab of

the Antennas dialog box.
not null
not null
Description

the table.

database.

Table ANTENNAPATTERN
Name
DataType
antennapatternangle
float
The angle of the pattern on the horizontal mast

(Switched beam antennas only).
configid
varchar2(64)
The Level/Parameter Config ID, defined on the Info

tab of the Antennas dialog box.
controlpatternflag
number(38)
Indicates whether a control pattern is used (1) or not

(0) (Switched beam antennas only).
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

created in.
crosspolardiscrim
float
The cross polar discrimination (in dB), defined on the

Info tab of the Antennas dialog box.
description
varchar2(128)
Stores an optional description for an antenna pattern.
devicefk
number(38)
downtilt
float
The pattern downtilt, defined on the Mask tab of the

elecbeamadj
number(38)
The electric beam adjustment.
elemarrindi
number(38)
The Element Array Indicator, defined on the Info tab of

frequency
float
The pattern frequency (in MHz), defined on the Info

fronttobackratio
float
The Front to Back Ratio (in dB), defined on the Info

gain
float
The pattern gain (in dBi or dBd), defined on the Info

gaintype
number(38)
Indicates whether the pattern gain is specified in dBi

(0) (isotropic antennas) or dBd (1) (dipole antennas).
horizontalbw
float
The horizontal beamwidth, defined on the Mask tab of

idname
varchar2(128)
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
parentkey
number(38)
patternpk
number(38)
permission
number(38)

Constraint
not null
not null
Description
Primary key, indicating which antenna device is used

with each pattern.
Stores the name of each pattern in the database.

not null

Stores a number for the parent folder of the pattern.
not null
Primary Key, storing a unique number for each

pattern in the database.
Page 99
Name
DataType
polarisation
number(38)
Constraint
Description
projectno
number(38)
tilttype
number(38)
unique_pattern_
id
varchar2(260)
not null
The Unique ID for the pattern, defined on the General

unique_pattern_
id_override
number(38)
not null
Identifies whether the Unique ID has been overriden

(1) or not (0).
usergroup
number(38)

verticalbw
float
The vertical beamwidth, defined on the Mask tab of

Indicates the polarisation of the pattern - horizontal

(0), vertical (1) or crosspolar (2) - defined on the Info
not null

in a database.
Specifies the type of tilt associated with the antenna
pattern, that is, either mechanical (1) or electrical (0).
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + devicefk) references the ANTENNADEVICE table
Table BCFTYPE
Page 100
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
bcftypekey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each BCF type.
combinertype
varchar2(128)
The combiner type, defined in the BCF Types dialog box.
createdate
date
createuser
integer

Idname
varchar2(128)
Stores the name of each BCF Type in the database.
maxbts
integer
The maximum number of BTSs that can be used with the BCF
Type, defined in the BCF Types dialog box.
maxtrx
integer
The maximum number of TRXs that can be used with the BCF
Type, defined in the BCF Types dialog box.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
nmscode
integer
The NMS Code, defined in the BCF Types dialog box.
permission
integer
Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user, the
default group they belong to and all other users. For more
projectno
integer
usergroup
integer
not null
not null

the table.

database.

Table BTS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
btskey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each BTS in the

database.
celllaypow
varchar2(1024)
Stores the power value for the cell.
cellspacing
integer
The Minimum Cell Spacing, defined on the Parameters tab

of the BTS Equipment dialog box.
cost
float
The unit cost of the BTS, defined on the Costing tab of the
BTS Equipment dialog box.
createdate
date
createuser
integer

description
varchar2(128)
Stores an optional description of the BTS.
Idname
varchar2(128)
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
permission
integer
18.
photofile
varchar2(260)
Stores the file path to a photo associated with the BTS,

specified on the General tab of the BTS Equipment dialog
box.
projectno
integer
sitespacing
integer
The Minimum Site Spacing, defined on the Parameters tab

of the BTS Equipment dialog box.
supplierkey
integer
Stores a number for the BTS supplier, defined on the

Costing tab of the BTS Equipment dialog box.
txpwrmax
float
The Maximum PA Output Power (in dBm), defined on the

Parameters tab of the BTS Equipment dialog box.
txpwrmin
float
The Minimum PA Output Power (in dBm), defined on the

Parameters tab of the BTS Equipment dialog box.
usergroup
integer

weight
float
Stores the associated weight of the BTS.

not null
Stores the name of each BTS in the database.

not null
not null


database.
Page 101
Table CABIN
Page 102
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
cabinkey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each cabin the

database.
cost
float
The unit cost of the cabin, defined on the Costing tab of the
Cabins dialog box.
createdate
date
createuser
integer

description
varchar2(128)
Stores an optional description of the cabin.
height
float
The height of a cabin (in m), defined on the Dimensions tab

of the Cabins dialog box.
idname
varchar2(128)
length
float
The length of the cabin (in m), defined on the Dimensions tab
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
parentkey
integer
Indicates the folder in which the equipment is stored, in the

Cabins dialog box.
70000 = All projects folder
70001 = First created project folder.
70002 = Second created folder and so on.
permission
integer
photofile
varchar2(260)
Stores the file path to a photo associated with the cabin,

specified on the General tab of the Cabin dialog box.
projectno
integer
supplierkey
integer
Stores a number for the cabin supplier, defined on the

Costing tab of the Cabin dialog box.
usergroup
integer

weight
float
The weight of the cabin (in kg), defined on the Dimensions

tab of the Cabins dialog box.
width
float
The width of the cabin (in m), defined on the Dimensions tab
not null
not null
not null
Stores the name of each cabin in the database.

to the table.

database.

Table EQUIPSUPPLIER
Name
DataType
address
varchar2(255)
Constraint
The equipment supplier's address, defined on the

Equipment Supplier Properties dialog box.
comments
varchar2(255)
The comments about an equipment supplier, defined on the

email
varchar2(128)
The equipment supplier's email address, defined on the

equipsupplierkey
integer
fax
varchar2(32)
The equipment supplier's fax number, defined on the

name
varchar2(128)
The equipment supplier's name, defined on the Equipment

Supplier Properties dialog box.
phone
varchar2(32)
The equipment supplier's phone number, defined on the

projectno
integer
not null
not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique number for each equipment

supplier in the database.

database.
Table FEEDER
Name
Data Type
connloss
float
The Total Connector Loss (in dB) for the feeder, defined on
the Losses tab of the Feeders dialog box, and used to
calculate EIRP.
cost
float
The Unit Cost of the feeder, defined on the Costing tab of

the Feeders dialog box.
createdate
date
createuser
integer

description
varchar2(128)
Stores an optional description of the feeder.
equipiconkey
integer
Indicates the particular ARCHITECT symbol associated with

each feeder.
feederkey
integer
freq
float
idname
varchar2(128)
losspermetre
float
The Loss (in dB per m) of the feeder, defined on the Losses

tab of the Feeders dialog box.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer

Constraint
not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique number for each feeder in

the database.
The Frequency (in GHz) of the feeder, defined on the
Losses tab of the Feeders dialog box.
not null
not null
Stores the name of each feeder in the database.

to the table.
Page 103
Name
Data Type
parentkey
integer
Constraint
Indicates the folder in which the equipment is stored, in the

Feeders dialog box.
50001 = First created project folder
50002 = Second created project folder, and so on.
permission
integer
18.
photofile
varchar2(260)
Stores the file path to a photo associated with the feeder,

specified on the General tab of the Feeders dialog box.
projectno
integer
supplierkey
integer
Stores a number for the feeder supplier, defined on the

Costing tab of the Feeders dialog box.
usergroup
integer

weight
float
The weight of the feeder (in kg per m), defined on the

Losses tab of the Feeders dialog box.
not null
Description

database.
Table LOGNODEBTYPE
Page 104
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
autotxcalc
number
Indicates whether Automatic calculation of Max DL Power

per Connection has been selected (1) or not (0). This is set
on the Load Control tab of the Node B Types dialog box.
cost
float
The Unit cost of the Node B Type, defined on the Costing

tab of the Node B Types dialog box.
createdate
date
createuser
number

description
varchar2(128)
Stores an optional description of the Node B Type.
equipiconkey
number

each Node B Type.
idname
varchar2(128)
Stores the name of each Node B Type in the database.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number

to the table.
nodebtypekey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each Node B

Type in the database.
otsrsupport
number
not null
Indicates whether the Enable OTSR Configuration Support

option has been selected (1) or not (0). This is set on the
General tab of the Node B Types dialog box.
perdltrafpow
number
Indicates whether the Consider proportion of downlink traffic

power used option has been selected (1) or not (0). This is
set on the Load Control tab of the Node B Types dialog box.

Name
Data Type
permission
number
18.
pernoiseriselim
number
Indicates whether Consider proportion of noise rise limit

reached has been selected (1) or not (0). This is set on the
Load Control tab of the Node B Types dialog box.
photofile
varchar2(260)

specified on the General tab of the Node B Types dialog
box.
projectno
number
res1dlho
number
Stores the number of downlink handover channels for

Resource 1.
res2dlho
number

Resource 2.
res3dlho
number

Resource 3.
res1dlpri
number
Stores the number of downlink primary channels for

Resource 1.
res2dlpri
number

Resource 2.
res3dlpri
number

Resource 3.
res1dltot
number
Stores the total number of downlink channels for Resource

1.
res2dltot
number

2.
res3dltot
number

3.
res1namekey
number
Key that resource 1 uses on the node B type.
res2namekey
number
res3namekey
number
res1props
number
Per node B type / per carrier / per cell resource 1

properties.
res2props
number

properties.
res3props
number

properties.
res1ulho
number
Stores the number of uplink handover channels for

Resource 1.
res2ulho
number

Resource 2.
res3ulho
number

Resource 3.
res1ulpri
number
Stores the number of uplink primary channels for Resource

1.
res2ulpri
number

2.

Constraint
not null
Description

database.
Page 105
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
res3ulpri
number

3.
res1ultot
number
Stores the total number of uplink channels for Resource 1.
res2ultot
number
res3ultot
number
supplierkey
number
Stores a number for the feeder supplier, defined on the

Costing tab of the Node B Types dialog box.
usergroup
number

weight
float
Stores the associated weight of the Node B Type.
Table MASTHEADAMP
Page 106
Name
Data Type
Constraint
cost
float
The Unit Cost of the feeder, defined on the Costing tab of the
Mast Head Amplifier(s) dialog box.
createdate
date
createuser
integer

description
varchar2(128)
Stores an optional description of the Mast Head Amplifier.
equipiconkey
integer

each mast head amplifier.
idname
varchar2(128)
insloss
float
The Insertion Loss (in dB), defined on the Amplifier tab of the
maxgain
float
The Maximum Gain (in dB), defined on the Amplifier tab of

the Mast Head Amplifier(s) dialog box.
mhakey
integer
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
noisefig
float
The Noise Figure (in dB), defined on the Amplifier tab in the
permission
integer
photofile
varchar2(260)

specified on the General tab of the Mast Head Amplifier(s)
dialog box.
projectno
integer
not null
not null
Description
Stores the name of each mast head amplifier in the

database.
Primary key, storing a unique number for each mast head

amplifier.
not null
not null

to the table.

database.

Name
Data Type
supplierkey
integer
Constraint
Description
Stores a number identifying the feeder supplier, defined on
the Costing tab of the Mast Head Amplifier(s) dialog box.
usergroup
integer

weight
float
Stores the associated weight of the mast head amplifier.
Table TOWER
Name
DataType
cost
float
The Unit Cost of the mast, defined on the Costing tab of

the Masts dialog box.
createdate
date
createuser
integer

created in.
description
varchar2(128)
Stores an optional description of the mast.
height
float
Stores the mast Structure Height in m, defined on the

Dimensions tab of the Masts dialog box.
idname
varchar2(128)
mastheightavail
varchar2(512)
NOT USED.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
mounting
integer
NOT USED.
parentkey
integer
Indicates the folder in which the equipment is stored, in

the Masts dialog box.
80002 = Second created project folder and so on.
permission
integer

page 18.
photofile
varchar2(260)
Stores the file path to a photo associated with the mast,

specified on the General tab of the Masts dialog box.
projectno
integer
sectionlength
float
NOT USED.
supplierkey
integer
Stores the a number identifying the mast supplier, defined

on the Costing tab of the Masts dialog box.
towerkey
integer
usergroup
integer

weight
float
Stores the associated weight of the mast.

Constraint
not null
not null
not null
not null
Description
Stores the name of each mast in the database.


a database.
Primary key, storing a unique number for each mast in

the database.
Page 107
Table VHMASK
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
devicefk
number(38)
not null
Indicates which antenna device uses the mask.
mask
clob
maskpk
number(38)
modifyuser
number(38)
patternfk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each mask in the

database.
projectno
number(38)
not null

database.
Combined horizontal and vertical Angle Loss Vector data

stored in XML format.
not null
Primary key, non unique key defaulted to 1 and reserved

for future use.
to the table.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + patternfk + devicefk) references the ANTENNAPATTERN table
Page 108

CHAPTER 5

The following table describes the internal database tables:
This
Table
Stores Information
On
Primary
Keys
CELLEQUIPMENT
Cell equipment, defined in the

Cell Equipment dialog box
cellequipmentkey
Foreign
Keys
Diff
Table?
YES
projectno
CIBER
The Bit Error Rate
ci
NO
projectno
CONFIGURATION
The options in the Application

Configuration dialog box
DBCOREFRI
Relationships between Diff

tables
DBVERSION
The current database version

number, and the number of the
version from which it was
upgraded
versionnumber
NO
FIELDSTABLE
The database tables and

associated column fields
acfieldname
NO
ID numbers for each new site

created
idname
Interference weights tables, and

the level of interference
expected within a pixel based
on C/I ratio
intfweightskey
LOGNODETYPE
The logical node types in the

network
lognodetypekey
NO
PRIORGROUPS
User groups
grpkey
NO
PRIORGROUPUSER
Associations between groups

and users
grpkey
NO
PRIORUSER
Users
usrkey
PRIORUSERLICCONFIG
Licence configuration
grpkeypk
IDSEQUENCES
INTERFWEIGHTS
optionidpk
NO
NO
actablename
NO
projno
NO
projectno
usrkey
name
usrkeypk
NO
FK1 usrkeypk
NO
FK2 grpkeypk
version

Page 109
This
Table
Stores Information
On
Primary
Keys
Foreign
Keys
Diff
Table?
PRIORUSERPRIVEX
Permissions for tables
grpkeypk
FK1 grpkeypk
NO
permissionpk
projectno
usrkeypk
FK2 usrkeypk
FK3 permission
pk
PRIORUSERPRIVEXTYPE
A short name to describe the

permission, and a comment
permissiontypepk
NO
PRIORUSERRIGHTS
The options in the Power Users

Permissions dialog box.
optionidpk
NO
Users
pn
PRIORUSERRM
usrtypefk
NO
usrkey
PRIORUSERTYPE
All user types created and

stored in the database
usrtypepk
NO
PROJECT
Projects
name
NO
projectnumber
PROJECTREGION
Region information for when a

project is loaded
REF_COLUMNS
projectnumber
userkey
FK1 projectnumber
Foreign key relationships
NO
NO
Table CELLEQUIPMENT
Page 110
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
cellequipmentkey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each cell equipment

defined in the database.
cost
float
The Unit cost of the cell equipment, defined on the Costing tab
of the Cell Equipment dialog box.
createdate
date
createuser
integer

description
varchar2(128)
Stores an optional description of the cell equipment.
equipiconkey
integer

each cell equipment.
idname
varchar2(128)
loss
float
The Equipment Loss (in dB), stored on the Info tab of the Cell
Equipment dialog box.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
permission
integer
not null
not null
The Part ID, stored on the General tab of the Cell Equipment
dialog box.

the table.
NOT USED.

Name
DataType
photofile
varchar2(260)
Constraint
Description
projectno
integer
supplierkey
integer
Stores a unique number associating a particular supplier with

the cell equipment.
usergroup
integer

weight
float
Stores the associated weight of the cell equipment.

specified on the General tab of the cell equipment dialog box.
not null

database.
Table CIBER
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
ber
float
ci
number(38)
not null
Primary key, which stores the C/I value, defined in the

Define C/I BER Conversion dialog box.
projectno
number(38)
not null

database.
Stores the BER, defined on the Define C/I BER Conversion

dialog box.
Table CONFIGURATION
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
active
integer
not null
Indicates whether this option is currently active (1) or

not (0).
activebydefault
integer
not null
Indicates whether this option is active by default (1) or

not (0).
description
varchar2(2048)
not null
The full description of the option, which is displayed in

the Description pane of the Configuration dialog box in
Administrator.
englishname
varchar2(128)
not null
The English name descriptor for the option.
idname
varchar2(128)
not null
The ID name for the option, displayed in the

Configuration dialog box in Administrator.
issectionheaderonly
integer
not null
Indicates whether the option is a section header only

(1) or not (0).
optionidpk
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each option

in the Configuration dialog box in Administrator.
parentoptionid
integer
not null
If the option is a sub-option, this number identifies its

parent option.

Page 111
Table DBCORERFI
Name
DataType
xmldata
clob
Constraint
Description
Stores hierarchical links to the relationships between tables
in an XML format.
Table DBVERSION
Name
DataType
upgradeversion
integer
versionnumber
integer
Constraint
Description
The version number of the database from which the user
upgraded.
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for the version of

the database the user is currently using.
Table FIELDSTABLE
Name
DataType
acfieldlength
integer
acfieldname
varchar2(32)
acfieldtype
varchar2(32)
actablename
varchar2(32)
Constraint
Description
The length of field entries of the varchar2 and float data
type.
not null
Primary key, storing the name of each field in the

database.
The data type of each field.
not null
Primary key, storing the name of each table in the

database.
Table IDSEQUENCES
Page 112
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
idname
varchar2(128)
not null
Primary key, storing the name of the network element.
nextv
number
projno
number
The last number used when a new network element was

created.
not null

a database.

Table INTERFWEIGHTS
Name
DataType
ci_db0
float
Constraint
Description
The first CI_dB value in the Define Interference Weights
dialog box.
ci_db60
float
The last CI_dB value in the Define Interference Weights

dialog box.
intfweightskey
integer
maxci_db
integer
The maximum CI_dB value in the Define Interference

Weights dialog box.
minci_db
integer
The minimum CI_dB value in the Define Interference

Weights dialog box.
name
varchar2(128)
The name of the group of interference weights, defined in

the Define Interference Weights dialog box.
projectno
integer
(and so on up to )
not null

CI_dB/Percentage pair in the database.
not null

a database.
Table LOGNODETYPE
Name
DataType
description
varchar2(30)
lognode
typekey
number
Constraint
Description
Description of the object type, used to impose referential integrity on
the type fields in all tables.
not null
Primary key that uniquely identifies each logical node type defined in
the database.
Table PRIORGROUPS
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
enabledistribution
integer
not null
Indicates whether the Enable Distribution option has been

selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Distributed
Predictions tab of the User Properties dialog box.
grp
varchar2(128)
The name of the group, defined in ENTERPRISE

Administrator.
grpcom
varchar2(255)
Stores any optional comments on the group.
grpkey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each group in the

database.
licuserestricted
integer
not null
Indicates whether the Apply Licence Control option is

selected (1) or not (0) on the Group Properties Licence
Configuration tab in ENTERPRISE Administrator.

Page 113
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
liccommute
restricted
integer
not null
Indicates whether the Apply Licence Commute Control

option is selected (1) or not (0) on the Group Properties
Licence Configuration tab in ENTERPRISE Administrator.
licgrphasconfig
integer
not null
Indicates whether the Use Group for Configuration option is

selected (1) or not (0) on the Group Properties Licence
Configuration tab in ENTERPRISE Administrator.
maxnumagents
integer
not null
Stores the maximum number of agents, if this has been

specified on the User Properties dialog box.
predpriority
integer
not null
Indicates the relative priority of the user for the processing

of distributed predictions - Lowest (1), Low (50), Medium
(100), High (500) or Highest (10000). Defined on the
Distributed Predictions tab of the User Properties dialog
box.
projectpriv
integer
Indicates whether the group has the Enable Project

Creation privilege (1) or not (0).
showprojectpriv
integer
Indicates whether this group can view projects for which it

does not have the Open Project permission.
specifymaxagents
integer
not null
Indicates whether the maximum number of agents is

Specified (1) or Unlimited (0).
Table PRIORGROUPUSER
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
grpkey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each group in the

database.
usrkey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating a user

with a particular group.
Table PRIORUSER
Page 114
Name
Data Type
Constraint
address
varchar2(1000)
The Address of the user, defined on the 5th page of the

Create A New User dialog box.
afterhoursno
varchar2(30)
The After Hours Number of the user, defined on the 5th

page of the Create A New User dialog box.
defaultgrp
integer
email_id
varchar2(128)
The Email Address of the user, defined on the 5th page

of the Create A New User dialog box.
email_id2
varchar2(128)
The Email Address 2 of the user, defined on the 5th page

enabledistribution
integer
not null
not null
Description
Indicates the Default Group to which the user is

attached, defined on the 4th page of the Create A New
User dialog box.
Indicates whether the Enable Distribution option has

been selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the
Distributed Predictions tab of the User Properties dialog
box.

Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
extauth
integer
not null
Indicates whether the Use External OS

Authentication option is selected (1) or not (0). This
is defined on the 1st page of the Create A New User
dialog box.
firstname
varchar2(128)
The First Name of the user, defined on the 1st page

lastlogon
date
Shows the date and time of the users most recent

logon.
lastname
varchar2(128)
The Last Name of the user, defined on the 1st page

liccommute
restricted
integer
not null
Indicates whether the Apply Licence Commute

Control option is selected (1) or not (0) on the User
Properties Licence Configuration tab in
ENTERPRISE Administrator.
licstartoption
integer
not null
Indicates the Startup Mode defined on the User

Properties Licence Configuration tab in
ENTERPRISE Administrator. Can be Prompt (0),
User Configuration (1), All (2), Group Configuration
(3).
licuserestricted
integer
not null
Indicates whether the Apply Licence Control option

is selected (1) or not (0) on the User Properties
Licence Configuration tab in ENTERPRISE
Administrator.
maxnumagents
integer
not null
Stores the maximum number of agents, if this has

been specified on the User Properties dialog box.
mobileno
varchar2(30)
The Mobile Number of the user, defined on the 1st

pagerno
varchar2(30)
The Pager Number of the user, defined on the 1st

predpriority
integer
Indicates the relative priority of the user for the

processing of distributed predictions - Lowest (1),
Low (50), Medium (100), High (500) or Highest
(10000). Defined on the Distributed Predictions tab
of the User Properties dialog box.
projectpriv
integer
Indicates whether the user has the Enable Project

Creation privilege (1) or not (0). This is defined on
the 3rd page of the Create A New User dialog box.
showprojectpriv
integer
Indicates whether this user can view projects for

which it does not have the Open Project
permission.
sitemask
integer
Indicates which Object Creation Defaults have been

specified - only the user has write permission over
the sites they create (0), all users belonging to the
default group defined for this user have these
permissions(1), or all users have privileges over the
sites this user creates (2).
This is defined on the 4th page of the Create A New
User dialog box.
specifymaxagents
integer
usr
varchar2(32)
The User Id, defined on the 1st page of the Create A

New User dialog box.
usrcom
varchar2(255)
Any option comments for the user, defined on the

1st page of the Create A New User dialog box.

not null
Indicates whether the maximum number of agents is

Specified (1) or Unlimited (0).
Page 115
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
usrkey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each user in

the database.
usrtype
integer
not null
Indicates the user type.
workno
varchar2(30)
The Work Number of the user, defined on the 5th page of

the Create A New User dialog box.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (usrtype) references the PRIORUSERTYPE table
Table PRIORUSERLICCONFIG
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
active
number(38)
not null
Indicates whether the Request option for a licence is

selected(1) or not (0). Defined on the Licence
Configuration page of the Create New User Wizard in
allowed
number(38)
not null
Indicates whether the Allowed option for a licence is

commuteallowed
number(38)
not null
Indicates whether the Commute option for a licence is

grpkeypk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, a unique number identifying the group.
name
varchar2(64)
not null
Primary key, identifying the internal name for the

licence.
usrkeypk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, a unique number identifying the user.
version
varchar2(64)
not null
Primary key, identifying the internal version of the

licence.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 ( usrkeypk + projectno) references the PRIORUSER table
FK2 ( grpkeypk + projectno) references the PRIORGROUPS table
Table PRIORUSERPRIVEX
Page 116
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
grpkeypk
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating the user

with a particular group.
permissionpk
integer
not null
Primary key defining a particular instance of a permission

type.
permvalue
integer
Stores the value of the permission, either 0 or 1.

Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
projectno
integer
not null

database.
usrkeypk
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each user in the

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (grpkeypk) references the PRIORGROUPS table
FK2 (usrkeypk) references the PRIORUSER table
FK3 (permissionpk) references the PRIORUSERPRIVEXTYPE table
Table PRIORUSERPRIVEXTYPE
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
permissiontypepk
integer
not null
Primary key defining the permission.
shortname
varchar2(64)
Stores a short name to describe the permission,

which the code references.
usercomment
varchar2(255)
Comment made by the user.
Table PRIORUSERRIGHTS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
allowed
integer
not null
Indicates whether the option is currently selected

(1) or not (0) in the Power Users Permissions
dialog box.
allowedbydefault
integer
not null
Indicates whether the option is selected by default

(1) or not (0) in the Power Users Permissions
dialog box.
description
varchar2(2048)
not null
The full description of the option, which is

displayed in the Description pane of the Power
Users Permissions dialog box.
englishname
varchar2(128)
not null
The English name descriptor for the option.
idname
varchar2(128)
not null
The ID name for the option, displayed in the

Power Users Permissions dialog box.
issectionheaderonly
integer
not null
Indicates whether the option is a section header

only (1) or not (0).
optionidpk
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number identifying

each option in the Power Users Permissions
dialog box.
parentoptionid
integer
not null
If the option is a sub-option, this number identifies

its parent option.
usrtypefk
integer
not null
Primary key, which provides distinction between

the various users. SuperUser (0), Regional
SuperUser (1), Normal User (2) and Power User
(3).

Page 117
Table PRIORUSERRM
This database table is used in the synchronisation utility for keeping track of general
information. This table shows the column list:
Name
DataType
Constraint
defaultgrp
integer
Indicates the Default Group to which the user is attached,

defined on the 4th page of the Create A New User dialog
box.
extauth
integer
Indicates whether the Use External OS Authentication

option is selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the 1st
pn
integer
projectpriv
integer
Indicates whether the user has the Enable Project Creation

privilege (1) or not (0). This is defined on the 3rd page of
the Create A New User dialog box.
sitemask
integer
Indicates which Object Creation Defaults have been

specified - only the user has write permission over the sites
they create (0), all users belonging to the default group
defined for this user have these permissions(1), or all users
have privileges over the sites this user creates (2).
not null
Description

database.
This is defined on the 4th page of the Create A New User

dialog box.
usr
varchar2(32)
The User Id, defined on the 1st page of the Create A New
User dialog box.
usrcom
varchar2(255)
Any option comments for the user, defined on the 1st page
usrkey
integer
usrtype
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each user in the

database.
Indicates the user type.
Table PRIORUSERTYPE
Page 118
Name
DataType
typename
varchar2(255)
usrtypepk
integer
Constraint
Description
Stores the name of the user type.
not null
Primary key, which provides distinction

between the various users. SuperUser (0),
Regional SuperUser (1), Normal User (2) and
Power User (3).

Table PROJECT
Name
DataType
active
integer
Indicates whether the project has been deleted from

the Start Project window (0) or not (1).
aerialdir
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the Backdrop photograph directory

associated with the project, defined on the Map data
directories tab of Modify Project dialog box.
architectmasterfiledir
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the ARCHITECT master file

associated with the project, defined on the Modify
Project dialog box.
arraydir
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the Coverage Array directory

associated with the project, defined on the User data
directories tab on the Modify Project dialog box.
bldgrasterdir
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the Building raster data directory

bldgvectordir
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the Building vector data directory

clutterdir
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the Clutter directory associated with

the project, defined on the Map data directories tab on
the Modify Project dialog box.
comments
varchar2(255)
Optional comments about a project, defined on the

Info tab of the Modify Project dialog box.
created
varchar2(64)
The date and time when each project was created,

defined on the Info tab of the Modify Project dialog
box.
description
varchar2(255)
Optional description of a project, defined on the Info

tab of the Modify Project dialog box.
eastmax
integer
The Easting Maximum co-ordinates for the map data

extents, defined on the Map Data Extents tab of the
Modify Project dialog box.
eastmin
integer
The Easting Minimum co-ordinates for the map data

ellipsoid
integer
Stores a unique number, associating a particular

ellipsoid with the project. This is defined on the Coord
System tab of the Modify Project dialog box.
grp
varchar2(128)
NOT USED.
htdir
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the Heights directory associated

with the project, defined on the Map data directories
tab on the Modify Project dialog box.
isremote
integer
Indicates whether the project is remote (1) or not (0).
latmax
float(64)
The Latitude Maximum co-ordinates for the map data

extents, defined on the Region Load tab of the Modify
Project dialog box.
latmin
float(64)
The Latitude Minimum co-ordinates for the map data

Project dialog box.

Constraint
Description
Page 119
Page 120
Name
DataType
lonmax
float(64)
Constraint
The Longitude Maximum co-ordinates for the map

data extents, defined on the Region Load tab of the
lonmin
float(64)
The Latitude Maximum co-ordinates for the map data

Project dialog box.
mapinfoprojection
varchar2(500)
The name of the MapInfo projection system being

used for this project, defined on the Coord System tab
of the Modify Project dialog box.
modified
varchar2(64)
The date and time when each project was last

modified, defined on the Info tab of the Modify Project
dialog box.
name
varchar2(128)
northmax
integer
The Northing Maximum co-ordinates for the map data

northmin
integer
The Northing Minimum co-ordinates for the map data

optdata
varchar2(255)
The AIRCOM OPTIMA DataSource, defined on the

AIRCOM OPTIMA Login tab of the Modify Project
dialog box.
optpasswd
varchar2(255)
The AIRCOM OPTIMA Password, defined on the

dialog box.
optuid
varchar2(255)
The AIRCOM OPTIMA UserId, defined on the

dialog box.
pallettedir
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the Colour palette file associated

with the project, defined on the User data directories
predictiondir
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the Prediction directory associated

with the project, defined on the User data directories
projection
integer

projection with the project.
projectnumber
integer
rmcreator
integer
Stores a unique number, identifying the user who

created the remote project.
scanmapdir
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the scanned map directory

directories tab of the Modify Project dialog box.
tablenumber
integer
The project number of the shared project. If the project

is not shared, this will be the same as the project
number.
targetmasterfiledir
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the TARGET master file associated

with the project, defined of the Modify Project dialog
box.
textdir
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the Text directory associated with

the project, defined on the Map data directories tab of
the Modify Project dialog box.
not null
not null
Description
Primary key, storing the Project name.

in a database.

Name
DataType
threeglocalfolder
varchar2(255)
Constraint
Description
NOT USED.
threegpromptforaccount
integer
Indicates whether the Always prompt for Username

and Password option has been selected (1) or not (0).
This is defined on the Simulation Distribution tab of the
threegremotefolder
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the distribution folder associated

with the project, defined on the Simulation Distribution
useregionload
integer
Indicates whether the Restrict Site Load to Region

option has been selected (1) or not (0). This is defined
on the Region Load tab of the Modify Project dialog
box.
userprefsdir
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the User preferences directory

usrvectordir
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the User Line (vector) data directory

vectordir
varchar2(255)
Stores the path to the Line (vector) Data directory

zone
integer
The Universal Transverse Mercator Zone, defined in

the Coordinate System dialog box.
Table PROJECTREGION
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
enabled
integer
Indicates whether the Restrict Load to Region option on

the Region Load tab of the Project Settings dialog box
has been selected (1) or not (0).
filename
varchar2(32)
FOR FUTURE USE.
name
varchar2(128)
not null
The name of the project.
projectnumber
integer
not null

in a database.
region
regionload_ot_va
userkey
integer
The coordinates of the region.

not null

created in.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectnumber) references the PROJECT table

Page 121
Table REF_COLUMNS
Page 122
Name
DataType
column_name
varchar2(32)
Constraint
Description
constraint_name
varchar2(32)
constraint_type
varchar2(1)
The type of constraint used.
position
number
The position of the column in the foreign table.
r_column
varchar2(32)
The name of the column referenced by the foreign key.
r_constraint_name
varchar2(32)
The name of the constraint in the referenced table.
r_pos
number
The position of the column in the referenced table.
r_table
varchar2(32)
The name of the referenced table.
table_name
varchar2(32)
table_type
varchar2(1)
The name of the column containing the foreign key.

not null
not null
The name of the constraint found in the foreign table.
The name of the foreign table.

The table type.

CHAPTER 6
Logical Network Database

Tables
The following table describes the logical network database tables:
This
Table
Stores
Information On
Primary
Keys
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
CARRIEDTRAFFIC
Carried traffic amounts

at the cell level
cartrafdetpk
FK1 - lognodetypefk
YES
projectno
FK2 - termtypekeyfk
DETAIL
FK3 - servicekeyfk
CARRIEDTRAFFIC
TOTAL
GENREPEATER
IS95CARRIER
Carried traffic amounts

at the site level
cartraftotpk
Repeaters, defined in
the Site Database
lognodepk
IS95 carriers
is95carpk
FK1 - lognodetypefk
YES
FK1 - lognodepk
YES
projectno
projectno
YES
projectno
LOGATTACHMENT
LOGCONNECTION
LOGCONNROUTE
LOGCONNRTHOP
LOGIS95ANTENNA
LOGIS95BS
LOGIS95BSC
LOGIS95CAR

Attachments in the
logical network
attachpk
YES
Logical connections
logconnkey
FK1 - lognodeafk
projectno
FK2 - lognodebfk
Logical connection
routes
connroutepk
FK1 - logconnfk
YES
Logical connection
route hops
projectno
FK1 - logconnfk
YES
IS95 antennas in logical

networks
is95antpk
FK1 - lognodefk
YES
IS95 BSs in logical

networks
lognodepk
FK1 - lognodepk
YES
IS95 BSCs in logical

networks
lognodepk
FK1 - lognodepk
YES
IS95 carriers in logical

networks
is95carpk
FK1 - is95carpk
YES
projectno
FK2 - logbsfk
projectno
YES
projectno
routehoppk
projectno
projectno
projectno
Page 123
This
Table
Stores
Information On
Primary
Keys
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
LOGIS95CLSITE
IS95 carrier layer sites

in logical networks
is95bspk
FK1 - is95clusterfk
YES
IS95 clusters in logical

networks
is95clusterpk
IS95 feeders in logical

networks
is95feedpk
FK1 - is95antfk
projectno
FK2 - is95sectorfk
IS95 MSCs in logical

networks
lognodepk
FK1 - lognodepk
YES
IS95 sector carriers in

logical networks
projectno
FK1 - carrierfk
YES
seccarpk
FK2 - sectorfk
IS95 sectors in logical

networks
projectno
FK1 - logbsfk
YES
LTE antennas in logical

networks.
nodeantennapk
FK1 - lognodefk
YES
LTE carriers in logical

networks
carrierpk
FK1 - ltecarrierfk
YES
projectno
FK2 - lognodefk
LTE cells in logical

networks
cellpk
FK1 - lognodefk
YES
LTE cell carriers in

logical networks
cellcarrierpk
FK1 - ltecellfk
YES
LTE feeders in logical

networks
projectno
FK1 - antfk
YES
feedpk
FK2 - ltecellfk
LTE nodes in logical

networks
lognodepk
FK1 - lognodetypepk +
lognodetypefk
LOGIS95CLUSTER
LOGIS95FEEDER
LOGIS95MSC
LOGIS95SECCAR
LOGIS95SECTOR
LOGLTEANTENNA
LOGLTECAR
LOGLTECELL
LOGLTECELLCAR
LOGLTEFEEDER
LOGLTENODE
projectno
YES
projectno
YES
projectno
sectorpk
projectno
projectno
projectno
projectno
YES
FK2 - lognodetypefk
LOGNETWORK
LOGNODE
The logical network
Logical nodes
lognetworkpk
FK1 - parentfk only
projectno
FK2 networktypefk only
lognodepk
FK1 lognodetypefk only
projectno
YES
YES
FK2 - addressfk
FK3 - lognetworkfk
LOGNODEB
Logical node Bs
lognodepk
FK1 - lognodepk
YES
FK1 - lognodefk
YES
FK1 - lognetworkpk
YES
FK1 - lognodepk
YES
projectno
LOGNODETRAFFIC
Logical node traffic
projectno
trafficpk
LOGPLMN
LOGRNC
The logical PLMN

network
lognetworkpk
Logical RNCs
lognodepk
projectno
projectno
Page 124

This
Table
Stores
Information On
Primary
Keys
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
LOGUMTSANTENNA
UMTS antennas in
logical networks
projectno
FK1 - lognodefk
YES
UMTS carriers in logical

networks
projectno
FK1 - lognodefk
YES
umtscarpk
FK2 - tgcarrierfk
UMTS cells in logical

networks
projectno
FK1 - lognodefk
umtscellpk
FK2 - umtscarfk
UMTS cell carriers in

logical networks
projectno
FK1 - umtscellfk
cellcarrierpk
FK2 - carrierfk
Logical UMTS feeders
projectno
FK1 - umtsantfk
umtsfeedpk
FK2 - umtscellfk
Fixed WiMAX antennas

in logical networks
nodeantennapk
FK1 logwimaxfk
YES
Fixed WiMAX carriers

in logical networks
carrierpk
FK1 - lognodefk
YES
projectno
FK2 wimaxcarrierfk
Fixed WiMAX cells in

logical networks
cellpk
FK1 - lognodefk
YES
Fixed WiMAX cell

carriers in logical
networks
cellcarrierpk
FK1 - wimaxcellfk
YES
projectno
FK2 - carrierfk
Fixed WiMAX feeders in

logical networks
feedpk
FK1 - antfk
projectno
FK2 - wimaxcellfk
Mobile WiMAX
antennas in logical
networks
nodeantennapk
FK1 - lognodefk
YES
Mobile WiMAX carriers

in logical networks
carrierpk
FK1 - lognodefk
YES
projectno
FK2 wimaxmobcarrierfk
Mobile WiMAX cells in

logical networks
cellpk
FK1 - lognodefk
YES
Mobile WiMAX cell

carriers in logical
networks
cellcarrierpk
FK1 - wimaxmobcellfk
YES
projectno
FK2 - carrierfk
Mobile WiMAX feeders

in logical networks
feedpk
FK1 - antfk
projectno
FK2 wimaxmobcellfk
Mobile WiMAX nodes in

logical networks
lognodepk
FK1 - lognodepk
YES
Fixed WiMAX nodes in

logical networks
lognodepk
FK1 - lognodepk
YES
LTE carriers
carrierkey
FK1 - freq_band_fk
YES
projectno
FK2 - frame_struct_fk
LOGUMTSCAR
LOGUMTSCELL
LOGUMTSCELLCAR
LOGUMTSFEEDER
LOGWIMAXANTENNA
LOGWIMAXCAR
LOGWIMAXCELL
LOGWIMAXCELLCAR
LOGWIMAXFEEDER
LOGWIMAXMOB
ANTENNA
LOGWIMAXMOBCAR
LOGWIMAXMOBCELL
LOGWIMAXMOBCELL
CAR
LOGWIMAXMOB
FEEDER
LOGWIMAXMOBNODE
LOGWIMAXNODE
LTECARRIER

umtsantpk
projectno
YES
YES
YES
projectno
YES
projectno
projectno
YES
projectno
projectno
Page 125
This
Table
Stores
Information On
Primary
Keys
MIMOGAINLOOKUP
MIMO details
mimolookuppk
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
NO
projectno
PNINDEXSCHEMA
PN code index numbers
idname
NO
pnindex
schemapk
projectno
SIMTRAF
Served traffic from the

3g Simulator (including
handover traffic)
projectno
FK1 - lognodebfk
trafficpk
FK2 - tgdlbitratefk
YES
FK3 - tgulbitratefk
FK4 - tgservicefk
SRVCELLBITPRIOR
The priority order for

bearers allocated to a
cell layer
bitratekey
cellaykey
projectno
SRVCELLPRIOR
The priority order for

cell layers allocated to a
service
FK3 servicekey
cellaykey
FK1 cellaykey
projectno
TGCARRIER
3g Bitrates, defined in
the Bitrates dialog box
bitratekey
3g carriers
carrierkey
projectno
YES
FK2 cellaykey
servicekey
servicekey
TGBITRATE
FK1 bitratekey
YES
FK2 servicekey
FK1 hsdparatefk
YES
YES
projectno
TGCARRIERADJ
3g carrier adjacencies
projectno
rowindex
FK1 tgcarrierfk
YES
tgcarrierfk
TGCLUTPATHLOSS
Path loss values for 3g

clutter
code
NO
key
projectno
TGRESTYPE
TGSERVBIT
3g resources that can

be used in the 3g
simulator
projectno
The relationship
between 3g bitrates and
services
bitratekey
YES
resourcekey
YES
projectno
servicekey
TGSERVICE
3g services
projectno
YES
servicekey
TGSHOG
3g soft handover gains
projectno
YES
shogkey
TGTERMSERV
The relationship
between 3g terminal
types and services
projectno
YES
servicekey
termtypekey
Page 126

This
Table
Stores
Information On
Primary
Keys
UMTSCODE
UMTS scrambling
codes
code
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
YES
codegroup
key
projectno
schemakey
UMTSCODESCHEMA
WIMAXCARRIER
UMTS scrambling code

schema
key
Fixed WiMAX carriers
carrierkey
YES
projectno
YES
projectno
WIMAXCARRIERADJ
Fixed WiMAX carrier

adjacencies
projectno
FK1 - wimaxcarrierfk
YES
FK1 - carrierno
YES
FK1 wimaxmobcarrierfk
YES
rowindex
wimaxcarrierfk
WIMAXMOBCARRIER
Mobile WiMAX carriers
carrierno
projectno
WIMAXMOBCARRIER
Mobile WiMAX carrier

adjacencies
ADJ
projectno
rowindex
Table CARRIEDTRAFFICDETAIL
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
cartrafdetpk
number(38)
not null
Primary Key, identifying the terminal/service pair for a

cell in the Site Database.
interhothroughputdl
float
The Downlink Inter-Site HO % defined on the Carried

Traffic Tab for CDMA and UMTS cells in the Site
Database.
interhothroughputul
float
The Uplink Inter-Site HO % defined on the Carried

Database.
intrahothroughputdl
float
The Downlink Intra-Site HO % defined on the Carried

Database.
intrahothroughputul
float
The Uplink Intra-Site HO % defined on the Carried

Database.
lognodetypefk
number(38)
not null
Foreign key that identifies the logical node type.
modifyuser
number(38)
not null

parentfk
number(38)
not null
Identifies the parent element in the logical network.
projectno
number(38)
not null

in a database.
protected
number(1)

Indicates whether the Protected option on the Carried

Traffic Tab for a cell in the Site Database is selected(1)
or not (0).
Page 127
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
servicekeyfk
number(38)
not null
Foreign key that identifies the service type.
terminalcount
float
termtypekeyfk
number(38)
throughputdl
float
The Download Total traffic in kbps defined on the

Carried Traffic Tab for a cell in the Site Database.
throughputul
float
The Upload Total traffic in kbps defined on the Carried

Traffic Tab for a cell in the Site Database.
The number of terminals defined on the Carried Traffic

Tab for a cell in the Site Database.
not null
Foreign key that identifies the service type.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table
FK2 (termtypekeyfk + projectno) references the TERMTYPE table
FK3 (servicekeyfk + projectno) references the TGSERVICE table
Table CARRIEDTRAFFICTOTAL
Page 128
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
cartraftotpk
number(38)
not null
Primary Key, identifying the carried traffic override for

a site in the Site Database.
interhothroughputdl
float
The Downlink Inter-Site HO % defined in the Total

Traffic Pane on the Carried Traffic Tab for CDMA and
UMTS Sites in the Site Database.
interhothroughputul
float
The Uplink Inter-Site HO % defined in the Total Traffic

Pane on the Carried Traffic Tab for CDMA and UMTS
Sites in the Site Database.
lognodetypefk
number(38)
not null
Foreign key that identifies the logical node type.
modifyuser
number(38)
not null

parentfk
number(38)
not null
Identifies the parent element in the logical network.
projectno
number(38)
not null

in a database.
protected
number(1)
switching
number(38)
terminalcount
float
The number of terminals defined in the Total Traffic

Pane on the Carried Traffic Tab for a Site in the Site
Database.
throughputdl
float
The Downlink Total Traffic in kbps defined in the Total

Traffic Pane on the Carried Traffic Tab for a Site in the
Site Database.
Indicates whether the Protected option in the PS

Traffic or the CS Traffic pane on the Carried Traffic
Tab for a Site in the Site Database is selected(1) or
not (0).
not null
Indicates the switching method to which the carried

traffic belongs on the Carried Traffic Tab for a Site in
the Site Database. PS(1) or CS(0).

Name
DataType
throughputul
float
Constraint
Description
The Uplink Total Traffic in kbps defined in the Total
Traffic Pane on the Carried Traffic Tab for a Site in the
Site Database.
Foreign Keys:
Table GENREPEATER
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
calcmethod
number(38)
not null
Indicates the selected output signal calculation method for an

LTE repeater - either Specify DL Gain (0) or Specify Output
Power (1).
This is defined on the Config tab for an LTE repeater in the
Site Database.
cellfk
number(38)
not null
Stores a unique number associating the repeater with a

particular cell
dlgain
float
lognodepk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating the

repeater with a particular logical node.
lognodetypefk
number(38)
not null
Identifies the logical node type.
modifyuser
number(38)

the table.
predresolution
number(38)
Stores the repeaters prediction resolution calculations.
projectno
number(38)
not null

database.
rxantennafk
number(38)
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the antenna with the

receiving element of the repeater.
technology
integer
txantennafk
number(38)
ulgain
float
The uplink gain (in dB) of the repeater, defined on the Config
tab for a repeater in the Site Database.
ulnoisefactor
float
The uplink noise (in dB) of the repeater, defined on the Config
tab for a repeater in the Site Database.
The downlink gain (in dB) of the repeater, defined on the

Config tab for a repeater in the Site Database.
Indicates the technology type of the repeater: UMTS (257),

CDMA2000 or EV-DO (0), Fixed WiMAX (512), Mobile WiMAX
(2048).
not null
Associates the antenna with the transmitted element of the

repeater.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodepk + lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODE table

Page 129
Table IS95CARRIER
Page 130
Name
Data Type
allocated
number(38)
Constraint
NOT USED
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

fwdlinkcar
float
Stores the downlink frequency.
idname
varchar2(128)
Field which stores the names provided for each IS95 carrier
in the database.
is95carpk
number(38)
leftnbrchan
number(38)
Stores the value of interference from the left neighbour

channel.
leftnbrdldb
float

downlink.
leftnbruldb
float

uplink.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
permission
number(38)
18.
priority
number(38)
Field that describes the order in which traffic should be

serviced by the various cell layers with 1 being the highest
priority.
projectno
number(38)
revlinkcar
float
Stores the uplink frequency.
rightnbrchan
number(38)
Stores the value of interference from the right neighbour

channel.
rightnbrdldb
float

downlink.
rightnbruldb
float

uplink.
usergroup
number(38)

not null
not null
not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique number for each CDMA2000

carrier.

to the table.

database.

Table LOGATTACHMENT
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
attachpk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each attachment in

the database.
comments
varchar2 (255)
Optional description that can be added to each attachment.
filename
varchar2 (255)
Stores the file path to the attachment on the logical node,

defined on the Attachments tab of the logical node dialog box.
modifyuser
number(38)
not null

the table.
parentkey
number(38)
not null

attachment with a particular logical node.
parenttype
number(38)
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the logical node with a

particular parent element.
projectno
number(38)
not null

database.
Table LOGCONNECTION
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
conntype
number(38)
not null
Indicates the type of connection.
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

idname
varchar2(128)
The name of the connection.
logconnkey
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each connection in

the database.
lognodeafk
number(38)
not null
Stores a unique number, identifying the logical node at

linkend A.
lognodebfk
number(38)
not null
Stores a unique number, identifying the logical node at

linkend B.
lognodetypeafk
number(38)
not null
Identifies the type of the node at end A of the logical

connection.
lognodetypebfk
number(38)
not null
Identifies the type of the node at end B of the logical

connection.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
permission
number(38)
projectno
number(38)
usercomment
varchar2(255)


not null

to the table.
not null

database.
Stores any optional comments about the connection.
Page 131
Name
Data Type
usergroup
number(38)
Constraint
Description
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodeafk) references the LOGNODE table
FK2 (projectno + lognodebfk) references the LOGNODE table
Table LOGCONNROUTE
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
connroutepk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each connection

route in the database.
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

indexno
number(38)
Stores the route's index number.
logconnfk
number(38)
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
permission
number(38)
projectno
number(38)
usercomment
varchar2(255)
Optional description that can be added to each attachment.
usergroup
number(38)

not null
Stores a unique number, associating a particular logical

connection with the connection route.
not null

to the table.
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + logconnfk) references the LOGCONNECTION table
Table LOGCONNRTHOP
Page 132
Name
DataType
Constraint
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

Indexno
number(38)
Indicates the position in the hop sequence.
linkfk
number(38)
not null
Description
Stores a unique number, associating the route hop with a

particular link.

Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
logconnfk
number(38)
not null

particular logical connection.
logconnrtfk
number(38)
not null

particular connection route.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
permission
number(38)
projectno
number(38)
not null

database.
routehoppk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each route hop.
startend
number(38)
Indicates whether is start point A (0) or end point B (1).
usergroup
number(38)


not null

to the table.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + logconnrtfk) references the LOGCONNROUTE table
Table LOGIS95ANTENNA
Name
Data Type
anttypefixed
number(38)
anttypefk
number(38)
azimuth
float
The Azimuth (in degrees), defined on the Antennas tab for a

CDMA2000 BS in the Site Database.
azimuthfixed
number(38)
Stores a number representing the azimuth defined on the

Antenna Constraints tab for a CDMA2000 BS in the Site
Database.
ccwwallbrg
number(38)
Stores a number representing the anti-clockwise bearing

angle defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a
coordx
float
The co-ordinates of the antenna location, defined on the

Antennas tab for a CDMA2000 BS in the Site Database.
coordy
float
The co-ordinates of the antenna location, defined on the

Antennas tab for a CDMA2000 BS in the Site Database.
corrfactor
float
The Antenna Correction (Corr'n) Factor, defined on the

Antennas tab for a CDMA2000 BS in the Site Database in
the Site Database.
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)


Constraint
Description
Stores a number representing the antenna type defined on
the Antenna tab for a CDMA2000 BS in the Site Database.
not null
Stores a unique number, indicating the antenna used.
Page 133
Page 134
Name
Data Type
cwwallbrg
number(38)
Constraint
Stores a number representing the clockwise bearing angle

defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a CDMA2000
BS in the Site Database.
downtilt
float
The Total Downtilt (in degrees) on the antenna, defined on

the Antennas tab for a CDMA2000 BS in the Site Database.
height
float
The antenna Height (in m), defined on the Antennas tab for
a CDMA2000 BS in the Site Database.
heightfixed
number(38)
Stores a number representing the Height Fixed defined on

the Antenna Constraints tab for a CDMA2000 BS in the Site
Database.
indexno
number(38)
A number used to sequence the CDMA2000 antennas.
instanceid
varchar2(128)
The Instance ID defined on the Antennas tab for a

is95antpk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each CDMA2000

antenna in the database.
lognodefk
number(38)
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the antenna with a

particular logical node.
maxlobetilt
number(38)
Stores a number representing the Max main Lobe Tilt

defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a CDMA2000
BS in the Site Database.
mechdownfixed
date
Stores a number representing the Mechanical Downtilt

Fixed defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
permission
number(38)
18.
predmodelkey1
number(38)
Stores a number indicating the Primary Prediction Model

selected on the Antennas tab in the Site Database.
predmodelkey2
number(38)
Stores a number indicating the Secondary Prediction Model

predradiusimp1
float
Stores a number indicating the Primary Prediction Radius in

miles defined on the Antennas tab in the Site Database.
predradiusimp2
float
Stores a number indicating the Secondary Prediction

Radius in miles defined on the Antennas tab in the Site
Database.
predradiusmet1
float

kilometres defined on the Antennas tab in the Site
Database.
predradiusmet2
float

Radius in kilometres defined on the Antennas tab in the Site
Database.
predresolutionimp1
float
Stores a number indicating the Primary Prediction

Resolution in feet defined on the Antennas tab in the Site
Database.
not null
Description

to the table.

Name
Data Type
predresolutionimp2
float
Constraint

Database.
predresolutionmet1
float

Resolution in metres defined on the Antennas tab in the
Site Database.
predresolutionmet2
float

Site Database.
projectno
number(38)
repeater
number(38)
Indicates if the a repeater is used (1) or not (0).
sharedantenna
number(38)
Indicates whether the antenna is shared (1) or not (0).
usergroup
number(38)

usewallbrg
number(38)
Stores a number representing a wall bearing constraint on

the Antenna Constraints tab for a CDMA2000 BS in the Site
Database.
not null
Description

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodefk) references the LOGIS95BS table

Page 135
Table LOGIS95BS
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
capacity
float
lognodepk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number

associating the CDMA2000 BS with a particular
logical node.
lognodetypefk
number(38)
not null
maxhochanspool
number(38)
NOT USED.
maxprimchanspool
number(38)
NOT USED.
modifyuser
number(38)
numchanspool
number(38)
The number of channels for the CDMA BS

Channel Pool, defined on the BS Params tab
for a CDMA2000 BS in the Site Database.
predradius
number(38)
NOT USED.
predresolution
number(38)
NOT USED.
projectno
number(38)
sectorradius
float
The Transmission Capacity value in Mbps

defined on the Carried Traffic tab for a
not null
not null


Stores the radius of the sector.
Foreign Keys:
Page 136

Table LOGIS95BSC
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
lognodepk
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating each

CDMA2000 BSC with a logical node.
lognodetypefk
number(38)
not null
modifyuser
number
not null

to the table.
projectno
number
not null

database.
supports_sho
number
Indicates whether the CDMA2000 BSC supports soft

handover (1) or not (0).
twowayhandover
float
Indicates the 2-Way HO percentage defined on the Carried

Traffic tab for a CDMA2000 BSC in the Site Database.
Foreign Keys:
Table LOGIS95CAR
Name
Data Type
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

created in.
idname
varchar2(128)
Field which stores the names provided for each logical

IS95 carrier in the database.
is95carpk
number(38)
not null

CDMA2000 carrier in the database.
is95carrierdatafk
number(38)
not null
Stores a unique number, associating a particular set of

CDMA2000 carrier data with a CDMA2000 carrier.
logbsfk
number(38)
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the CDMA2000

carrier with a particular CDMA2000 BS.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
numpooledtraff
chanelems
number(38)
The number of pooled traffic channel elements.
numtotaltraff
chanelems
number(38)
The number of total traffic channel elements.

Constraint
Description

not null

Page 137
Name
Data Type
permission
number(38)
Constraint
Description
projectno
number(38)
traffchandatarate
number(38)
The number of traffic channel elements at a particular

data rate.
usergroup
number(38)


not null

in a database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + is95carrierdatafk) references the IS95CARRIER table
FK2 (projectno + logbsfk) references the LOGIS95BS table
Table LOGIS95CLSITE
Name
DataType
createdate
date
Constraint
Description
createuser
number(38)

is95bspk
number(38)
not null

CDMA2000 cluster site with a particular CDMA2000 BS.
is95clusterfk
number(38)
not null
Stores a unique number for each CDMA2000 cluster site in

the database.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
permission
number(38)
projectno
number(38)
usergroup
number(38)

not null

to the table.
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + is95clusterfk) references the LOGIS95CLUSTER table
Page 138

Table LOGIS95CLUSTER
Name
DataType
createdate
date
Constraint
createuser
number(38)

Idname
varchar2(128)
User defined identifier for each particular cluster.
Is95clusterpk
number(38)
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
permission
number(38)
projectno
number(38)
usergroup
number(38)
not null
Description
Primary key, stores a unique number for each CDMA2000

cluster in the database.
not null

to the table.
not null

database.
Table LOGIS95FEEDER
Name
Data Type
corrfactor
float
Value in dBs that provides a correction factor on the cell

equipment used, if necessary. A positive value represents
a gain and a negative value a loss.
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

created in.
dlgain
float
The Downlink Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab

for a CDMA sector in the Site Database.
feedertypefk
number(38)
not null
Stores a unique number identifying the feeder type.
is95antfk
number(38)
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the feeder with a

particular CDMA2000 antenna.
is95cellfk
number(38)
not null

particular CDMA2000 cell.
is95feedpk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each CDMA

feeder in the database.
length
float
The Feeder Length (in m), defined on the Antennas tab for
a CDMA sector in the Site Database.
maxpapower
float
Stores the maximum 'Power Amplifier' power in dB's.
mhamptypefk
number(38)

Constraint
not null
Description
Stores a unique number identifying the MHA (MastHead

Amplifier) type.
Page 139
Name
Data Type
mhgain_db
float
Constraint
The MHA Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for a
CDMA sector in the Site Database.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
noise_db
float
The Noise Figure (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for
otherlosses
float
The Other Downlink Losses (in dB), defined on the

Antennas tab for a CDMA sector in the Site Database.
permission
number(38)

page 18.
projectno
number(38)
rxdiv
number(38)
not null
not null
Description


a database.
Indicates whether RX Diversity is being used (1) or not (0).
This is defined on the Antennas tab for a CDMA sector in
the Site Database.
txdiv
number(38)
Indicates whether TX Diversity is being used (1) or not (0).

This is defined on the Antennas tab for a CDMA sector in
the Site Database.
ulgain
float
The Uplink Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for a
usergroup
number(38)

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + is95antfk) references the LOGIS95ANTENNA table
FK2 (projectno + is95sectorfk) references the LOGIS95SECTOR table
Table LOGIS95MSC
Page 140
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
lognodepk
number(38)
not null

CDMA2000MSC with a particular logical node.
lognodetypefk
number(38)
not null
modifyuser
number(38)
not null

to the table.
needsbsc
number(38)
projectno
number(38)
supports_sho
number(38)
Indicates whether the CDMA2000MSC needs a

CDMA2000BSC (1) or not (0).
not null

database.
Indicates whether the CDMA2000MSC supports soft
handover (1) or not (0).

Foreign Keys:
Table LOGIS95SECCAR
Name
Data Type
activesetsize
number(38)
The Active Set size, defined on the Power/Sho

subtab of the Params tab for a CDMA sector in
the Site Database.
broadcastcntrlchanpwr
float
The Broadcast Control Channel Power (in

dBm), defined on the Channel Power subtab of
the Params tab for a CDMA sector in the Site
Database.
broadcastcntrl
chanpwrcheck
integer
Indicates whether the Broadcast Control

Channel Power parameter has been selected
(1) or not (0).
carrierfk
number(38)
codeorthofactor
float
FOR FUTURE USE
commassignchanpwr
float
The Common Assignment Channel Power (in

Database.
commassign
chanpwrcheck
integer
Indicates whether the Common Assignment

(1) or not (0).
commctrlchanpwr
float
The Common Control Channel Power (in dBm),

defined on the Channel Power subtab of the
Params tab for a CDMA sector in the Site
Database.
commctrl
chanpwrcheck
integer
Indicates whether the Common Control

(1) or not (0).
commpwrctrlchanpwr
float
The Common Power Control Channel Power

(in dBm), defined on the Channel Power subtab
of the Params tab for a CDMA sector in the Site
Database.
commpwrctrl
chanpwrcheck
integer
Indicates whether the Common Power Control

(1) or not (0).
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)
Stores a number indicating the user who

created the object. The number is based on the
order users were created in.
dataoffsetchanpwr153k6
float
Stores the data offset channel power 153.6

kbit/sec.
float

kbit/sec.

Constraint
not null
Description
Stores a unique number, associating the CDMA

sector with a particular carrier.
Page 141
Page 142
Name
Data Type
float
Constraint
Description
kbit/sec.
float

kbit/sec.
float

kbit/sec.
dataoffsetnomchanpwr
float
Stores the data offset nom channel power.
dedicatedchanelems
number(38)
Stores the number of dedicated channel

elements.
dedicatedctrlchanpwr
float
The Dedicated Control Channel Power (in

Database.
dedicatedctrl
chanpwrcheck
integer
Indicates whether the Dedicated Control

(1) or not (0).
excessnoise_check
integer
Indicates whether the Excess Noise parameter

excessnoise_db
float
The Excess Noise (in dBm), defined on the

General subtab of the Params tab for a CDMA
sector in the Site Database.
jointdetectionorthofactor
float
FOR FUTURE USE
macindexes
integer
The number of MAC Indexes, defined on the

General subtab of the Params tab for an EVDO sector in the Site Database.
makevalro
number(38)
Indicates whether to make the value read-only

(1) or not (0).
maxdpchpwrdbm
float
FOR FUTURE USE
maxhochanelems
number(38)
Stores the maximum number of handoff

channel elements.
maxhochanspool
number(38)
The Maximum Handoff Channels, defined on

the Channel Pool subtab of the Params tab for
maxpapwr_dbm
float
The Max PA Power (in dBm), defined on the

Power/Sho subtab of the Params tab for a
maxprimchanspool
number(38)
The Maximum Primary Channels, defined on

the Channel Pool subtab of the Params tab for
maxpwrperchan_dbm
float
Stores the maximum power per channel.
maxsupppwr_dbm
float
The Max Supplemental Channel Power

(dBm/bit), defined on the Power/Sho subtab of
Database.
meanachnoiserise
float
The Mean Achieved Noise Rise (in dB), defined

on the Static Analysis subtab of the Params tab
meanhochanusd
float
Stores the mean number of handoff channels

used (drive test parameter).
meanprichanusd
float
Stores the mean number of primary channels

used (drive test parameter).

Name
Data Type
meantotdltfcpwr
float
The Mean Total Downlink Traffic Power (in

dBm), defined on the Static Analysis subtab of
Database.
mindpchpwrdbm
float
FOR FUTURE USE
minpwrperchan_dbm
float
Stores the minimum power per channel.
minsupppwr_dbm
float
The Min Supplemental Channel Power (in

dBm/bit), defined on the Power/Sho subtab of
Database.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
noiseriselmt_db
float
The Noise Rise Limit (in dB), defined on the

sector.
numchanspool
number(38)
The Number of Channels, defined on the

Channel Pool subtab of the Params tab for a
numpagingchans
number(38)
The Number of Paging Channels, defined on

the Paging subtab of the Params tab for a
numpooledprimchanelems
number(38)
Stores the number of pooled primary channel

elements.
orthogfactor
float
Stores the orthogonality factor used.
pagingchandatarate_kbs
float
The Paging Channel Data Rate (in kbps),

defined on the Paging subtab of the Params
tab for a CDMA sector in the Site Database.
pagingchanpwr_dbm
float
The Paging TX Channel Power (in dBm),

defined on the Paging subtab of the Params
permission
number(38)
Three digit code that provides the permissions

for the user, the default group they belong to
and all other users. For more information on
this, see About Permissions on page 18.
pilotpwr_dbm
float
The Pilot Channel Power (in dBm), defined on

the Channel Power subtab of the Params tab
projectno
number(38)
pwrctlstepsize_db
float
The Power Control Step Size (in dB), defined

on the Power/Sho subtab of the Params tab for
quickpagingchanpwr
float
The Quick Paging Channel Power (in dBm),

defined on the Channel Power subtab of the
Database.
quickpaging
chanpwrcheck
integer
Indicates whether the Quick Paging Channel

Power parameter has been selected (1) or not
(0).

Constraint
not null
not null
Description


Page 143
Name
Data Type
ratedpapwr_dbm
float
Constraint
Description
The Rated PA Power (in dBm), defined on the
rcdownlink
varchar2(32)
The Downlink Configuration (1-10, 0=EV-DO),

defined on the General subtab of the Params
rcuplink
varchar2(32)
NOT USED.
rcvrnoisefigure_dbm
float
The Receiver Noise Figure (in dB), defined on

the General subtab of the Params tab for a
rx_loss_db
float
The RX Splitter Loss (in dB), defined on the

scramblingcode
number(38)
FOR FUTURE USE
scramblingcodegrp
number(38)
FOR FUTURE USE
seccarpk
number(38)
not null

identifying the sector carrier.
sectorfk
number(38)
not null
Stores a unique number identifying the sector.
spconfig
number(38)
FOR FUTURE USE
syncchandatarate_kbs
float
Stores the synchronised channel data rate
syncchanpwr_dbm
float
The Sync Channel Power (in dBm), defined on

the Channel Power subtab of the Params tab
synchchanpwrcheck
integer
Indicates whether the Sync Channel Power

parameter has been selected (1) or not (0).
t_drop_db
float
The T_Drop value (in dB), defined on the

tx_loss_db
float
The TX Combiner Loss (in dB), defined on the

usedbmbit
integer
Indicates whether the Use dBm/bit units for

traffic channel power limits option has been
This is defined on the Power/Sho subtab of the
Database.
usergroup
number(38)

associated with the user who created the
object.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + carrierfk) references the LOGIS95CAR table
FK2 (projectno + sectorfk) references the LOGIS95SECTOR table
Page 144

Table LOGIS95SECTOR
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
createdate
date
idname
varchar2(128)
not null

logical IS95 sector in the database.
logbsfk
number(38)
not null
Stores a unique number associating the CDMA

sector with a particular CDMA BS.
maxhochanspool
number(38)
NOT USED.
maxprimchanspool
number(38)
NOT USED.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
numchanspool
number(38)
The Number of Channels, defined on the General

pncode
number(38)
The Short PN Code Offset, defined on the

General tab for a CDMA sector in the Site
Database.
projectno
number(38)
sectorname
varchar2(128)
sectorpk
number(38)
signallingoverhead
float
not null
not null


The CDMA Sector Name, defined on the General
tab for a CDMA sector in the database.
not null

CDMA sector in the database.
The Signalling Overhead percentage defined on
the Carried Traffic tab for a CDMA sector in the
Site Database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + logbsfk) references the LOGIS95BS table
Table LOGLTEANTENNA
Name
Data Type
anttypefixed
number(38)
anttypefk
number(38)
azimuth
float
The antenna azimuth (in degrees), defined on the

Antennas tab in the Site Database.
azimuthfixed
number(38)

Antenna Constraints tab for an LTE node in the Site
Database.

Constraint
Description
the Antenna tab for an LTE node in the Site Database.
not null
Stores a unique number, identifying the antenna type.
Page 145
Name
Data Type
ccwwallbrg
number(38)
Constraint
Description
angle defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for an LTE
node in the Site Database.
coordx
float
The co-ordinates of the antenna location along the x axis.
coordy
float
The co-ordinates of the antenna location along the y axis.
corrfactor
float
The download antenna correction factor/gain, defined on

the Antennas tab in the Site Database.
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

created in.
cwwallbrg
number(38)

defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for an LTE node in
the Site Database.
downtilt
float
Stores the value of the downtilt on the antenna.
height
float
The antenna height (in m), defined on the Antennas tab in

the Site Database.
heightfixed
number(38)

the Antenna Constraints tab for an LTE node in the Site
Database.
indexno
number(38)
A number used to sequence the logical LTE antennas.

This number is created when the antenna is added and is
a static value that does not get updated if antennas are
removed. This means that the values can be nonsequential.
Page 146
instanceid
varchar2(128)
The Instance ID defined on the Antennas tab for an LTE

lognodefk
number(38)
maxlobetilt
number(38)

defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for an LTE node in
the Site Database.
mechdownfixed
number(38)

Fixed defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for an LTE
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
not null

nodeantennapk
number(38)
not null

LTE antenna in the database.
permission
number(38)

page 18.
predmodelkey1
number(38)

predmodelkey2
number(38)

Model selected on the Antennas tab in the Site Database.
predradiusimp1
float
Stores a number indicating the Primary Prediction Radius

in miles defined on the Antennas tab in the Site Database.
not null


Name
Data Type
predradiusimp2
float
Constraint

Database.
predradiusmet1
float

in kilometres defined on the Antennas tab in the Site
Database.
predradiusmet2
float

Radius in kilometres defined on the Antennas tab in the
Site Database.
predresolutionimp1
float

Database.
predresolutionimp2
float

Database.
predresolutionmet1
float

Site Database.
predresolutionmet2
float

Site Database.
projectno
number(38)
repeater
number(38)
Indicates if the Connected Repeater option has been

sharedantenna
number(38)
ulgaincorrfactor
float
usergroup
number(38)

usewallbrg
number(38)

the Antenna Constraints tab for an LTE node in the Site
Database.
not null
not null
Description

a database.
The upload antenna correction factor/gain, defined on the

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodefk) references the LOGLTENODE table
Table LOGLTECAR
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
carrierpk
number(38)
not null

LTE carrier in the database.
createdate
createuser
idname


number(38)

LTE carrier in the database.
Page 147
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
lognodefk
number(38)
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the logical

LTE carrier with a particular logical node.
ltecarrierfk
number(38)
not null
Foreign key, identifying the carrier used from the

enodeB.
modifydate
modifyuser
number(38)
permission
number(38)
projectno
number(38)
usergroup
number(38)
not null

not null

Foreign Keys:
FK1 ( ltecarrierfk + projectno) references the LTECARRIER table
FK2 ( lognodefk + projectno) references the LOGLTENODE table
Table LOGLTECELL
Page 148
Name
DataType
Constraint
beamformarrayelems
number(38)
The number of beamforming array elements. Defined on the

AAS Settings tab for an LTE cell in the Site Database.
beamformingsupport
number(2)
Indicates whether Beamforming is enabled (1) or not (0).

Defined on the AAS Settings tab for an LTE cell in the Site
Database.
cellid
number(38)
The Cell Identity, defined on the General tab for an LTE cell
in the Site Database.
cellname
varchar2(128)
The Cell Name, defined on the General tab for an LTE cell
cellpk
number(38)
createdate
date
dlirfactor
float
The beamforming downlink IR factor defined on the AAS

Settings tab for an LTE cell in the Site Database.
idname
varchar2(128)
Field which stores the names provided for each logical LTE
lognodefk
number(38)
Stores a unique number, associating the LTE cell with a

modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)

to the table.
not null
Description
Primary Key, identifying the cell.

Name
DataType
mumimodlsupport
number(2)
Indicates whether MU-MIMO downlink is active (1) or not

(0). Defined on the AAS Settings tab for an LTE cell in the
Site Database.
mumimodlterms
float
Indicates the average number of co-scheduled terminals on

the MU-MIMO downlink. Defined on the AAS Settings tab
for an LTE cell in the Site Database.
mumimoulsupport
number(2)
Indicates whether MU-MIMO uplink is active (1) or not (0).

Database.
mumimoulterms
float
Indicates the average number of co-scheduled terminals on

the MU-MIMO uplink. Defined on the AAS Settings tab for
an LTE cell in the Site Database.
nbrlimitintercdma
number(38)
The Neighbour Limits Inter-Technology CDMA value

defined in the Neighbours tab for an LTE cell in the Site
Database.
nbrlimitintergsm
number(38)
The Neighbour Limits Inter-Technology GSM value defined

in the Neighbours tab for an LTE cell in the Site Database.
nbrlimitinterumts
number(38)
The Neighbour Limits Inter-Technology UMTS value

defined in the Neighbours tab for an LTE cell in the Site
Database.
nbrlimitintrainter
number(38)
The Neighbour Limits Intra-Technology Inter Carrier value

defined on the Neighbours tab for an LTE cell in the Site
Database.
nbrlimitintraintra
number(38)
The Neighbour Limits Intra-Technology Intra Carrier value

defined on the Neighbours tab for an LTE cell in the Site
Database.
projectno
number(38)
signallingoverhead
float
The percentage signalling overhead defined on the Carried

Traffic tab for an LTE cell in the Site Database.
sumimodlspatialmode
number(38)
Indicates the SU-MIMO downlink spatial mode which can

be Diversity (0), Multiplexing (1), or Adaptive Switching (2).
Database.
sumimodlsupport
number(2)
Indicates whether SU-MIMO downlink is active (1) or not

(0). Defined on the AAS Settings tab for an LTE cell in the
Site Database.
sumimorxelems
number(38)
The number of SU-MIMO uplink receiver elements defined

on the AAS Settings tab for an LTE cell in the Site
Database.
sumimotxelems
number(38)
The number of SU-MIMO downlink transmitter elements

defined on the AAS Settings tab for an LTE cell in the Site
Database.
sumimoulspatialmode
number(38)
Indicates the SU-MIMO uplink spatial mode which can be

Diversity (0), Multiplexing (1), or Adaptive Switching (2).
Database.
sumimoulsupport
number(2)
Indicates whether SU-MIMO uplink is active (1) or not (0).

Database.
tac
number(38)
The Tracking Area Code defined on the General tab for an

LTE cell in the Site Database.

Constraint
not null
Description

database.
Page 149
Name
DataType
ulirfactor
float
Constraint
Description
The beamforming uplink IR factor defined on the AAS
Settings tab for an LTE cell in the Site Database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (lognodefk + projectno) references the LOGLTENODE table
Table LOGLTECELLCAR
Page 150
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
adaptivemimothresh
float
The Adaptive MIMO SNR value in dB defined on the

Thresholds sub-tab of the LTE Params tab for an LTE
cell on the Site Database.
adaptivemimothresh
enabled
number(2)
Indicates whether the Adaptive MIMO SNR option is

selected (1) or not (0). Defined on the Thresholds subtab of the LTE Params tab for an LTE cell on the Site
Database.
broadcastoffset
float
The Broadcast offset value in dB defined on the

Channel Power sub-tab of the LTE Params tab for an
LTE cell on the Site Database.
carrierfk
number(38)
not null

enodeB.
cellcarrierpk
number(38)
not null
Primary Key, identifying the cell carrier.
celledgethreshmode
number(2)
cellid
number(38)
cellspecificfreqoffsets
number(2)
NOT USED.
codeschemakey
number(38)
Indicates the Schema setting, Unknown (0) or All (1)

codeschematype
number(38)
Specifies the type of code schema used. Type(0) is

unknown.
controloffset
float
The Control offset value in dB defined on the Channel

Power sub-tab of the LTE Params tab for an LTE cell
on the Site Database.
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

created in.
dlcellcenterload
float
The Downlink Load Cell Centre percentage defined on

the Cell Load Levels sub-tab of the LTE Params tab for
an LTE cell on the Site Database.
Indicates the Cell Edge Threshold mode RSRP (0) or

Relative RSRP (1) defined on the Thresholds sub-tab of
the LTE Params tab for an LTE cell on the Site
Database.
not null
The Physical Cell ID defined on the General sub-tab of

the LTE Params tab for an LTE cell on the Site
Database.

Name
Data Type
dlcelledgeload
float
The Downlink Load Cell Centre percentage defined on

the Cell Load Levels sub-tab of the LTE Params tab for
an LTE cell on the Site Database.
icicschemesenabled
number(2)
Indicates whether the ICIC Schemes option is selected

(1) or not (0). Defined on the General sub-tab of the
LTE Params tab for an LTE cell on the Site Database.
ltecellfk
number(38)
maxrange
float
The Max TA Range value in km defined on the

maxscheduledusers
number(38)
The Number of Scheduled Users defined on the

General sub-tab of the LTE Params tab for an LTE cell
maxta
float
The Max TA Timing Advance value in msec defined on

the Thresholds sub-tab of the LTE Params tab for an
maxtxpower
float
The Max Tx Power value in dBm defined on the

General sub-tab of the LTE Params tab for an LTE cell
meanulcellcenterintflevel
float
The Mean UL Interference Level Cell Centre value in

dB defined on the Cell Load Levels sub-tab of the LTE
Params tab for an LTE cell on the Site Database.
meanulcelledgeintflevel
float
The Mean UL Interference Level Cell Edge value in dB

defined on the Cell Load Levels sub-tab of the LTE
Params tab for an LTE cell on the Site Database.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
modulationkey
number(38)
The Highest Supported Modulation Order defined on

the General sub-tab of the LTE Params tab for an LTE
multicastoffset
float
The Multicast offset value in dB defined on the Channel

mumimothresh
float
The MU-MIMO SNR value in dB defined on the

mumimothreshenabled
number(2)
Indicates whether the MU-MIMO SNR option is

Database.
noisefigure
float
The Noise Figure in dB defined on the General sub-tab

of the LTE Params tab for an LTE cell on the Site
Database.
permission
number(38)

projectno
number(38)

Constraint
not null
not null
not null
Description
Foreign key identifying the parent cell.


in a database.
Page 151
Name
Data Type
refsignalsnrthresh
float
Constraint
Description
The Reference Signal SNR value in dB defined on the
refsignalsnrthresh
enabled
number(2)
Indicates whether the reference Signal SNR option is

Database.
relrsrp
float
The Relative RSRP Cell Edge Threshold value in dB

defined on the Thresholds sub-tab of the LTE Params
tab for an LTE cell on the Site Database.
rsrp
float
The RSRP Cell Edge Threshold value in dBm defined

on the Thresholds sub-tab of the LTE Params tab for an
schedulerkey
number(38)
The Scheduler type, Round Robin (1), Max SINR (2),

Proportional Fair (5) or Proportional Demand (6)
syncoffset
float
The Synchronisation offset value in dB defined on the

Channel Power sub-tab of the LTE Params tab for an
timingadvanceenabled
number(2)
Indicates whether the Timing Advance option is

Database.
timingadvancemode
number(38)
Indicates whether the Timing Advance mode is Max TA

(0), or Max Range (1). Defined on the Thresholds subtab of the LTE Params tab for an LTE cell on the Site
Database.
trafficoffset
float
The Traffic offset value in dB defined on the Channel

txpowerfixed
number(2)
Indicates whether the Fixed option for the Max DL

Power per Connection has been selected (1) or not (0).
This is defined on the Load&Power Ctrl tab for a Mobile
WiMAX cell in the Site Database.
usergroup
number(38)

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + ltecellfk) references the LOGLTECELL table
Page 152

Table LOGLTEFEEDER
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
antfk
number(38)
not null

particular LTE cell.
corrfactor
float

dlgain
float

feedertypefk
number(38)
length
float
maxpapower
float
Stores the maximum Power Amplifier power in dB's.
mhamptypefk
number(38)
mhgain_db
float
The MHA Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for an
LTE cell in the Site Database.
modifyuser
number(38)

noise_db
float
otherlosses
float
The Other Losses (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for
projectno
number(38)
rxdiv
number(38)
Indicates whether the RX Diversity option has been

selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Antennas tab
txdiv
number(38)
Indicates whether the TX Diversity option has been

ulgain
float
The Uplink Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for
not null
not null
not null
Indicates the Feeder Type, specified on the Antennas tab

for an LTE cell in the Site Database. Unknown(0),
otherwise a unique seven digit number.
Indicates the MHA Type, specified on the Antennas tab for

an LTE cell in the Site Database. None(0), otherwise a
unique seven digit number.

a database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + antfk) references the LOGLTEANTENNA table
FK2 (projectno + ltecellfk) references the LOGLTECELL table

Page 153
Table LOGLTENODE
Name
DataType
Constraint
capacity
float
The Transmission Capacity value in Mbps defined on the

Carried Traffic tab for an eNodeB in the Site database.
cellradius
float
Stores the radius of the cell.
handoverpercentage
float
The Handover Percentage defined on the Carried Traffic

tab for an eNodeB in the Site database.
isnominatedsgw
number(2)
Indicates whether the Nominate as S-GW option is selected

(1) or not (0) on the General tab for an eNodeB in the Site
database.
lognodepk
number(38)
lognodetypefk
number(38)
modifyuser
number(38)

to the table.
nodeid
number(38)
The eNodeB identity, defined on the General tab for an

eNodeB in the Site Database.
predradius
number(38)
NOT USED.
predresolution
number(38)
The Prediction Resolution (in m), defined on the Prediction

tab.
projectno
number(38)
not null
not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique number for each eNodeB in

the database.

database.
Foreign Keys:
Table LOGNETWORK
Page 154
Name
DataType
createdate
date
Constraint
Description
createuser
number(38)

created in.
idname
varchar2(128)
not null
The Network Identity, defined on the General tab for a

logical network in the Site Database.
lognetworkpk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, stores a unique number for each logical

network in the database.
mecontextid
varchar2(128)
Further field used to uniquely identify the elements in the

network hierarchy.

Name
DataType
modifydate
date
Constraint
Description
modifyuser
number(38)
networktypefk
number(38)
parentfk
number(38)
permission
number(38)
projectno
number(38)
subnetid
varchar2(128)
Field used to uniquely identify the elements in

the network hierarchy.
usercomment
varchar2(255)
Stores optional comments for the logical

network.
usergroup
number(38)


not null

Indicates the network type - logical (1100) or
PLMN (1101).
not null
Foreign key that uniquely identifies the parent

folder for the logical network.
not null

Foreign Keys:
FK1 - (projectno + parentfk) references the LOGNETWORK table
FK2 - (networktypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table
Table LOGNODE
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
addressfk
number(38)
not null

node with a particular site.
constrflags
number(38)
Stores flags corresponding to grid planning and

power planning load contraints (Fixed
Configuration, Fixed Node B Type)
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

the object. The number is based on the order users
were created in.
hasconstraints
number(38)
Indicates whether the constrflags option has been

idname
varchar2(128)
not null
The logical node Identity, defined on the General

tab for a logical node in the Site Database.
lognetworkfk
number(38)
not null

node with a particular logical network.
lognodepk
number(38)
not null

logical node in the network.
lognodetypefk
number(38)
not null

Page 155
Name
Data Type
maxsectors
number(38)
Constraint
Maximum number of sectors to be generated by the slot

pattern generation algorithm.
minsectors
number(38)
Minimum number of sectors to be generated by the slot

modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
name
varchar2(128)
The 1st Name of the logical node, defined on the General

name2
varchar2(128)
The 2nd Name of the logical node, defined on the General

networklevel
number(38)
NOT USED.
permission
number(38)
18.
projectno
number(38)
signallingoverhead
float
The Signalling Overhead percentage defined on the Carried

Traffic tab for a logical node in the Site Database.
usercomment
varchar2(255)
Stores any comments for the logical node.
usergroup
number(38)

not null
not null
Description

to the table.

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK2 (projectno + addresskey) references the SITEADDRESS table
FK3 (projectno + lognetworkfk) references the LOGNETWORK table
Table LOGNODEB
Page 156
Name
Data Type
Constraints
Description
capacity
float

Carried Traffic tab for a Node B in the Site Database.
cellradius
float
lognodepk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each Node B

in the database.
lognodetypefk
number(38)
not null
modifyuser
number(38)

nodebid
number(38)
The Node B Identity, defined on the General tab for a

Node B in the Site Database.
nodebtypefk
number(38)
Indicates the Node B type.
predradius
number(38)
NOT USED.

Name
Data Type
predresolution
number(38)
Constraints
Description
projectno
number(38)
res1dlho
number(38)
DL Max # of Handover.
res2dlho
number(38)
res3dlho
number(38)
res1dlpri
number(38)
DL Max # of Primary.
res2dlpri
number(38)
res3dlpri
number(38)
res1dltot
number(38)
DL Total # of Resources.
res2dltot
number(38)
res3dltot
number(38)
res1ulho
number(38)
UL Max # of Handover.
res2ulho
number(38)
res3ulho
number(38)
res1ulpri
number(38)
UL Max # of Primary.
res2ulpri
number(38)
res3ulpri
number(38)
res1ultot
number(38)
UL Total # of Resources.
res2ultot
number(38)
res3ultot
number(38)
The Prediction Resolution (in m), defined on the

Prediction tab
not null

a database.
Foreign Keys:
Table LOGNODETRAFFIC
Name
Data Type
bitratedirakbs
float
The UL Bit Rate (in kbps), defined on the Traffic tab for a
logical node in Site Database.
bitratedirbkbs
float
The DL Bit Rate (in kbps), defined on the Traffic tab for a
logical node in Site Database.
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

logconnfk
number(38)
not null
Stores a unique number, associating a particular connection

with the logical node traffic.
lognodefk
number(38)
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the traffic with a


Constraint
Description
Page 157
Name
Data Type
modifydate
date
Constraint
Description
modifyuser
number(38)
numsubscribers
float
The number of Subscribers for the traffic, defined on the

Traffic tab for a logical node in the Site Database.
permission
number(38)
18.
projectno
number(38)
symmetric
number(38)
trafficpk
number(38)
usergroup
number(38)

not null

to the table.
not null

database.
Indicates whether the Symmetric Traffic option has been
selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Traffic tab for
a logical node in the Site Database.
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each logical node

traffic in the database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodefk) references the LOGNODE table
Table LOGNODETYPE
Name
DataType
description
varchar2(30)
lognode
typekey
number
Constraint
Description
Description of the object type, used to impose referential integrity on
the type fields in all tables.
not null
Primary key that uniquely identifies each logical node type defined in
the database.
Table LOGPLMN
Page 158
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
lognetworkpk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each PLMN

network in the database.
mcc
varchar2(3)
The Mobile Country Code (MCC), defined on the General

tab for a PLMN network in the Site Database.
mnc
varchar2(3)
The Mobile Network Code (MNC), defined on the General

tab for a PLMN network in the Site Database.
modifyuser
number(38)
not null

projectno
number(38)
not null

a database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognetworkpk) references the LOGNETWORK table
Table LOGRNC
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
functionid
varchar2(128)
lognodepk
number(38)
not null

in the database.
lognodetypefk
number(38)
not null
manelemid
varchar2(128)
modifyuser
number(38)
not null

to the table.
projectno
number(38)
not null

database.
rncid
varchar2(10)
The RNC-Id, defined on the General tab for a logical RNC

twowayhandover
float
Indicates the 2-Way HO percentage defined on the Carried

Traffic tab for a logical RNC in the Site Database.
The Function ID, defined on the General tab for a logical

RNC in the Site Database.
The Managed Element ID, defined on the General tab for a

logical RNC in the Site Database.
Foreign Keys:
Table LOGUMTSANTENNA
Name
Data Type
anttypefixed
number(38)
anttypefk
number(38)
azimuth
float

azimuthfixed
number(38)

Antenna Constraints tab for a UMTS node in the Site
Database.
ccwwallbrg
number(38)

angle defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a UMTS
coordx
float
coordy
float

Constraint
Description
the Antenna tab for a UMTS node in the Site Database.
not null
Page 159
Name
Data Type
corrfactor
float
Constraint
Description
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

created in.
cwwallbrg
number(38)

defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a UMTS node
downtilt
float
height
float

the Site Database.
heightfixed
number(38)

the Antenna Constraints tab for a UMTS node in the Site
Database.
indexno
number(38)
A number used to sequence the logical UMTS antennas.

Page 160
instanceid
varchar2(128)
The Instance ID defined on the Antennas tab for a UMTS

lognodefk
number(38)
maxlobetilt
number(38)

defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a UMTS node
mechdownfixed
number(38)

Fixed defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a UMTS
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
permission
number(38)

page 18.
predmodelkey1
number(38)

predmodelkey2
number(38)

predradiusimp1
float

predradiusimp2
float

Database.
predradiusmet1
float

Database.
not null
not null



Name
Data Type
predradiusmet2
float
Constraint

Site Database.
predresolutionimp1
float

Database.
predresolutionimp2
float

Database.
predresolutionmet1
float

Site Database.
predresolutionmet2
float

Site Database.
projectno
number(38)
repeater
number(38)

sharedantenna
number(38)
umtsantpk
number(38)
usergroup
number(38)

usewallbrg
number(38)

the Antenna Constraints tab for a UMTS node in the Site
Database.
not null
not null
Description

a database.

UMTS antenna in the database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodefk) references the LOGNODEB table
Table LOGUMTSCAR
Name
Data Type
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

idname
varchar2(128)
The Identity of the logical UMTS carrier.
lognodefk
number(38)
Stores a unique number, associating the logical UMTS

carrier with a particular logical node.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)

to the table.
permission
number(38)
18.

Constraint
Description
Page 161
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
projectno
number(38)
not null

database.
res1dlho
number(38)
res2dlho
number(38)
res3dlho
number(38)
res1dlpri
number(38)
res2dlpri
number(38)
res3dlpri
number(38)
res1dltot
number(38)
res2dltot
number(38)
res3dltot
number(38)
res1ulho
number(38)
res2ulho
number(38)
res3ulho
number(38)
res1ulpri
number(38)
res2ulpri
number(38)
res3ulpri
number(38)
res1ultot
number(38)
res2ultot
number(38)
res3ultot
number(38)
tgcarrierfk
number(38)
Stores a unique number, associating the UMTS carrier with

a particular 3g carrier.
umtscarpk
number(38)
usergroup
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each UMTS

carrier in the database.
Foreign Keys:
FK2 (projectno + tgcarrierfk) references the TGCARRIER table
Page 162

Table LOGUMTSCELL
Name
Data Type
cellname
varchar2(128)
The Cell Name, defined on the General tab for a UMTS

coveragetype
integer
Indicates the Coverage type, either Outdoor (0) or Indoor

(1), defined on the CI-RTT tab for a UMTS cell in the
Site Database.
createdate
date
dlmaxblocksize
double
dltrafpowbal
float
eagchact
double
not null
Stores the value in the E-AGCH Activity Factor field on

the Cell Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site
Database.
eagchon
integer
not null
Stores the value in the E-AGCH Power Channel On field

on the Cell Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site
Database.
eagchpower
double
not null
Stores the value in the E-AGCH Power (dBm) field on

Database.
ehichact
double
not null
Stores the value in the E-HICH Activity Factor field on

Database.
ehichon
integer
not null
Stores the value in the E-HICH Power Channel On field

Database.
ehichpower
double
not null
Stores the value in the E-HICH Power (dBm) field on the

Cell Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.
ergchact
double
not null
Stores the value in the E-RGCH Activity Factor field on

Database.
ergchon
integer
not null
Stores the value in the E-RGCH Power Channel On field

Database.
ergchpower
double
not null
Stores the value in the E-RGCH Power (dBm) field on

Database.
hsscchmeanpower
double
not null
Stores the value in the Mean HS-SCCH Power (dBm)

field on the Cell Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site
Database.
hssccpower
double
not null
Stores the value in the HS-SCCH Power (dBm) field on

Database.
idname
varchar2(128)
Field which stores the names provided for each logical

UMTS cell in the database.
lac
number(38)
The Location Area Code (LAC), defined on the General

tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.
lcr
number(38)
NOT USED.

Constraint
not null
Description
Stores the value in the Max. Supported Block Size field

on the HSPA tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.
Load balancing downlink traffic power.
Page 163
Page 164
Name
Data Type
linkpowoffcet
float
Constraint
The Link Power Offset (in dB), defined on the

Load&Power Ctrl tab for a UMTS cell in the Site
Database.
localcellid
number(38)
The Local Cell Id, defined on the General tab for a

UMTS cell in the Site Database.
lognodefk
number(38)
Stores a unique number, associating the UMTS cell with

a particular logical node.
maxcellradiusback
float
The Maximum Cell Radius (Back) (in km) defined on the

CI-RTT tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.
maxcellradiusfront
float
The Maximum Cell Radius (Front) (in km) defined on the

CI-RTT tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.
maxtxpowconn
float
The Max DL Power per Connection (in dBm), defined on

the Load&Power Ctrl tab for a UMTS cell in the Site
Database.
mintxpowconn
float
The Min DL Power per Connection (in dBm), defined on

the Load&Power Ctrl tab for a UMTS cell in the Site
Database.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)

modulation
number(38)
multipathtype
integer
Indicates the Multipath Environment Factor - Heavy

Multipath(0), Light Multipath(1) or Mixed(2). This is
defined on the CI-RTT tab for a UMTS cell in the Site
Database.
noiserisebal
float
The Noise Rise (in dB), defined on the Load&Power Ctrl

otsrconfig
number(1)
not null
Indicates whether or not OTSR support is enabled (1) or

not (0). Defined on the General tab for a UMTS cell in
the Site Database.
projectno
number(38)
not null

in a database.
pschon
integer
not null
Indicates whether the P-SCH Power Channel is ON (1)

or OFF (0). This is defined on the Cell Params tab for a
rac
number(38)
The Routing Area Code (RAC), defined on the General

refbitrate
number(38)
The Reference DL Bitrate (bps), defined on the

Database.
refdlebno
float
The Reference DL Eb/No (in dB), defined on the

Database.
res1dlho
number
The DL Max # of Handover channels, defined on the

Resource tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.
res2dlho
number

res3dlho
number

not null
Description
Indicates the Max Supported Modulation, defined on the

HSPA tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

Name
Data Type
res1dlpri
number
The DL Max # of Primary channels, defined on the

res2dlpri
number

res3dlpri
number

res1dltot
number
The DL Total # of Resources, defined on the Resource

res2dltot
number

res3dltot
number

res1ulho
number
The UL Max # of Handover channels, defined on the

res2ulho
number

res3ulho
number

res1ulpri
number
The UL Max # of Primary channels, defined on the

res2ulpri
number

res3ulpri
number

res1ultot
number
The UL Total # of Resources, defined on the Resource

res2ultot
number

res3ultot
number

sac
number(38)
The Service Area Code (SAC), defined on the General

signallingoverhead
float
The Signalling Overhead percentage defined on the

Carried Traffic tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.
supcodemplx
integer
not null
Indicates whether or not the Enable HSUPA option is

selected (1) or not (0). Defined on the HSPA tab for a
supdynhsscch
integer
not null
Indicates whether or not Dynamic HS-SCCH Power is

set to True or False. Defined on the Cell Parameters tab
for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.
suphsupa
integer
not null
Indicates whether or not the Enable HSUPA option is

supul2mstti
integer
not null
Indicates whether or not the Support 2ms TTI option is

ulmaxcodes
integer
not null
Stores the value in the Max. HSUPA field on the HSPA

ulminsfsupported
integer
not null
Stores the value in the Min. SF field on the HSPA tab for
a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

Constraint
Description
Page 165
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
ulmodsupported
integer
not null
Indicates whether or not the Support 4PAM option is

umtscellid
number(38)
umtscellpk
number(38)
ura
number(38)
This field defines UTRAN registration area.
utranra1
integer
The URA 1 value, defined on the General tab for a UMTS

utranra8
integer
The URA 8 value, defined on the General tab for a UMTS

wlcseid
number(38)
The WLCSE ID, defined on the CI-RTT tab for a UMTS

The UMTS Cell Id, defined on the General tab for a UMTS
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each UMTS cell

in the database.
(and so on up to )
Foreign Keys:
Table LOGUMTSCELLCAR
Page 166
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
aichact
float
not null
The AICH Power Activity Factor, defined on the Cell

Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.
aichon
integer
not null
Indicates whether the AICH Power Channel is ON (1)

or OFF (0). This is defined on the Cell Params tab for
aichpwr
float
not null
The AICH Power (in dBm), defined on the Cell Params

carrierfk
number(38)
not null

node.
cellbgrndnoise
float
cellcarrierpk
number(38)
chanpowfixed
number(2)
Indicates whether the UMTS Channel Power is fixed

(1) or not (0). This is defined on the Cell Params tab
codeschemakey
integer
Stores a unique number, associating a particular code

schema with the UTMS cell.
codeschematype
integer
Specifies the type of code schema used. For a UMTS

cell it will indicate ScramCode(2304). For a WiMAX
cell it will indicate PNIndex(2305). Type(0) is
unknown.
commonchanpwr
float
Stores the common channel power in dBms.
createdate
date
Stores the value of the cell background noise.

not null

Name
DataType
createuser
number(38)

created in.
dlpower
float
Downlink traffic power.
downlinkloadinglevel
float
Downlink Loading Level (%).
dschontdd
integer
not null
Indicates whether the DSCH channel is on (1) or not

(0). This is defined on the Cell Params tab for a UMTS
cell in the Site Database. TDD only.
dschpwrtdd
float
not null
The DSCH power (in dBM), defined on the WiMAX

Params tab in the Site Database dialog box. TDD
only.
eagchact
float
not null
Stores the value in the E-AGCH Activity Factor field on

Database.
eagchon
number
not null
Stores the value in the E-AGCH Power Channel On

Database.
eagchpower
float
not null
Stores the value in the E-AGCH Power (dBm) field on

Database.
ehichact
float
not null
Stores the value in the E-HICH Activity Factor field on

Database.
ehichon
number
not null
Stores the value in the E-HICH Power Channel On

Database.
ehichpower
float
not null
Stores the value in the E-HICH Power (dBm) field on

Database.
ergchact
float
not null
Stores the value in the E-RGCH Activity Factor field

on the Cell Params tab for a UMTS cell in the
ergchon
number
not null
Stores the value in the E-RGCH Power Channel On

Database.
ergchpower
float
not null
Stores the value in the E-RGCH Power (dBm) field on

Database.
handovermargin
float
Handover Margin (dB).
HSDPAdltraff
pwrdbm
float
Indicates the downlink HSDPA Traffic Power (in dBm)

on the Cell Params tab in the Site Database.
HSDPAPowFixed
integer
maxactivesetsize
number(38)
maxhsdpapwr
float
maxtxdlpowfixed
number(2)

Constraint
not null
Description
Indicates whether the HSDPA Power Fixed option is

set to True (1) or False (0) on the Cell Params tab in
the Site Database.
The Active Set Size, defined on the Cell Params tab
not null
The HSDPA Power (in dBm), defined on the Cell

Indicates whether the Max Tx Power is fixed (1) or not
(0). This is defined on the Cell Params tab for a UMTS
Page 167
Page 168
Name
DataType
maxtxpower
float
Constraint
The Max Tx Power (in dBm), defined on the Cell

modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
multiuser
detectionfactor
float
Multi User Detection Factor (0-1). TDD only.
noiserise
float
The Noise Rise Limit (in dB), defined on the Cell

orthogfactor
float
The Orthogonality Factor, defined on the Cell Params

otsrsplitterloss
float
not null
The OTSR Splitter Loss, defined on the Cell Params

pccpchon
integer
not null
Indicates whether the P-CCPCH Power Channel is

ON (1) or OFF (0). This is defined on the Cell Params
permission
number(38)
pichact
float
not null
The PICH Power Activity Factor, defined on the Cell

pichon
integer
not null
Indicates whether the PICH Power Channel is ON (1)

or OFF (0). This is defined on the Cell Params tab for
pichpwr
float
not null
The PICH Power (in dBm), defined on the Cell Params

pilotpower
float
projectno
number(38)
not null

in a database.
pschon
integer
not null
Indicates whether the P-SCH Power Channel is ON

(1) or OFF (0). This is defined on the Cell Params tab
relpwrs
integer
not null
Indicates whether the CCCH Powers Relative To Pilot

is set to YES (1) or NO (0). This is defined on the Cell
sccpchact
float
not null
The S-CCPCH Power Activity Factor, defined on the

sccpchon
integer
not null
Indicates whether the S-CCPCH Power Channel is

ON (1) or OFF (0). This is defined on the Cell Params
scramblingcode
number(38)
The Scrambling Code, defined on the Cell Params tab

scramcodegrp
number(38)
The Scrambling Code Group, defined on the Cell

seccmnchpow
float
The secondary common channel power.
secsynchpow
float
The secondary synchronisation channel power.
not null
Description


The Pilot Power (in dBm), defined on the Cell Params


Name
DataType
softhosrchwnd
float
Constraint
Description
sschon
integer
not null
Indicates whether the S-SCH Power Channel is ON

(1) or OFF (0). This is defined on the Cell Params tab
suphsdpa
integer
not null
Indicates whether the HSDPA Support option has

HSDPA tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.
synchchanpwr
float
The synchronised channel power.
txpowfixed
number(2)
Indicates whether the Fixed option for the Max DL

Power per Connection has been selected (1) or not
(0). This is defined on the Load&Power Ctrl tab for a
ulnoiserise
float
The Uplink Noise Rise (in dB), defined on the Cell

umtscellfk
number(38)
usergroup
number(38)
The Soft Handover Window (in dB), defined on the

not null

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + umtscellfk) references the LOGUMTSCELL table
FK2 (projectno + carrierfk) references the LOGUMTSCAR table
Table LOGUMTSFEEDER
Name
Data Type
corrfactor
float

createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

created in.
dlgain
float

feedertypefk
number(38)
length
float
maxpapower
float
mhamptypefk
number(38)
mhgain_db
float

Constraint
not null
not null
Description

for a UMTS cell in the Site Database. Unknown(0),

a UMTS cell in the Site Database. None(0), otherwise a
Page 169
Name
Data Type
modifydate
date
Constraint
Description
modifyuser
number(38)
noise_db
float
otherlosses
float
permission
number(38)

page 18.
projectno
number(38)
rxdiv
number(38)

txdiv
number(38)

ulgain
float
umtsantfk
number(38)
not null

particular UMTS antenna.
umtscellfk
number(38)
not null

particular UMTS cell.
umtsfeedpk
number(38)
not null

feeder in the database.
usergroup
number(38)

not null
not null


a database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + umtsantfk) references the LOGUMTSANTENNA table
FK2 (projectno + umtscellfk) references the LOGUMTSCELL table
Table LOGWIMAXANTENNA
Page 170
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
anttypefixed
number(38)
anttypefk
number(38)
azimuth
float

azimuthfixed
number(38)

Antenna Constraints tab for a Fixed WiMAX node in the
Site Database.

the Antenna tab for a Fixed WiMAX node in the Site
Database.
not null

Name
DataType
ccwwallbrg
number(38)
Constraint
Description
angle defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a Fixed
WiMAX node in the Site Database.
coordx
float
coordy
float
corrfactor
float

createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

created in.
cwwallbrg
number(38)

defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a Fixed WiMAX
downtilt
float
height
float

the Site Database.
heightfixed
number(38)

the Antenna Constraints tab for a Fixed WiMAX node in
the Site Database.
indexno
number(38)
A number used to sequence the logical WiMAX antennas.

instanceid
varchar2(128)
lognodefk
number(38)
maxlobetilt
number(38)

defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a Fixed WiMAX
mechdownfixed
number(38)

Fixed defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a Fixed
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
not null

nodeantennapk
number(38)
not null
Primary Key, identifying the antenna type on a Fixed

WiMAX node.
permission
number(38)

For more information on this, see About Permissions.
predmodelkey1
number(38)

predmodelkey2
number(38)

predradiusimp1
float


The Instance ID defined on the Antennas tab for a Fixed

not null

Page 171
Name
DataType
predradiusimp2
float
Constraint

Database.
predradiusmet1
float

Database.
predradiusmet2
float

Site Database.
predresolutionimp1
float

Database.
predresolutionimp2
float

Database.
predresolutionmet1
float

Site Database.
predresolutionmet2
float

Site Database.
projectno
number(38)
repeater
number(38)

sharedantenna
number(38)
ulgaincorrfactor
float
usergroup
number(38)

usewallbrg
number(38)

the Antenna Constraints tab for a Fixed WiMAX node in
the Site Database.
not null
not null
Description

a database.
The upload antenna correction factor, defined on the

Antennas tab in the Site Database. WiMAX only.
Foreign Key:
FK1 (projectno + lognodefk) references the LOGWIMAXNODE table
Table LOGWIMAXCAR
Page 172
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
carrierpk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each Fixed

WiMAX carrier in the database.
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

idname
varchar2(128)
The Identity of the logical WiMAX carrier.

Name
Data Type
Constraint
lognodefk
number(38)
Stores a unique number, associating the logical WiMAX

carrier with a particular logical node.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)

to the table.
permission
number(38)
more information on this, see About Permissions.
projectno
number(38)
usergroup
number(38)
wimaxcarrierfk
number(38)
not null
Description

database.
not null
Foreign key referencing the Fixed WiMAX carrier used.
Foreign Keys:
FK2 (projectno + wimaxcarrierfk) references the WIMAXCARRIER table
Table LOGWIMAXCELL
Name
Data Type
cellid
number(38)
Constraint
The Cell Identity, defined on the General tab for a Fixed

cellname
varchar2(128)
The Cell Name, defined on the General tab for a Fixed WiMAX
cellpk
number(38)
createdate
date
idname
varchar2(128)
Field which stores the names provided for each logical Fixed
WiMAX cell in the database.
lognodefk
number(38)
Stores a unique number, associating the Fixed WiMAX cell

with a particular logical node.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)

the table.
projectno
number(38)
signallingoverhead
float
not null
not null
Description

database.
Traffic tab for a logical Fixed WiMAX cell in the Site Database.
Foreign Keys:

Page 173
Table LOGWIMAXCELLCAR
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
carrierfk
number(38)
not null

node.
cellbgrndnoise
float
cellcarrierpk
number(38)
not null
controlact
float
not null
The control activity, defined on the WiMAX Params

tab for a WiMAX cell in the Site Database.
controlpwr
float
not null
The control power (in dBm) (WiMAX).
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

created in.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
noiserise
float
The Noise Rise Limit (in dB), defined on the Cell

permission
number(38)

Permissions.
projectno
number(38)
not null

in a database.
rxsens
float
not null
The receiver sensitivity (in dBm) defined on the

WiMAX Params tab for a Fixed WiMAX cell in the Site
Database.
subchannel
integer
not null
Sub-Channelisation
usergroup
number(38)
wimaxcellfk
not null


wimaxdltraff
pwrddm
float
Indicates the downlink Traffic Power (in dBM) for

WiMAX on the WiMAX Params tab in the Site
Database.
wimaxtxpowfixed
number(2)
Indicates whether the Fix Tx Power option has been

selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Mobile
WiMAX Params tab for a Mobile WiMAX cell in the
Site Database.
ADVANTAGE only.
wimaxtxpwr
Page 174
float
The WiMAX transmitter power (in dBM), defined on

the WiMAX Params tab for a WiMAX cell in the Site
Database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + wimaxcellfk) references the LOGWIMAXCELL table
FK2 (projectno + carrierfk) references the LOGWIMAXCAR table
Table LOGWIMAXFEEDER
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
antfk
number(38)
not null
corrfactor
float

createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

created in.
dlgain
float

for a fixed WiMAX cell in the Site Database.
feedertypefk
number(38)
not null

for a fixed WiMAX cell in the Site Database. Unknown(0),
feedpk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for the feeder.
length
float
a fixed WiMAX cell in the Site Database.
maxpapower
float
mhamptypefk
number(38)
mhgain_db
float
fixed WiMAX cell in the Site Database.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
noise_db
float
otherlosses
float
permission
number(38)

projectno
number(38)
rxdiv
number(38)

not null
not null
not null

a fixed WiMAX cell in the Site Database. None(0),


a database.
Page 175
Name
DataType
txdiv
number(38)
Constraint

ulgain
float
fixed WiMAX cell in the Site Database.
usergroup
number(38)

wimaxcellfk
number(38)
not null
Description
Foreign key, identifying the parent cell.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + antfk) references the LOGWIMAXANTENNA table
FK2 (projectno + wimaxcellfk) references the LOGWIMAXCELL table
Table LOGWIMAXMOBANTENNA
Page 176
Name
DataType
anttypefixed
number(38)
Constraint
Description
anttypefk
number(38)
azimuth
float

azimuthfixed
number(38)

Antenna Constraints tab for a Mobile WiMAX node in the
Site Database.
ccwwallbrg
number(38)

angle defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a Mobile
coordx
float
coordy
float
corrfactor
float

createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

created in.
cwwallbrg
number(38)

angle defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a Mobile
downtilt
float
height
float

the Site Database.
heightfixed
number(38)

the Antenna Constraints tab for a Mobile WiMAX node in
the Site Database.

the Antenna tab for a Mobile WiMAX node in the Site
Database.
not null

Name
DataType
indexno
number(38)
Constraint
Description
A number used to sequence the logical WiMAX antennas.
instanceid
varchar(128)
lognodefk
number(38)
maxlobetilt
number(38)

defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a Mobile
mechdownfixed
number(38)

Fixed defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a Mobile
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
not null

nodeantennapk
number(38)
not null
Primary Key, identifying the antenna type on a Mobile

WiMAX node.
permission
number(38)

predmodelkey1
number(38)

predmodelkey2
number(38)

predradiusimp1
float

predradiusimp2
float

Database.
predradiusmet1
float

Database.
predradiusmet2
float

Site Database.
predresolutionimp1
float

Database.
predresolutionimp2
float

Database.
predresolutionmet1
float

Site Database.
predresolutionmet2
float

Site Database.

The Instance ID defined on the Antennas tab for a Mobile

not null

Page 177
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
projectno
number(38)
not null

a database.
repeater
number(38)

sharedantenna
number(38)
ulgaincorrfactor
float
usergroup
number(38)

usewallbrg
number(38)

the Antenna Constraints tab for a Mobile WiMAX node in
the Site Database.
not null
The upload antenna correction factor, defined on the

Antennas tab in the Site Database. WiMAX only.
Foreign Key:
FK1 (projectno + lognodefk) references the LOGWIMAXMOBNODE table
Table LOGWIMAXMOBCAR
Page 178
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
carrierpk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, identifying the carrier.
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

idname
varchar2(128)
A unique name identifying the object.
lognodefk
number(38)
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
permission
number(38)
18.
preamblefreq
number(38)
Indicates the preamble frequency reuse on the Carriers tab

of the Site Database dialog box for a node.
projectno
number(38)
subchandlamc
number(38)
Indicates the resource pooling method for the downlink

AMC on the Carriers tab of the Site Database dialog box for
a node:
Node Carrier(0), Sector(1).
subchandlfusc
number(38)

FUSC on the Carriers tab of the Site Database dialog box
for a node:
not null
Foreign key referencing the logical node used.

not null
not null

to the table.

database.

Name
DataType
subchandlopusc
number(38)
Constraint

OPUSC on the Carriers tab of the Site Database dialog box
for a node:
subchandlpusc
number(38)

PUSC on the Carriers tab of the Site Database dialog box
for a node:
subchanulamc
number(38)
Indicates the resource pooling method for the uplink AMC

on the Carriers tab of the Site Database dialog box for a
node:
subchanulopusc
number(38)
Indicates the resource pooling method for the uplink

OPUSC on the Carriers tab of the Site Database dialog box
for a node:
subchanulpusc
number(38)
Indicates the resource pooling method for the uplink PUSC

on the Carriers tab of the Site Database dialog box for a
node:
usergroup
number(38)

wimaxmobcarrierfk
number(38)
not null
Description
Foriegn key referencing the mobile WiMAX carrier used.
Foreign Keys:
FK2 (projectno + wimaxmobcarrierfk) references the WIMAXMOBCARRIER table
Table LOGWIMAXMOBCELL
Name
Data Type
cellid
number(38)
The Cell Identity, defined on the General tab for a Mobile

cellname
varchar2(128)
The Cell Name, defined on the General tab for a Mobile WiMAX
cellpk
number(38)
createdate
date
idname
varchar2(128)
Field which stores the names provided for each logical Mobile
WiMAX cell in the database.
lognodefk
number(38)
Stores a unique number, associating the Mobile WiMAX cell

with a particular logical node.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)

the table.
projectno
number(38)

Constraint
not null
not null
Description

database.
Page 179
Name
Data Type
signallingoverhead
float
Constraint
Description
Traffic tab for a Mobile WiMAX cell in the Site Database.
Foreign Keys:
Table LOGWIMAXMOBCELLCAR
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
carrierfk
number(38)
not null
Foreign key, identifying the carrier used from the node.
cellbgrndnoise
float
cellcarrierpk
number(38)
codeschemakey
integer
Stores a unique number, associating a particular code

schema with the Mobile WiMAX cell.
codeschematype
integer
Specifies the type of code schema used. For a WiMAX cell

it will indicate PNIndex(2305). Type(0) is unknown.
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

created in.
dltraffload
float
maxtxpower
float
The Max Tx Power (in dBm), defined on the Cell Params

tab for a Mobile WiMAX cell in the Site Database.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
not null

modulation
integer
not null
Stores a number no greater than 7 representing a

combination of the following modulation types (added
together):
QPSK(1), QAM16(2), QAM64(4).
permission
number(38)

page 18.
pilotboosting
float
The pilot boosting factor (in dB) on the Mobile WiMAX

Params tab for a Mobile WiMAX cell in the Site Database.
pilotpowfixed
number(2)
Indicates whether the Fix Pilot Power option has been


not null
not null
The downlink traffic load percentage defined on the Mobile

WiMAX Parameters tab of the Site Database for a WiMAX
Mobile cell.
This is defined on the Mobile WiMAX Params tab for a

Mobile WiMAX cell in the Site Database.
ADVANTAGE only.
preambleboosting
Page 180
float
The preamble boosting factor (in dB) on the Mobile

WiMAX Params tab for a Mobile WiMAX cell in the Site
Database.

Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
projectno
number(38)
not null

a database.
rxmobsens
float
The receiver sensitivity (in dBm) defined on the Mobile

Database.
txpowfixed
number(2)
Indicates whether the Fixed option for the Max DL Power

per Connection has been selected (1) or not (0). This is
defined on the Load&Power Ctrl tab for a Mobile WiMAX
ulnoiserise
float
The Uplink Noise Rise (in dB), defined on the Cell Params
usergroup
number(38)

wimaxmobcarrierfreq
float
not null
The carrier assigned to a cell on the Mobile WiMAX

wimaxmobcellfk
number(38)
not null
wimaxmobpuscsectors
number(38)
not null
The PUSC groups allocated to a cell on the Mobile WiMAX

wimaxpnindex
number(38)
not null
The PN Code Index assigned to a cell on the Mobile

Database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + wimaxmobcellfk) references the LOGWIMAXMOBCELL table
FK2 (projectno + carrierfk) references the LOGWIMAXMOBCAR table
Table LOGWIMAXMOBFEEDER
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
antfk
number(38)
not null
corrfactor
float

createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

created in.
divormulti
number(38)
NOT USED.
dlgain
float

dlinterference
The downlink interference rejection factor.
feedpk
number(38)
length
float

not null
Primary Key, indicates the Feeder Type, specified on the

Antennas tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.
Unknown(0), otherwise a unique seven digit number.
Page 181
Name
DataType
maxpapower
float
Constraint
Description
mhamptypefk
number(38)
mhgain_db
float
modifydate
date

not null

a UMTS cell in the Site Database. None(0), otherwise a
mimo
The support settings defined on the Site Database

Antennas tab for a cell.
mimorx
The number of receive elements for MIMO defined on the

Site Database Antennas tab for a cell.
mimotx
The number of transmit elements for MIMO defined on the

modifydate
modifyuser
number(38)
not null
noaaselements

The number of MIMO antenna array elements defined on
the Antenna tab for a mobile WiMAX cell in the Site
Database.
noise_db
float
otherlosses
float
permission
number(38)

projectno
number(38)
rxdiv
number(38)

txdiv
number(38)

ulcollab
number(38)
The uplink collaborative multiplexing setting defined on the

ulgain
float
ulinterference
float
The uplink interference rejection factor.
usergroup
number(38)

wimaxcellfk
number(38)
not null
not null

a database.
Foreign key, identifying the parent cell.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + antfk) references the LOGWIMAXMOBANTENNA table
FK2 (projectno + wimaxmobcellfk) references the LOGWIMAXMOBCELL table
Page 182

Table LOGWIMAXMOBNODE
Name
DataType
Constraint
capacity
float

Carried Traffic tab for a Mobile WiMAX node in the Site
Database.
cellradius
float
lognodepk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each Mobile

WiMAX node in the database.
lognodetypefk
number(38)
not null
modifyuser
number(38)

to the table.
nodeid
number(38)
The Mobile WiMAX node identity, defined on the General

tab for a Mobile WiMAX node in the Site Database.
predradius
number(38)
NOT USED.
predresolution
number(38)

tab.
projectno
number(38)
not null
Description

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodepk) references the LOGNODE table
Table LOGWIMAXNODE
Name
DataType
capacity
float

Carried Traffic tab for a Fixed WiMAX node in the Site
Database.
cellradius
float
lognodepk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each Fixed

WiMAX node in the database.
lognodetypefk
number(38)
not null
modifyuser
number(38)

to the table.
nodeid
number(38)
The Fixed WiMAX node identity, defined on the General tab

for a Fixed WiMAX node in the Site Database.
predradius
number(38)
NOT USED.
predresolution
number(38)

tab.
projectno
number(38)

Constraint
not null
Description

database.
Page 183
Table LTECARRIER
Page 184
Name
DataType
Constraint
attenuation_dl
float
The Attenuation in dB defined in the Downlink

Parameters pane on the Frequency\E-ARFCN tab for
an LTE Carrier.
attenuation_ul
float
The Attenuation in dB defined in the Uplink

an LTE Carrier.
bandwidth_mhz
float
The Bandwidth in MHz defined for an LTE Carrier.
bcast_num_
res_blocks
number(38)
The number of Resource Blocks defined in the # RBs

column for the Downlink Broadcast row on the
Overhead tab for an LTE Carrier.
bcast_num_
subframes
number(38)
The number of Subframes defined in the # Subframes

column for the Downlink Broadcast row on the
bcast_subframe_
tx1
number(38)
The number of Resource Elements defined in the

Tx=1 column for the Downlink Broadcast row on the
bcast_subframe_
tx2
number(38)

Tx=2 column for the Downlink Broadcast row on the
bcast_subframe_
tx2plus
number(38)

Tx>2 column for the Downlink Broadcast row on the
carrierkey
number(38)
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

created in.
ctrl_pdcch_num_
res_blocks
number(38)

column for the Downlink Control row on the Overhead
tab for an LTE Carrier.
ctrl_pdcch_num_
subframes
number(38)

column for the Downlink Control row on the Overhead
tab for an LTE Carrier.
ctrl_pdcch_
subframe_tx1
number(38)

Tx=1 column for the Downlink Control row on the
ctrl_pdcch_
subframe_tx2
number(38)

Tx=2 column for the Downlink Control row on the
ctrl_pdcch_
subframe_tx2plus
number(38)

Tx>2 column for the Downlink Control row on the
ctrl_pucch_num_
res_blocks
number(38)

column for the Uplink Control row on the Overhead tab
for an LTE Carrier.
not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique number for each LTE


Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
ctrl_pucch_num_
subframes
number(38)

column for the Uplink Control row on the Overhead tab
for an LTE Carrier.
ctrl_pucch_
subframe_tx1
number(38)
NOT USED
ctrl_pucch_
subframe_tx2
number(38)
The number of Resource Elements defined for the

Uplink Control row on the Overhead tab for an LTE
Carrier.
ctrl_pucch_subframe_tx number(38)
2plus
NOT USED
demod_num_res_block number(38)
s

column for the Uplink Demod. Reference row on the
demod_num_
subframes
number(38)

column for the Uplink Demod. Reference row on the
demod_subframe_tx1
number(38)
NOT USED
demod_subframe_tx2
number(38)

Uplink Demod. Reference row on the Overhead tab for
an LTE Carrier.
demod_subframe_tx2pl number(38)
us
NOT USED
fft_size
number(38)
The FFT Size defined for an LTE Carrier.
frame_struct_fk
number(38)
The Frame Structure defined for an LTE Carrier.

Type1-FDD-Normal-CP(1), Type1-FDD-ExtendedCP(2), Type3-MBSFN(5).
freq_band_fk
number(38)
The Frequency Band defined for an LTE Carrier.
freq_hi_dl
float
The High Frequency in MHz defined in the Downlink

an LTE Carrier.
freq_hi_ul
float
The High Frequency in MHz defined in the Uplink

an LTE Carrier.
freq_lo_dl
float
The Low Frequency in MHz defined in the Downlink

an LTE Carrier.
freq_lo_ul
float
The Low Frequency in MHz defined in the Uplink

an LTE Carrier.
hi_earfcn_dl
number(38)
The High E-ARFCN defined in the Downlink

an LTE Carrier.
hi_earfcn_ul
number(38)
The High E-ARFCN defined in the Uplink Parameters

pane on the Frequency\E-ARFCN tab for an LTE
Carrier.
icicmethod
number(2)
Indicates the ICIC scheme in use. Defined on the ICIC

Schemes tab for an LTE Carrier. Reuse1(0), Soft
Frequency Reuse(1), Reuse Partitioning(2).

Page 185
Page 186
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
icicschemes
enabled
number(2)
idname
varchar2
is_active
number(38)
Indicates whether or not the Hide Inactive Carriers

option is selected(1) or not(0) for an LTE Carrier.
lo_earfcn_dl
number(38)
The Low E-ARFCN defined in the Downlink

an LTE Carrier.
lo_earfcn_ul
number(38)
The Low E-ARFCN defined in the Uplink Parameters

pane on the Frequency\E-ARFCN tab for an LTE
Carrier.
mcast_num_res_
blocks
number(38)

column for the Downlink Multicast row on the
mcast_num_
subframes
number(38)

column for the Downlink Multicast row on the
mcast_subframe_
tx1
number(38)

Tx=1 column for the Downlink Multicast row on the
mcast_subframe_
tx2
number(38)

Tx=2 column for the Downlink Multicast row on the
mcast_subframe_
tx2plus
number(38)

Tx>2 column for the Downlink Multicast row on the
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)

permission
number(38)

projectno
number(38)

in a database.
ref_sig_num_res_
blocks
number(38)

column for the Downlink Reference Signal row on the
ref_sig_num_
subframes
number(38)

column for the Downlink Reference Signal row on the
ref_sig_subframe_
tx1
number(38)

Tx=1 column for the Downlink Reference Signal row
on the Overhead tab for an LTE Carrier.
ref_sig_subframe_
tx2
number(38)

Tx=2 column for the Downlink Reference Signal row
ref_sig_subframe_
tx2plus
number(38)

Tx>2 column for the Downlink Reference Signal row
Indicates whether the Intercell Interference

Coordination Schemes option is selected (1) or not (0)
on the ICIC Schemes tab for an LTE Carrier
not null
The name of the LTE carrier.

Name
DataType
reuse1partitions
number(38)
The number of Partitions defined in the Reuse 1

(Prioritisation) pane of the ICIC Schemes tab for an
LTE Carrier.
reusepartbw
float
The Bandwidth Ratio (CEU-Full) defined in the Reuse

Partitioning pane of the ICIC Schemes tab for an LTE
Carrier.
reusepartce
partitions
number(38)
The number of CE Partitions defined in the Reuse

Carrier.
reusepartpow
float
The Power Ratio (CCU-CEU) defined in the Reuse

Carrier.
sampling_factor
float
The Sampling Factor defined for an LTE Carrier.
snd_ref_num_res_
blocks
number(38)

column for the Uplink Sounding Reference row on the
snd_ref_num_
subframes
number(38)

column for the Uplink Sounding Reference row on the
snd_ref_
subframe_tx1
number(38)
NOT USED
snd_ref_
subframe_tx2
number(38)

Uplink Sounding Reference row on the Overhead tab
for an LTE Carrier.
snd_ref_
subframe_tx2plus
number(38)
NOT USED
softreusece
partitions
number(38)
The number of CE Partitions defined in the Soft

Frequency Reuse pane of the ICIC Schemes tab for
an LTE Carrier.
softreusepow
float
The Power Ratio (CCU-CEU) defined in the Soft

Frequency Reuse pane of the ICIC Schemes tab for
an LTE Carrier.
softreusesbw
float
The Soft Bandwidth Ratio (CEU-Full) defined in the

Soft Frequency Reuse pane of the ICIC Schemes tab
for an LTE Carrier.
sync_num_res_
blocks
number(38)

column for the Downlink Synchronisation row on the
sync_num_
subframes
number(38)

column for the Downlink Synchronisation row on the
sync_subframe_
tx1
number(38)

Tx=1 column for the Downlink Synchronisation row on
the Overhead tab for an LTE Carrier.
sync_subframe_
tx2
number(38)

Tx=2 column for the Downlink Synchronisation row on
sync_subframe_
tx2plus
number(38)

Tx>2 column for the Downlink Synchronisation row on
usergroup
number(38)


Constraint
Description
Page 187
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (frame_struct_fk + projectno) references the LTEFRAMES table
FK2 (freq_band_fk + projectno) references the LTEFREQBANDS table
Table MIMOGAINLOOKUP
Page 188
Name
Data Type
Constraints
aasgain
float
Value from the Beamforming Gain tab of the Advanced

Antenna System Parameters dialog box.
cinrloss
float
Value from the DL SM CINR Adjustment tab of the

Advanced Antenna System Parameters dialog box.
createdate
date
createuser
integer

created in.
gain
float
Value from the DL SD CINR Adjustment tab of the

mimolookuppk
integer
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
mplx
float
Value from the DL SM CINR Adjustment tab and the DL

SM Rate Gain of the Advanced Antenna System
Parameters dialog box.
permission
integer

page 18.
projectno
integer
rx
integer
technology
integer
tx
integer
The number of transmit elements specified in the

uldivcinr
float
Value from the UL SD CINR Adjustment tab of the

usergroup
integer

not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique number for each MIMO

lookup table in the database.
not null
not null


a database.
The number of receive elements specified in the
not null
Stores a number identifying the technology for AAS

parameter tables - Mobile WiMAX (0), UMTS/HSPA (1)
or LTE (2).

Table PNINDEXSCHEMA
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
createdate
date
not null
createuser
integer
not null

created in.
idname
varchar2(128)
not null
Primary key, stores the name of the schema.
modifydate
date
not null
modifyuser
integer
not null

permission
integer
not null

not null
Stores the first PN code index.
not null
Stores the last PN code index.
pnindex00
...(and so on
up to)
pnindex113
pnindex
schemapk
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique identifier.
projectno
integer
not null

usergroup
integer
not null

Table SIMTRAF
Name
Data Type
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

created in.
lognodebfk
number(38)
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the Sim Traffic with a

particular Node B.
lognodebho
number(38)
not null
Stores the handover value for the Node B.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
permission
number(38)

Constraint
Description

not null

page 18.
Page 189
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
projectno
number(38)
not null

a database.
subsave
float
The Mean number of Subscribers, defined on the Sim

Traffic tab for a Node B in the Site Database.
subsmax
float
The Max(imum) number of Subscribers, defined on the

Sim Traffic tab for a Node B in the Site Database.
substddev
float
The Standard Deviation (SD) in the number of

Subscribers, defined on the Sim Traffic tab for a Node B in
the Site Database.
tgdlbitratefk
number(38)
not null
Stores a unique number, associating a particular 3g

downlink bitrate with the Sim Traffic.
tgservicefk
number(38)
not null
Stores a unique number, associating a particular 3g

service with the Sim Traffic.
tgulbitratefk
number(38)
not null
Stores a unique number, associating a particular 3g uplink

bitrate with the Sim Traffic.
trafficpk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each set of Sim

Traffic in the database.
usergroup
number(38)

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodebfk) references the LOGNODE table
FK2 (projectno + tgdlbitratefk) references the TGBITRATE table
FK3 (projectno + tgulbitratefk) references the TGBITRATE table
FK4 (projectno + tgservicefk) references the TGSERVICE table
Table SRVCELLBITPRIOR
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
bitratekey
integer
not null
Primary key, uniquely identifying 3g bitrates.
cellaykey
integer
not null
Primary key associates carrier layers to cell layers in the site

database.
createuser
integer
modifyuser
integer
priority
integer
projectno
integer
not null

database.
servicekey
integer
not null
Primary key uniquely identifies each service.

not null

the table.
Indicates the priority of the serving cell.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + bitratekey) references the TGBITRATE table
Page 190


FK3 (projectno + servicekey) references the TGSERVICE table
Table SRVCELLPRIOR
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
cellaykey
integer
not null
Primary key associates carrier layers to the various cell layers

in the site database.
createuser
integer
modifyuser
integer
priority
integer
projectno
integer
not null

database.
servicekey
integer
not null
Primary key identifying the number of the project the user has
permissions for in the site database.

not null

the table.
Stores 3g carrier priorities.
Foreign Keys:
FK2 (projectno + servicekey) references the TGSERVICE table
Table TGBITRATE
Name
DataType
activul
float
The Uplink (UL) CS Activity Factor (in %).
activdl
float
The Downlink (DL) CS Activity Factor (in %).
bandwidth
float (64)
The channel bandwidth (in MHz) defined in the WiMAX Bearers

dialog box.
ber1
float
The FER for Eb/No -4 dB, defined on the Noise Services tab of
the UMTS or CDMA2000 Bearers dialog box.
ber2
float
The FER for Eb/No -2 dB, defined on the Noise Services tab of
ber3
float
The FER for Eb/No 0 dB, defined on the Noise Services tab of
ber4
float
ber5
float
ber6
float

Constraint
Description
Page 191
Page 192
Name
DataType
Constraint
ber7
float
ber8
float
ber9
float
ber10
float
bitratekey
integer
bler1
float
Stores the block error rate Eb/No 0 set on the Services tab.
bler2
float
bler3
float
bler4
float
bler5
float
bler6
float
bler7
float
bler8
float
bler9
float
bler10
float
blocksize
double
brdirection
integer
The Link Direction, either Uplink (0) or Downlink (1).
chiprate
integer
NOT USED.
cinr1
float
not null
The CINR offset for 0-3 Km/h defined on the CINR and Speed
Delta tab of the WiMAX Mobile Bearers dialog box.
cinr2
float
not null
The CINR offset for 50 Km/h defined on the CINR and Speed
Delta tab of the WiMAX Mobile Bearers dialog box.
cinr3
float
not null
The CINR offset for >=120 Km/h defined on the CINR and
Speed Delta tab of the WiMAX Mobile Bearers dialog box.
cinrdb
float
not null
The required CINR value in decibels defined on the CINR and

Speed Delta tab of the WiMAX Mobile Bearers dialog box.
cinrwithmulti
float
codingrate
float
codingscheme
varchar2(10)
NOT USED.
codingscheme
type
integer
The AMC scheme defined in the WiMAX Bearers dialog box.
colour
integer
NOT USED.
cqiindex
integer
not null
not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique number for each bearer in the

database.
Stores the block size defined on the Bearers tab of the UMTS
FDD + HSPA Bearers dialog box for downlink only.
As above but where Uplink Collaborative Multiplexing is enabled

for a cell.
not null
not null
The coding rate defined on the bearers tab of the WiMAX

Mobile Bearers dialog box.
In conjunction with cqitabindex, defines the dl bearers that are

predetermined in the HSDPA CQI Table Editor for downlink
only.

Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
cqitabindex
integer
not null
In conjunction with cqiindex, defines the dl bearers that are

predetermined in the HSDPA CQI Table Editor for downlink
only.
createdate
date
createuser
integer
dataoffset
float
dlai
integer
The Air Interface bitrate (bps) for the downlink, defined on the
Bearers tab (for a UMTS bearer) or the General tab (for a
CDMA2000 or EV-DO bearer) of the Bearers dialog box.
dlchans
float
The number of Channels on the downlink, defined on the

Bearers tab of the UMTS Bearers dialog box.
dlctrlohead
float
The Control Overhead Factor (%) for the downlink, defined on

the Bearers tab of the UMTS Bearers dialog box.
dlmimomode
integer
dluser
integer
The User bitrate (bps) for the downlink, defined on the Bearers
tab (for a UMTS bearer) or the General tab (for a CDMA2000 or
EV-DO bearer) of the Bearers dialog box.
ebnodlac
float
Stores the Eb/No downlink acceptable.
ebnodltg
float
Stores the Eb/No downlink target.
ebnoulac
float
Stores the Eb/No uplink acceptable.
ebnoultg
float
Stores the Eb/No uplink target.
evdobits
float
Stores the Number of Bits, defined for a downlink bearer on the

General tab of the EV-DO Bearers dialog box.
evdochipsperb
it
float
Stores the Chips per Traffic Bits, defined for a downlink bearer
on the General tab of the EV-DO Bearers dialog box.
evdoebnt_db_
1
float
Stores the first-row PER (Packet Erasure Rate) value, defined

for a downlink bearer on the Eb/Nt PER Mapping tab of the EVDO Bearers dialog box.
evdoebnt_db_
2
float
Stores the second-row PER (Packet Erasure Rate) value,

defined for a downlink bearer on the Eb/Nt PER Mapping tab of
the EV-DO Bearers dialog box.
evdoebnt_db_
3
float
Stores the third-row PER (Packet Erasure Rate) value, defined

evdoebnt_db_
4
float
Stores the fourth-row PER (Packet Erasure Rate) value, defined

evdoebnt_db_
5
float
Stores the fifth-row PER (Packet Erasure Rate) value, defined

evdooverhead
bits
float
Stores the Number of Overhead Bits, defined for a downlink

bearer on the General tab of the EV-DO Bearers dialog box.
evdoper_1
float
Stores the first-row Eb/Nt value, defined for a downlink bearer

on the Eb/Nt PER Mapping tab of the EV-DO Bearers dialog
box.

not null
not null
The Data Offset (dB), defined on the General tab of the EV-DO
Bearers dialog box.
The MIMO support settings defined on the bearers tab of the

WiMAX Mobile Bearers dialog box.
Page 193
Page 194
Name
DataType
Constraint
evdoper_2
float
Stores the second-row Eb/Nt value, defined for a downlink

bearer on the Eb/Nt PER Mapping tab of the EV-DO Bearers
dialog box.
evdoper_3
float
Stores the third-row Eb/Nt value, defined for a downlink bearer

box.
evdoper_4
float
Stores the fourth-row Eb/Nt value, defined for a downlink bearer

box.
evdoper_5
float
Stores the fifth-row Eb/Nt value, defined for a downlink bearer

box.
evdoreqiorioc_
db
float
Stores the Ior/Ioc requirement, defined for a downlink bearer on

the General tab of the EV-DO Bearers dialog box.
evdoslots
float
Stores the Number of Slots, defined for a downlink bearer on

the General tab of the EV-DO Bearers dialog box.
grossdatarate
integer
NOT USED.
hsdparatefk
integer
not null
Stores a unique number, associating a particular HSDPA coding

rate with a HSDPA bearer.
idname
varchar2(128)
not null
The name of the bearer.
minamrfullrate
db
float
Stores full adapted multi rate GSM / UMTS technology values.
minamrhalfrate
db
float
Stores half adapted multi rate GSM / UMTS technology values.
minfullratedb
float
Stores CI full adapted multi rate GSM / UMTS technology

values.
minhalfratedb
float
Stores CI half adapted multi rate GSM / UMTS technology

values.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
not null

the table.
modulation
integer
not null
The modulation scheme defined on the bearers tab of the

WiMAX Mobile Bearers dialog box: QPSK (1), 16QAM (2),
64QAM (4).
nettype
integer
Indicates the network type:

UMTS (0), CDMA2000 (1), EV-DO (2), GSM (4), GPRS (5),
Fixed WiMAX (11), Mobile WiMAX (12) or LTE (13).
numcodes
integer
NOT USED.
numtimeslots
integer
NOT USED.
pccpchsirtarge
t
float
PCCPCH SIR Target (dB).
permission
integer
NOT USED.
projectno
integer
rccodingtype
varchar2(32)
The Radio Configuration Coding type, either Convolutional or

Turbo. This is defined on the General tab of the CDMA2000
Bearers dialog box.
rcdownlink
integer
The Radio Configuration for the downlink, defined on the

General tab of the CDMA2000 Bearers dialog box.
not null
Description

database.

Name
DataType
rcframelength
integer
The Radio Configuration Frame Length, defined on the General

tab of the CDMA2000 Bearers dialog box.
rcuplink
integer
The Radio Configuration for the uplink, defined on the General

tab of the CDMA2000 Bearers dialog box.
repetition
integer
reqecio
float
The Required DL Pilot Ec/Io, defined on the Eb/Nt Values tab of

the EV-DO or CDMA2000 Bearers dialog box.
res0consump
to
res5consump
integer
The consumption for the different resource types, defined on the

sfcodesindex
integer
spare1 to
spare4
float
NOT USED.
subchannel
integer
The sub-channelisation defined in the WiMAX Bearers dialog

box.
subchannelmo
de
integer
supportamr
integer
Indicates whether the Adapted Multi Rate option has beenv

selected (1) or not (0) for a bearer on the Bearers tab of the
GSM/EGPRS Bearers dialog box.
supporthalfrate
integer
Field stores 2G / 2.5G Bearers.
switchingtype
integer
NOT USED.
techtype
integer
throughputpertimeslot
integer
ttims
integer
txpow
float
The Max Tx Power (dBm), defined on the Downlink Gain tab of

the UMTS Bearers dialog box.
ulai
integer
The Air Interface bitrate (bps) for the uplink, defined on the
Bearers tab (for a UMTS bearer) or the General tab (for a
CDMA2000 or EV-DO bearer) of the Bearers dialog box.
ulchans
float
The number of Channels on the uplink, defined on the Bearers

tab of the UMTS Bearers dialog box.
ulctrlohead
float
The Control Overhead Factor (%) for the uplink, defined on the
uluser
integer
The User bitrate (bps) for the uplink, defined on the Bearers tab
(for a UMTS bearer) or the General tab (for a CDMA2000 or
EV-DO bearer) in the Bearers dialog box.
useaastables
integer
usergroup
integer

Constraint
not null
not null
not null
not null
Description
The repetition rate defined on the bearers tab of the WiMAX

Indicates whether the SF Combo option is selected (1) or not (0)

on the Bearers tab of the UMTS FDD + HSPA Bearers dialog
box for uplink only.
The subchannel mode defined on the bearers tab of the WiMAX

Indicates the technology type of the bearer, either UMTS (0) or

HSDPA (1).
NOT USED
not null
not null
Indicates whether the TTI(ms) option is selected (1) or not (0)

on the Bearers tab of the UMTS FDD + HSPA Bearers dialog
box for uplink only.
Indicates whether the Use AAS Tables option is selected (1) or

not (0) on the Eb/No & Speed Delta tab of the UMTS FDD +
HSPA Bearers dialog box.
Page 195
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
v0-v11
float
The table values for soft Mobile TX Power Gain, defined on the
TXP Gain tab of the (UMTS or EV-DO) Bearers dialog box.
v12-v23
float
The table values for softer Mobile TX Power Gain, defined on

the TXP Gain tab of the (UMTS or EV-DO) Bearers dialog box.
v24-v35
float
The table values for soft Average Power Rise Gain, defined on
the PR Gain tab of the (UMTS or EV-DO) Bearers dialog box.
v36-v47
float
The table values for softer Average Power Rise Gain, defined
on the PR Gain tab of the (UMTS or EV-DO) Bearers dialog
box.
v48-v59
float
The table values for soft Power Control Headroom gain, defined
on the PCH Gain tab of the UMTS Bearers dialog box.
v60-v71
float
The table values for softer Power Control Headroom gain,

defined on the PCH Gain tab of the UMTS Bearers dialog box.
v72-v83
float
The table values for Downlink Eb/Io Target Reduction, defined

on the Downlink Gain tab of the CDMA2000 Bearers dialog box.
v84-v86
float
The table values for Power Control Headroom, defined on the

Power Control tab of the UMTS Bearers dialog box.
v87-v89
float
The table values for Average Power Rise, defined on the Power
Control tab of the UMTS Bearers dialog box.
v90-v92
float
The table values for uplink Eb/No speed dependency, defined

on the Eb/No and Speed Delta tab of the UMTS Bearers dialog
box.
v93-v95
float
The table values for uplink Eb/No speed dependency with

diversity, defined on the Eb/No and Speed Delta tab of the
UMTS Bearers dialog box.
v96-v98
float
The table values for downlink Eb/No speed dependency,

defined on the Eb/No and Speed Delta tab of the UMTS
Bearers dialog box.
v99- v101
float
The table values for downlink Eb/No speed dependency with

diversity, defined on the Eb/No and Speed Delta tab of the
UMTS Bearers dialog box.
Foreign Key:
FK1 (hsdparatefk + projectno) references the HSDPARATE table
Table TGCARRIER
Page 196
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
carrierkey
integer
not null

createdate
date
createuser
integer

downlinkch
integer
The Downlink (DL) Channel Number, defined on the UMTS

Carriers tab of the UMTS Carriers dialog box.
idname
varchar2(128)
not null
The name of the UMTS carrier.

Name
DataType
modifydate
date
Constraint
Description
modifyuser
integer
permission
integer
NOT USED.
priority
integer
Stores 3g carrier priorities.
projectno
integer
uplinkch
integer
The Uplink (UL) Channel Number, defined on the UMTS

Carriers tab of the UMTS Carriers dialog box.
usergroup
integer


not null
not null

to the table.

database.
Table TGCARRIERADJ
Name
DataType
Constraint
carrier
integer
The adjacent carrier (in dB) defined in the WiMAX Carriers

dialog box.
createdate
date
createuser
integer

dlatt
float
The downlink attenuation (in dB) defined in the WiMAX

Carriers dialog box.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
permission
integer
projectno
integer
not null

database.
rowindex
integer
not null
Primary key, storing the adjacency index number, between

0 and 30 inclusive.
tgcarrierfk
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each WiMAX

ulatt
float
The uplink attenuation (in dB) defined in the WiMAX

usergroup
integer

not null
Description

to the table.
18.
Foreign Key:
FK1 (projectno + tgcarrierfk) references the TGCARRIER table

Page 197
Table TGCLUTPATHLOSS
Name
DataType
angularspread
float
Constraint
Description
The Angular Spread (in degrees), defined in the Mobile
WiMAX or LTE Clutter Parameters dialog box.
clutcon
float
Stores optimisation data for tgclutter pathloss.
code
varchar2(128)
not null
Stores the clutter name, as displayed in the Clutter

dlmumimosinroffset
float
not null
The downlink MU-MIMO SINR Offset (dB), defined in the

LTE Clutter Parameters dialog box.
dlsdsinradj
double
not null
The downlink SD Eb/No Adjustment, defined in the UMTS

Clutter Parameters dialog box.
- or The downlink SD SINR Adjustment, defined in the LTE
dlsmebnoadj
double
not null
The downlink SM Eb/No Adjustment (dB), defined in the

UMTS Clutter Parameters dialog box.
dlsmrategain
double
not null
The downlink SM Rate Gain, defined in the UMTS Clutter

- or The downlink SM Rate Gain Adjustment, defined in the LTE
dlsmsinroffset
float
not null
fadeind
float
The Standard Deviation Indoor shadow Fading (dB),

defined in the Clutter Parameters dialog box.
fadeout
float
The Standard Deviation Outdoor shadow Fading (dB),

defined in the Clutter Parameters dialog box.
indloss
float
The Indoor (penetration) Loss (dB), defined in the Clutter

indper
float
NOT USED.
key
integer
orthloss
float
projectno
integer
not null

database.
technologytype
integer
not null
Indicates the technology type employed, GSM (0), UMTS

(1), CDMA2000/EV-DO (2), Fixed WiMAX (3), Mobile
WiMAX (4) or LTE (5).
ulmumimosinroffset
float
not null
The uplink MU-MIMO SINR Offset (dB), defined on the LTE

ulsdsinradj
double
not null
The uplink SD Eb/No Adjustment, defined on the UMTS

not null
The downlink SM SINR Offset (dB), defined in the LTE

Primary key, storing a unique value for each set of clutter

parameters defined in the Clutter Parameters dialog box.
NOT USED.
- or The uplink SD SINR Adjustment, defined on the LTE Clutter

Page 198

Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
ulsmrategain
float
not null
The uplink SM Rate Gain Adjustment, defined on the LTE

ulsmsinroffset
float
not null
The uplink SM SINR Offset (dB), defined on the LTE Clutter

Table TGRESTYPE
Name
Data Type
airinterface
number(38)
Constraint
Indicates whether the Air Interface option on the UMTS

Resources dialog box has been selected (1) or not (0).
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

created in.
idname
varchar2(128)
The name of the resource, defined in the UMTS

Resources dialog box.
ishsdpa
integer
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)

permission
number(38)

page 18.
projectno
number(38)
not null

a database.
resourcekey
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each resource

in a database.
usergroup
number(38)
not null
Description
Indicates whether the HSDPA Resource option on the

UMTS Resources dialog box has been selected (1) or
not (0).

Table TGSERVBIT
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
bitratekey
integer
not null
Primary key, which references a bitrate type in the

TGBITRATE table.
cp0 to cp31
integer
The CDMA2000 carrier that has the highest priority in this

service, up to the carrier that has the lowest priority. This is set
on the Carriers tab of CDMA2000 Service.
createuser
integer


Page 199
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
projectno
integer
not null

database.
pwract
float(64)
not null
The Power Activity (%) of a bearer, given on the UMTS DL

Bearers tab for a Service.
resact
float(64)
not null
The Resource Activity (%) of a bearer, given on the UMTS

DL Bearers tab for a Service.
servicekey
integer
not null
Primary key, which references a service type in the

TGSERVICE table.
tptact
float(64)
not null
The Throughput Activity (%) of a bearer, which is calculated

based on the power activity. This is used when the
Override Packet Model Activity option is selected.
weight
float
The weight of this association between service and bitrate.
Table TGSERVICE
Page 200
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
alpha
float
NOT USED.
blerdl
float
The Block Error Rate (BLER) Working Point for the

downlink, defined on the Packet Switched tab of the
UMTS Service, CDMA2000 Service Types or the
EV-DO Service Types dialog box.
blerul
float
The Block Error Rate (BLER) Working Point for the

uplink, defined on the Packet Switched tab of the
UMTS Service, CDMA2000 Service Types or the
EV-DO Service Types dialog box.
carriers
number
Stores the number of each carrier defined on the

service.
cirpack
number
Indicates whether the service is circuit (1) or packet

switched (0). This is defined on the General tab of
the UMTS Service or CDMA2000 Service Types
dialog box.
cp0 to cp31
number
The CDMA2000 carrier that has the highest priority

in this service, to the carrier with the lowest priority.
This is set on the Carriers tab of the CDMA2000
Service Types and EV-DO Service Types dialog
boxes, and the Carriers/Layers tab of the UMTS
Service dialog box.
createdate
date
createuser
integer

object. The number is based on the order users
were created in.
csactdl
float
The Circuit Switched (CS) Activity Factor (in %) on

the downlink, defined on the General tab of the
UMTS Service and CDMA2000 Service Types
dialog boxes.
csactul
float
The Circuit Switched (CS) Activity Factor (in %) on

the uplink, defined on the General tab of the UMTS
Service and CDMA2000 Service Types dialog
boxes.

Name
DataType
delay
float
dlmindatarate
double
not null
Stores the value in the Minimum Supported Data Rate

(bps) field on the UMTS DL Bearers tab of the UMTS
Services dialog box.
dlservicerate
float
not null
The downlink service rate (in bits per second) defined on

the Downlink Bearers Tab in the WiMAX Mobile Services
dialog box.
dlusrbtr
float
The downlink user bitrate (in bps) defined on the Params

tab of the WiMAX Services dialog box.
gtbitratedl
float
Guaranteed bit rate on the downlink.
gtbitrateul
float
Guaranteed bit rate uplink.
idname
varchar2(128)
ignorpri
integer
Indicates whether the Ignore Priorities option has been

selected (1) or not (0). This is set on the Carriers tab of
the CDMA2000 Service Types and EV-DO Service
Types dialog boxes, and the Carriers/Layers tab of the
UMTS Service dialog box.
intpktarrtimdl
float
The Inter-packet arrival time (in seconds) on the

intpktarrtimul
float
The Inter-packet arrival time (in seconds) on the uplink,

defined on the Packet Switched tab of the Services
dialog box.
isrealtime
integer
Stores the value in the Minimum Supported Data Rate

(bps) field on the UMTS DL Bearers tab of the UMTS
float
Future quality of service parameters.
float
Future quality of service parameters.
macpoweroffset
double
maxnumretransdl
integer
The maximum number of times a service will try and

retransmit before it times out (ARQ Max #
Retransmission), defined on the Packet Switched tab of
the Services dialog box.
mnbitdl
integer
Mean downlink bit rate.
mnbitul
integer
Mean uplink bit rate.
mncalldl
integer
The Mean # packet calls/session on the downlink,

defined on the Packet Switched tab of the Services
dialog box.
mncallul
integer
The Mean # packet calls/session on the uplink, defined

on the Packet Switched tab of the Services dialog box.
mnpktardl
float
Mean packet inter arrival time on the downlink.
mnpktarul
float
Mean packet inter arrival time on the uplink.
mnpktcldl
integer
Mean # of packets in a call on the downlink, defined on

the Packet Switched tab of the Services dialog box.
mnpktclul
integer
Mean # of packets in a call on the uplink, defined on the

Packet Switched tab of the Services dialog box.
mnpktszdl
integer
Mean packet size (in bytes) on the downlink, defined on


Constraint
Description
The Delay (msec), defined on the General tab of the LTE
Service Type dialog box.
not null
not null
The Service Name.
NOT USED.
Page 201
Name
DataType
mnpktszul
integer
Mean packet size (in bytes) on the uplink, defined on the

Packet Switched tab of the Services dialog box.
mnreaddl
float
Reading time between calls (in seconds) on the

mnreadul
float
Mean ready time between calls (in seconds) on the

uplink, defined on the Packet Switched tab of the
mnstodl
float
Mean downlink session timeout.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
mxbitratedl
float
Maximum downlink bit rate.
mxbitrateul
float
Maximum uplink bit rate.
nettype
integer
The network type - GSM/EGPRS/UMTS (0), CDMA2000

(1), EV-DO (2), Fixed WiMAX (6), Mobile WiMAX (7),
LTE (8).
overhead_rt_dl_
percent
float
Stores the Downlink Overhead, defined on the Real Time

Params tab of the EV-DO Service Types dialog box.
overhead_rt_ul_
percent
float
Stores the Uplink Overhead, defined on the Real Time

overrideact
integer
peakrate_rt_dl_
bps
float
Stores the Downlink Peak Rate, defined on the Real

Time Params tab of the EV-DO Service Types dialog
box.
peakrate_rt_ul_
bps
float
Stores the Uplink Peak Rate, defined on the Real Time

permission
integer
NOT USED.
pkt_rt_dl_eighth_
bytes
Page 202
Constraint
not null
not null
Description

Indicates whether the Override Packet Model Activity

option has been selected (1) or not (0). This is set on the
UMTS DL Bearers tab of the Service dialog box.
Stores the Uplink Eighth Packet Size, defined on the

Real Time Params tab of the EV-DO Service Types
dialog box.
pkt_rt_dl_full_bytes
float
Stores the Downlink Full Packet Size, defined on the

dialog box.
pkt_rt_dl_half_
bytes
float
Stores the Downlink Half Packet Size, defined on the

dialog box.
pkt_rt_dl_qtr_bytes
float
Stores the Downlink Quarter Packet Size, defined on the

dialog box.
pkt_rt_ul_eighth_
bytes
float
Stores the Uplink Eighth Packet Size, defined on the

dialog box.
pkt_rt_ul_full_bytes
float
Stores the Downlink Full Packet Size, defined on the

dialog box.

Name
DataType
pkt_rt_ul_half_
bytes
float
Stores the Uplink Half Packet Size, defined on the Real

box.
pkt_rt_ul_qtr_bytes
float
Stores the Uplink Quarter Packet Size, defined on the

dialog box.
pelr
integer
The PELR, defined on the General tab of the LTE

precedenceclass
integer
The Precedence Class - Premium (1), Standard (2) or

Best Effort (3). This is defined on the Packet Switched
tab of the Services dialog box.
pricstraf
integer
Indicates whether circuit-switched traffic is prioritised (1)

or not (0).
projectno
integer
qci
integer
The QCI, defined on the General tab of the LTE Services

dialog box.
rateprob_rt_dl_
eighth
float
Stores the Downlink Eighth Rate Probability, defined on

the Real Time Params tab of the EV-DO Service Types
dialog box.
rateprob_rt_dl_full
float
Stores the Downlink Full Rate Probability, defined on the

dialog box.
rateprob_rt_dl_half
float
Stores the Downlink Half Rate Probability, defined on the

dialog box.
rateprob_rt_dl_qtr
float
Stores the Downlink Quarter Rate Probability, defined on

dialog box.
rateprob_rt_ul_
eighth
float
Stores the Uplink Eighth Rate Probability, defined on the

dialog box.
rateprob_rt_ul_full
float
Stores the Uplink Full Rate Probability, defined on the

dialog box.
rateprob_rt_ul_half
float
Stores the Uplink Half Rate Probability, defined on the

dialog box.
rateprob_rt_ul_qtr
float
Stores the Uplink Quarter Rate Probability, defined on

dialog box.
rc0dlcheck to
rc9dlcheck
integer
Indicates whether the downlink RCs0-9 have been

selected (1) on the RC Priorities tab (for a CDMA2000
Service Type) or not (0).
rc0dlpriority to
rc9dlpriority
integer
Indicates the downlink priority number for RCs0-9.
retransdl
float
Retransmission rate on the downlink.
retransul
float
Retransmission rate on the uplink.
revenue
float
The ARPU, defined on the General tab for a service.
servicekey
integer

Constraint
not null
not null
Description

a database.
Primary key, storing a unique number for each service

in the database.
Page 203
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
servicepriority
integer
not null
Indicates the service priority on a Mobile WiMAX service.
sessiontime_rt_dl
float
Stores the Downlink Session Time, defined on the Real

box.
sessiontime_rt_ul
float
Stores the Uplink Session Time, defined on the Real

box.
todl
float
Data field representing timeout on the downlink.
toul
integer
Data field representing timeout on the uplink.
trafficcls
integer
The Traffic Class for packet-switched traffic, defined on

ulservicerate
float
ulusrbtr
float
usecqitables
integer
usergroup
integer

usesoftho
integer
Indicates whether the Support Soft Handoff option has

General tab on the GSM + EGPRS + UMTS + CDMA
Service Types dialog box.
usesuppho
integer
NOT USED.
not null
The uplink service rate (in bits per second) defined on

the Uplink Bearers Tab in the WiMAX Mobile Services
dialog box.
The uplink user bitrate (in bps) defined on the Params
tab of the WiMAX Services dialog box.
not null
Indicates whether the Use CQI Tables option is selected

(1) or not (0) on the UMTS DL Bearers tab of the UMTS
Table TGSHOG
Name
DataType
Constraint
createdate
date
NOT USED.
createuser
integer
NOT USED.
modifydate
date
NOT USED.
modifyuser
integer
permission
integer
projectno
integer
not null
NOT USED.
shogkey
integer
not null
NOT USED.
usergroup
integer
NOT USED.
v1
float
NOT USED.
float
NOT USED.
not null
Description
NOT USED.
NOT USED.
(and so on up to )
v24
Page 204

Table TGTERMSERV
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
modifyuser
integer
not null

to the table.
priority
integer
projectno
integer
not null

database.
servicekey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each 3g service

in the database.
termtypekey
integer
not null

particular terminal type with the 3g service.
The priority of each 3g service in the service/terminal type

relationship.
Table UMTSCODE
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
code
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each code in the

code group.
codegroup
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each code group

in a UMTS Scrambling Code Schema.
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

key
number(38)
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
not null

to the table.
networktype
number(38)
not null
Stores a number indicating the network sub-type:
not null
Primary key storing a unique value for the UMTS code.

UMTS FDD(1), WIMAX(512), Mob WIMAX(2048).

permission
number(38)
projectno
number(38)
not null

database.
schemakey
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating the code

with a particular UMTS scrambling code schema.
schemaname
varchar2(128)
not null
The Schema Name, defined in the Scrambling Code

Schemas dialog box.
usergroup
number(38)


Page 205
Table UMTSCODESCHEMA
Name
DataType
createdate
date
Constraint
Description
createuser
number(38)
idname
varchar2(128)
not null
The Schema Name, defined in the UMTS Scrambling Code

Schema dialog box.
key
number(38)
not null
Primary key which uniquely identifies the UMTS code schema.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
not null

the table.
networktype
number(38)
not null
Stores a number indicating the network sub-type:
UMTS FDD(1), WIMAX(512), Mob WIMAX(2048).

permission
number(38)
projectno
number(38)
usergroup
number(38)
not null

database.
Table WIMAXCARRIER
Page 206
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
bandwidth
float
not null
The carrier bandwidth in (MHz) defined in the WiMAX

Mobile Carriers dialog.
carrierkey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each carrier in

the database.
createdate
date
frequency
float
not null
The carrier frequency (in MHz) defined in the WiMAX

Mobile Carriers dialog box.
idname
varchar2(128)
not null
A unique name identifying the object.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
permission
integer
projectno
number(38)
usergroup
integer

not null

to the table.
not null

database.

Table WIMAXCARRIERADJ
Name
DataType
Constraint
carrier
integer

dialog box.
createdate
date
createuser
integer

dlatt
float

modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
permission
integer
projectno
integer
not null

database.
rowindex
integer
not null

0 and 30 inclusive.
ulatt
float
not null

usergroup
integer
wimaxcarrierfk
integer
not null
Description

to the table.

not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each WiMAX

Foreign Key:
FK1 (projectno + wimaxcarrierfk) references the WIMAXCARRIER table
Table WIMAXMOBCARRIER
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
bandwidth
float
not null
The carrier bandwidth in (MHz) defined in the WiMAX

Mobile Carriers dialog.
carrierno
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each carrier in

the database.
createdate
date
createuser
integer

cyclicprefix
integer
Stores a number indicating the 1/32(32), 1/16(16), 1/8(8) or

1/4(4) radio button for the OFDMA symbol in the WiMAX

Page 207
Name
DataType
dlamc
integer
Constraint
Description
Stores a number indicating the downlink AMC in the WiMAX
dlfusc
integer
Stores a number indicating the downlink FUSC in the

WiMAX Mobile Carriers dialog box.
dlopusc
integer
Stores a number indicating the downlink OPUSC in the

dlpusc
integer
Stores a number indicating the downlink PUSC in the

duplex
integer
Stores a number indicating the FDD or TDD radio button in

the WiMAX Mobile Carriers dialog box.
fixmapdl
float
Stores a number indicating the Preamble and MAP activity

per frame in the WiMAX Mobile Carriers dialog box (for the
downlink).
fixmapul
float
Stores a number indicating the Preamble and MAP activity

per frame in the WiMAX Mobile Carriers dialog box (for the
uplink).
frameduration
float
The frame duration in milliseconds specified in the WiMAX

frequency
float
not null
The carrier frequency (in MHz) defined in the WiMAX

idname
varchar(128)
not null
Field which stores the names provided for each Mobile

WiMAX carrier in the database.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
permission
integer
projectno
number(38)
transitiongap
float
The transition gap in microseconds specified in the WiMAX

ulamc
integer
Stores a number indicating the uplink AMC in the WiMAX

ulopusc
integer
Stores a number indicating the uplink OPUSC in the WiMAX

ulpusc
integer
Stores a number indicating the uplink PUSC in the WiMAX

usergroup
integer


not null

to the table.
18.
not null

database.
Foreign Key:
FK1(projectno+carrierno) references the TGCARRIER table
Page 208

Table WIMAXMOBCARRIERADJ
Name
DataType
Constraint
carrier
integer

dialog box.
createdate
date
createuser
integer

dlatt
float

modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
permission
integer
projectno
integer
not null

database.
rowindex
integer
not null

0 and 30 inclusive.
ulatt
float
not null

usergroup
integer
wimaxmobcarrierfk
integer
not null
Description

to the table.
18.

not null
Foreign key referencing the Mobile WiMAX carrier used.
Foreign Key:
FK1 (projectno + wimaxmobcarrierfk) references the WIMAXMOBCARRIER table

Page 209
Page 210

CHAPTER 7
Analog Network Database

Tables
The following table describes the analog network database tables:
This
Table
Stores Information
On
Primary
Keys
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
ANTENNA
The antennas, defined in

the Antennas dialog box
cellantennakey
FK1 - cellkey
YES
Back to back passive

repeater antennas
backtobackantenna_pk
FK1 - linkfk
YES
BACKTOBACKANTENNA
projectno
prlinkend_fk
FK2 - prlinkend_fk
FK3 - prlinkfk
projectno
BCF
BSC
BSICSCHEMA
BCFs, defined in the Site

Database
bcfkey
FK1 - bcftypekey
YES
BSCs, defined in the Site

Database
projectno
FK1 - sitekey
YES
sitekey
FK2 - addresskey
Which combination of
colour codes has been
used for the BSIC schema
bsicschemapk
projectno
NO
idname
projectno
CARLAYDATA
Carrier layers allocated to

each cell layer or subcell
in the Site Database
carlaykey
FK1 - carlaykey
cellaydatafk
FK2 - cellaykey
projectno
FK3 - cellaydatafk
YES
FK4 - cellkey
CELLAYDATA
CELLEXCEPT
CELLSITES
Cell layers or subcells

allocated to cells in the
Site Database
cellaydatapk
FK1 - cellaykey
YES
projectno
FK2 - cellkey
Exception separation
requirements between
cells, defined on a cell-bycell basis in the Site
Database
cellkey
FK1 - cellkey
YES
BTS sites, defined in the

Site Database
projectno
FK1 - sitekey
YES
sitekey
FK2 - sitekey
excellkey
projectno
FK3 - addresskey

Page 211
This
Table
Stores Information
On
Primary
Keys
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
CLDANTENNA
Relationships between
each antenna
configuration on a cell and
subcells or cell layers
cellantennakey
FK1 - cellantennakey
YES
cellaydatafk
FK2 - cellaykey
projectno
FK3 - cellaydatafk
FK4 - cellkey
DISTRIBUTION
MSC
PLMN
REPEATER
REPEATERCELL
Distribution nodes, defined

in the Site Database
projectno
FK1 - sitekey
sitekey
FK2 - addresskey
MSCs, defined in the Site

Database
projectno
FK1 - addresskey
PLMN networks, defined in

the Site Database
plmnname
Repeaters, defined in the

Site Database
projectno
FK1 - addresskey
sitekey
FK2 - cellkey
Transmitters associated
with repeaters
cellkey
FK1 - sitekey
YES
YES
sitekey
NO
projectno
YES
YES
projectno
Table ANTENNA
Page 212
Name
Data Type
antennakey
integer
Constraint
Description
particular cell.
anttypefixed
integer
NOT USED
azimuth
integer
The antenna azimuth (in degrees), defined on the Antennas

tab for a cell in the Site Database.
azimuthfixed
integer
NOT USED
ccwwallbrg
integer
NOT USED
cellantennakey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each cellular

cellkey
integer
not null

particular cell.
corrfactor
float
The antenna correction factor, defined on the Antennas tab

for a cell in the Site Database.
createdate
date
createuser
integer

cwwallbrg
integer
NOT USED
feederkey
integer
Stores a unique number, associating a particular feeder

with the antenna.
feederlength
float
The length of the feeder (in m), defined on the Antennas tab
height
float
The antenna height (in m), defined on the Antennas tab for
a cell in the Site Database.

Name
Data Type
heightfixed
integer
NOT USED
instanceid
varchar2(128)
The Instance ID defined on the Antennas tab for a cell in

the Site Database.
lat
float
The latitude, defined on the Antennas tab for a cell in the

Site Database.
lon
float
The longitude, defined on the Antennas tab for a cell in the

Site Database.
maxlobetilt
integer
NOT USED
mechdownfixed
integer
NOT USED
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
permission
integer
18.
predmodelkey1
integer

predmodelkey2
integer

predradiusimp1
float

miles defined on the Antennas tab in the Site Database.
predradiusimp2
float

Database.
predradiusmet1
float

kilometres defined on the Antennas tab in the Site
Database.
predradiusmet2
float

Radius in kilometres defined on the Antennas tab in the Site
Database.
predresolutionimp1
float

Database.
predresolutionimp2
float

Database.
predresolutionmet1
float

Site Database.
predresolutionmet2
float

Site Database.
projectno
integer
sharedantenna
integer
slotnumber
integer
The slot number of the antenna, defined on the Antennas

tab for a cell in the Site Database.
tilt
float
The amount of antenna tilt in degrees. A positive value

indicates downtilt, and a negative value indicates uptilt.

Constraint
not null
not null
Description

to the table.

database.
Page 213
Name
Data Type
usergroup
integer
Constraint
Description
usewallbrg
integer
NOT USED
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + cellkey) references the GSMCELL table.
Table BCF
Name
DataType
Constraint
address
varchar2(128)
Stores the ID of the Property that contains the BCF.
bcfid
integer
The ID code used to identify the BCF.
bcfkey
integer
bcftypekey
integer
Foreign key that describes the BCFTYPE to which a particular

BCF is linked.
createdate
date
createuser
integer
idname
varchar2(128)
Stores the names provided for each BCF in the database.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
name
varchar2(128)
Stores the name of the BCF.
permission
integer
projectno
integer
not null

database.
sitekey
integer
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the BCF with a particular

site.
usergroup
integer
not null
not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique value for each BCF in the

database.

the table.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + bcftypekey) references the BCFTYPE table
Page 214

Table BSC
Name
DataType
bscnetworkid
integer
Constraint
Description
Field that stores an identification value for each BSC.
directkey
integer
The numerical reference for the BSC in DIRECT (Only

populated when the BSC is synchronised with DIRECT).
flagvalue
varchar2(255)
Stores a unique value, associating a particular field with the

object.
gndheight
float
The Ground Height of the BSC (in m), defined on the General
tab for a BSC in the Site Database.
lognodepk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each logical node in

the network.
lognodetypefk
number(38)
not null
modifyuser
integer
not null

the table.
msckey
integer
Stores a unique number, associating the BSC with a particular

MSC.
photofile
varchar2(260)
Stores the file path to a site photo associated with the BSC,
defined on the General tab for a BSC in the Site Database.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
smlcid
varchar2(32)
not null
The SMLC Identity, defined on the SMLC tab for a BSC in the
Site Database.
srchrad
float
Stores the search radius defined for each network element.
Foreign Keys:
FK2 (projectno + msckey) references the MSC table
Table BSICSCHEMA
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
bsic00
integer
not null
Indicates which combination of colour codes has been used

for the BSIC schema.
A BSIC schema is made up of 2 values, an NCC and BCC.
To calculate which NCC/BCC combination is used, divide the
integer by 8, to the nearest whole number.
The nearest whole number is the NCC, while the remainder
is the BCC. For example, bsic05 indicates a BSIC schema of
NCC0, BCC5, bsic14 indicates a BSIC schema of NCC1,
BCC6, bsic41 indicates a BSIC schema of NCC5, BCC1 and
so on.

Page 215
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
bsic63
integer
not null
bsicschemapk
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each BSIC

schema in a database.
createdate
date
not null
createuser
integer
not null

idname
varchar(128)
not null
Primary key, storing the name of the BSIC schema.
modifydate
date
not null
modifyuser
integer
not null

to the table.
permission
integer
not null
projectno
integer
not null

database.
usergroup
integer
not null

... (and so on up to)
Table CARLAYDATA
Page 216
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
carlaykey
integer
not null

in the database.
cellaydatafk
integer
not null
Primary key, referencing a particular CELLAYDATA table.
cellaykey
integer
not null
Stores a unique number associating the carrier layers to a

particular cell layer.
cellkey
integer
not null
Stores a unique number associating the carrier/cell layer to a

particular cell.
channeltype
varchar2 (256)
Field storing the channel type value.
maxcarriers
integer
The maximum number of carriers, defined on the Carriers tab

for a cell layer in the Site Database.
modifyuser
integer
not null

to the table.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
required
integer
The number of carriers required, defined on the Carriers tab

trxids
varchar2(33)
Stores the IDs of the TRXs set for the carrier layer.
trxrequired
integer
The number of TRXs required for the carrier layer, defined on

the Carriers tab for a cell layer in the Site Database.
type
integer
Indicates whether the carrier layer is non-hopping (0),

hopping (1), associated MA list (2) or allocated MA list (3).

Foreign Keys:
FK3 (projectno + cellaydatafk) references the CELLAYDATA table
FK4 (projectno + cellkey) references the GSMCELL table
Table CELLAYDATA
Name
DataType
activationthresh
float
The HR (Half Rate) Activation Threshold (in % of TS

allocated), defined on the General tab for a cell layer
averdrts
float
Stores the Average Data Rate per Timeslot. This

value is generated when a user creates a GPRS
data rate array, and is used in the traffic analysis
calculations. It is displayed in the traffic analysis
report.
bcfkey
integer
Stores a unique number associating a particular

BCF with the cell layer.
btsid
integer
Stores the BTS ID for the cell layer.
ccs
integer
The Channel Coding Scheme(s) supported by the

cell - CCS1 (1), CCS2 (2), and so on. This is defined
on the (E)GPRS tab for a cell layer in the Site
Database.
cellaydatapk
integer
not null
Primary key, referencing a particular CELLAYDATA

table.
cellaykey
integer
not null
Stores a unique number for each cell layer in the

database.
cellid
varchar2(128)
cellkey
integer
comparison
integer
Indicates whether the coverage boundaries of the

cell layer are set based on the signal strength (SS)
of the signal (0) or the path loss (PL) from the
antenna (1). This is defined on the General tab for a
cell layer in the Site Database.
createdate
date
dedicatedpbcch
integer
Indicates whether a Dedicated Packet BCCH is used

(1) or not (0). This is defined on the (E)GPRS tab for
a cell layer in the Site Database.
dynamic
integer
Indicates whether the user has chosen to

dynamically set the size of the overlaid coverage (1)
or use a set path loss (0). This is defined on the
General tab for a cell layer in the Site Database.
ecsdenabled
integer
NOT USED.

Constraint
Description
NOT USED.
not null
Stores a unique number associating the cell layer

with a particular cell.
Page 217
Page 218
Name
DataType
Constraint
edgeapd
float
Stores the 8-PSK Average Power Decrease (APD),

defined on the Antenna/TRX tab for a cell layer in
the Site Database.
edgeaverdrts
float
Stores the Average Data Rate per Timeslot for

EDGE. This value is generated when a user creates
an EGPRS data rate array, and is used in the traffic
analysis calculations. It is displayed in the traffic
analysis report.
edgeenabled
integer
Indicates whether the cell layer is EGPRS enabled

(1) or not (0). This is defined on the (E)GPRS tab for
a cell layer in the Site Database.
edgegprsmix
float
The proportion (in %) of EGPRS traffic to GPRS

traffic in the cell layer.
edgehscsdmix
float
NOT USED.
edgemcs
integer
Mask number, which indicates which families of

MCS curves are enabled.
egprstraffic
float
The EGPRS traffic value (in kbit/s), defined on the

(E)GPRS tab for a cell layer in the Site Database.
gprsenabled
integer
Indicates whether the cell layer is GPRS enabled (1)

or not (0). This is defined on the (E)GPRS tab for a
gprstraffic
float
The GPRS traffic value (in kbit/s), defined on the

(E)GPRS tab for a cell layer in the Site Database.
hoppingstate
integer
Indicates whether frequency hopping on the cell

layer has been enabled (1) or not (0). This is defined
on the Hopping tab for a cell layer in the Site DB.
hoppingtype
integer
If frequency hopping has been enabled, indicates

whether the hopping type is Baseband (0) or
Synthesised (1). This is defined on the Hopping tab
hscsdtraffic
float
NOT USED.
hsn
integer
If frequency hopping is enabled, this is the Hopping

Sequence Number for the cell layer. This is defined
on the Hopping tab for a cell layer in the Site DB.
maio
integer
If frequency hopping is enabled, this is the MAIO

value for the cell layer. This is defined on the
Hopping tab for a cell layer in the Site Database.
maiooffset
integer
If frequency hopping is enabled, this is the MAIO

Offset value for the cell layer. This is defined on the
malid
integer
If frequency hopping is enabled, this stores the MA

List ID for the cell layer. This is defined on the
master_bts
integer
Indicates whether the BTS on the cell layer is the

master BTS (1) or not (0). This is defined on the
BCF tab for a cell layer in the Site Database.
modelkey
integer
NOT USED.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
non_bcch_offset
integer
not null
Description

The Non BCCH Offset, defined on the BCF tab for a

Name
DataType
Constraint
outpowfixed
integer
Specifies the TRX output power for the various cell layers
defined within the database.
outputpower
float
NOT USED.
overflowload
thresh
float
The overflow load threshold (in % of TS allocated), defined

on the General tab for a cell layer in the Site Database.
predstate
integer
Indicates whether the prediction model assigned to the cell

layer has been overridden (1) or not (0).
projectno
integer
signaloffset
float
The Signal Offset (in dB) for the cell layer, defined on the
signalthreshold
float
The Signal Threshold (in dBm) for the cell layer, defined on
the General tab for a cell layer in the Site Database.
subcellid
varchar(128)
The SubCell ID, defined on the General tab for a cell layer
subcellname
varchar(128)
The SubCell Name, defined on the General tab for a cell

layer in the Site Database.
tathreshold
integer
The Timing Advance (TA) Threshold, defined on the

not null
Description

database.
Positive integer values are interpreted in

ENTERPRISE at their face value; negative values are reinterpreted from integer to floating point by dividing by 1000.
totaltrxalloc
integer
The total number of TRXs allocated to a cell, across all

carrier layers.
trafdes
float
The Traffic Weight percentage defined on the General tab

for a cell layer in the Site Database. .
traffic
float
Traffic value that suggests how many subscribers are using

the coverage of this particular cell layer.
trugroup
integer
Stores the percentage of traffic to be handled by the

overlaid coverage of the overall total.
Foreign Keys:
Table CELLEXCEPT
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
cellkey
integer
not null

exception with a particular cell.
excellkey
integer
not null

exception with the Exception Cell, defined on the Exceptions tab
exsitekey
integer
not null
Stores a unique number that associates the Exception cell with

a particular site.

Page 219
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
modifyuser
integer
not null

the table.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
separation
integer
sitekey
integer
The separation value for the Exception Cell, defined on the

Exceptions tab for a cell in the Site Database.
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the exception to a

particular site.
Foreign Keys:
Table CELLSITES
Page 220
Name
DataType
ampbitrate
integer
Constraint
Description
Stores the bit rate with which each site defined in the
database transmits data back to the switches (AMPS
network only).
ampexts
integer
NOT USED.
amptspc
integer
NOT USED.
bsckey
integer
Stores a unique number associating the site with a particular

BSC.
btsfixed
integer
NOT USED.
btskey
integer

BTS.
cabinkey
integer
Stores a unique number associating a particular cabin with

the site.
capacity
float
The Transmission Capacity (Mbps) on the Carried Traffic tab

for a site in Site Database.
directkey
integer
The numerical reference for the site in DIRECT (Only

populated when the site is synchronised with DIRECT).
flagvalue
varchar2(255)

object.
gndheight
float
The Ground Height of the site (in m), defined on the General
tab for a BSC in the Site Database.
grdcstrntflags
integer
Stores flags corresponding to grid planning and power

planning load contraints (Fixed Configuration, Fixed Node B
Type)
gsmbitrate
integer
Stores the bit rate with which each GSM or TETRA site
transmits data back to the switches.
gsmexts
integer
NOT USED.
gsmtspc
integer
NOT USED.
hasconstraints
integer
Indicates whether grdcstrntflags has been set (1) or not (0).

Name
DataType
hexradius
integer
Constraint
Indicates the hexagon radius for the site by referencing the

hexagongrid table. 0 represents the largest hexagon radius
in the list, 1 represents the next one down, 2 the next and so
on.
lac
integer
Stores the Location Area Code.
lognodepk
number(38)
not null

in the network.
lognodetypefk
number(38)
not null
maxsectors
integer
Maximum number of sectors to be generated by the slot

minsectors
integer
Minimum number of sectors to be generated by the slot

modifyuser
integer
msckey
integer

MSC.
networklevel
integer
NOT USED
photofile
varchar2(260)
Stores the file path to a site photo associated with the site,
specified on the General tab for a site in the Site Database.
predradius
integer
NOT USED.
predresolution
integer
NOT USED.
projectno
integer
srchperc
integer
Stores a percentage of the hexagon radius on the site, which

will be suitable for the search radius.
srchrad
float
towerkey
integer
Stores a unique number associating a particular mast with

the site.
useperc
integer
Specifies which method to use for suggesting a search

radius, that is, percentage of hexagon radii (1) or actual
radius (0).
not null
not null
Description

to the table.

database.
Foreign Key:
FK2 (projectno + bsckey) references the BSC table
FK3 (projectno + msckey) references the MSC table

Page 221
Table CLDANTENNA
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
cellantennakey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each antenna

configuration in the database.
cellaydatafk
integer
not null
cellaykey
integer
not null
Stores a unique number associating a antenna configuration

with a specific cell layer.
cellkey
integer
not null
Stores a unique number associating an antenna

configuration with a specific cell.
modifyuser
integer
not null

to the table.
predmodelkey1
integer
not null
Stores a number indicating the primary prediction model

selected on the Antenna/TRX tab of the Site Database dialog
box if the override checkbox is selected.
predmodelkey2
integer
not null
Stores a number indicating the secondary prediction model

selected on the Antenna/TRX tab of the Site Database dialog
box if the override checkbox is selected.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + cellantennakey) references the ANTENNA table
Table DISTRIBUTION
Page 222
Name
Data Type
bsckey
integer
Constraint
Description
Stores a unique number, associating the distribution node
with a particular BSC.
btsfixed
integer
NOT USED
btskey
integer
Stores a unique number, associating the distribution node

with a particular BTS.
cabinkey
integer
Stores a unique number, associating a particular cabin with

the distribution node.
flagvalue
varchar2(255)

object.
gndheight
float
The Ground Height of the distribution node (in m), defined

on the General tab for a distribution node in the Site
Database.
hexradius
integer
NOT USED

Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
lognodepk
number(38)
not null

in the network.
lognodetypefk
number(38)
not null
modifyuser
integer
not null

to the table.
photofile
varchar2(260)
projectno
integer
srchrad
float
towerkey
integer
Stores a unique number, associating a particular mast with

the distribution node.
Stores the file path to a site photo associated with the

distribution node, defined on the General tab for a
distribution node in the Site Database.
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK2 (projectno + bsckey) references the BSC table
Table GSMCELL
Name
Data Type
azimuth
integer
NOT USED
bcfkey
integer
NOT USED
bscc
integer
The Base Station Colour Code (BSCC), defined on

the General tab for a GSM cell in the Site Database.
btsid
integer
NOT USED
carreq
integer
NOT USED
cellequipment
key
integer

piece of equipment with the GSM cell. This is defined
on the Cell Config tab for a GSM cell in the Site
Database.
cellkey
integer
cellname
varchar2(128)
The Cell Name, defined on the General tab for a

GSM cell in the Site Database.
celltype
integer
Indicates the technology that this cell uses, GSM(1),

AMPS (2) or TETRA (3).
citytype
integer
Indicates the City Type (or environment) in which the

GSM cell is located, either Urban(0), Suburban(1) or
Open-Rural(2). This is defined on the CI+TA+RX tab
for a GSM cell in the Site Database.
cntrlchan
integer
NOT USED

Constraint
not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique number for each GSM

Page 223
Page 224
Name
Data Type
Constraint
codeschema
key
integer

code schema with the GSM cell.
codeschema
type
integer
Specifies the type of code schema used. For a GSM

cell it will indicate BSIC (0).
commonbcch
integer
NOT USED
configkey
integer
Stores a unique number, associating the GSM cell

with a particular ARCHITECT configuration.
corrfactor
float
The cell equipment correction value (in dB), defined

on the Cell Config tab for a GSM cell in the Site
Database.
createdate
date
dtxfactor
float
The DTX Voice Activity Factor, defined on the Cell

Config tab for a GSM cell in the Site Database.
dtxstate
integer
Indicates whether DTX has been enabled on the

downlink (1) or not (0).
fcccategory
integer
The FCC category, defined on the Cell Config tab for

a GSM cell in the Site Database.
gsmcelltype
integer
Specifies the type of GSM used.
gsmid
integer
The GSM ID, defined on the General tab for a GSM

idname
varchar2(128)
lac
integer
The Local Area Code (LAC), defined on the General

tab for a GSM cell in the Site Database.
maxcellradius
back
float
The Maximum Cell Radius Back (km), defined on the

CI+TA+RX tab for a GSM cell in the Site Database.
maxcellradius
front
float
The Maximum Cell Radius Front (km), defined on the

CI+TA+RX tab for a GSM cell in the Site Database.
mcc
integer
The Mobile Country Code (MCC), defined on the

General tab for a GSM cell in the Site Database.
mnc
integer
The Mobile Network Code (MNC), defined on the

modelkey
integer

prediction model with the GSM cell.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
ncc
integer
The Network Colour Code (NCC), defined on the

networktype
integer
Indicates the technology that the network uses,

GSM(1), AMPS (2) or TETRA (3).
nsei
integer
numcars
integer
projectno
integer
not null
not null
not null
Description
The GSM Cell Identity, defined on the General tab


The Network Service Entity Identifier (NSEI), defined

on the General tab for a GSM cell in the Site
Database. This is for information purposes only.
NOT USED
not null


Name
Data Type
Constraint
psid
integer
The Private System Identifier (PSID), defined on the

General tab for an AMPS cell in the Site Database.
rac
integer
The Routing Area Code (RAC), defined on the

rsid
integer
The Residential System Identifier (RSID) defined on

the General tab for an AMPS cell in the Site
Database, or the GSM ID defined on the General tab
segment_id
integer
The Segment ID, defined on the BCF tab for a GSM

segment_
name
varchar2(128)
The Segment Name, defined on the BCF tab for a

GSM cell in the Site Database.
signallingover
head
float
The Signalling Overhead percentage defined on the

Carried Traffic tab for a GSM cell in the Site
Database.
sitekey
integer
supportamr
integer
not null
Description
Stores a unique number, associating the GSM cell

with a particular site.
Indicates whether the Enable AMR option has been
This is defined on the Cell Config tab for a cell in the
Site Database.
useantgain
integer
Indicates whether antenna hopping on the cell has

been enabled (1) or not (0).
This is defined on the Cell Config tab for a cell in the
Site Database.
usepri
integer
Determines whether to use a priority for a cell.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + sitekey) references the CELLSITES table
Table MSC
Name
Data Type
directkey
integer
The numerical reference for the MSC in DIRECT (Only

populated when the MSC is synchronised with DIRECT).
flagvalue
varchar2(255)
Stores a unique value, associating a particular field with

the object.
gndheight
float
The Ground Height of the MSC (in m), defined on the

General tab for a MSC in the Site Database.
lognodepk
number(38)
not null

node in the network.
lognodetypefk
number(38)
not null
modifyuser
integer
not null


Constraint
Description
Page 225
Name
Data Type
msctype
integer
Constraint
Stores a unique number identifying the MSC network

type - GSM (1), TETRA (2) or AMPS (3).
photofile
varchar2(260)

MSC, defined on the General tab for a MSC in the Site
Database.
projectno
integer
srchrad
float
not null
Description

a database.
Stores the search radius defined for each network
element.
Foreign Keys:
Table PLMN
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
plmnname
varchar2(128)
not null
Primary key, storing the unique name of each PLMN in the

project.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
Table REPEATER
Page 226
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
azimuth
integer
The receiving antenna's Azimuth (in degrees), defined on

the Config tab for a repeater in the Site Database.
btsfixed
integer
NOT USED.
btskey
integer
Stores a unique number, associating the repeater with a

particular BTS.
cabinkey
integer
Stores a unique number, associating a particular cabin

with the repeater.
calcmethod
integer
Indicates the calculation method used.
cellkey
integer
Stores a unique number, associating the repeater with a

particular cell.
flagvalue
varchar2(255)
Stores a unique value, associating a particular field with

the object.
gain
float
The Gain (in dB), defined on the Config tab for a repeater
gndheight
float
The Ground Height for the repeater (in m), defined on the
General tab for a repeater in the Site Database.
height
float
The receiving antenna's height (in m), defined on the


Name
DataType
hexradius
float
Constraint
Indicates the hexagon radius for the site by referencing

the hexagongrid table. 0 represents the largest hexagon
radius in the list, 1 represents the next one down, 2 the
next and so on.
lognodepk
number(38)

node in the network.
lognodetypefk
number(38)
modifyuser
integer
outputpower
float
The transmitting antenna's Output Power, defined on the

photofile
varchar2(128)

repeater, defined on the General tab for a repeater in the
Site Database.
power0
float
NOT USED.
power9
float
NOT USED.
predradius
integer
NOT USED.
predresolution
integer
NOT USED.
projectno
integer
rxantennakey
integer
Stores a unique number, associating a particular receiving

antenna with the repeater.
rxsignal
float
The Rx Signal, defined on the Config tab for a repeater in

the Site Database.
rxthreshold
float
The Rx Threshold, defined on the Config tab for a repeater

srchperc
integer
Stores a percentage of the hexagon radius of the repeater,

which will be suitable for the search radius.
srchrad
float
Stores the search radius defined for each network

element.
tilt
float
The amount of antenna tilt in degrees. A positive value

indicates downtilt, and a negative value indicates uptilt.
towerkey
integer
Stores a unique number associating the repeater with a

particular mast.
useperc
integer
Indicates the method used for suggesting a search radius,

either the percentage of hexagon radii (1) or specify an
actual radius (0).
not null
Description

And so on until
not null

a database.
Foreign Keys:

Page 227
Table REPEATERCELL
Page 228
Name
DataType
Constraint
antennakey
integer

transmitter antenna with the repeater cell.
azimuth
integer
The azimuth (in degrees) of the transmitter antenna on

the repeater cell.
cellkey
integer
height
float
The height (in metres) of the transmitter antenna on the

repeater cell.
idname
varchar2(128)
Site identifier as created by the application with the

settings specified in the Identifier Creation dialog box.
modelkey
integer

propagation model with the repeater cell.
modifyuser
integer
predmodelkey1
integer

predmodelkey2
integer

Model selected on the Antennas tab in the Site
Database.
predradiusimp1
float

in miles defined on the Antennas tab in the Site
Database.
predradiusimp2
float

Database.
predradiusmet1
float

Database.
predradiusmet2
float

Site Database.
predresolutionimp1
float

Database.
predresolutionimp2
float

Database.
predresolutionmet1
float

Site Database.
predresolutionmet2
float

Site Database.
projectno
integer
not null
not null
not null
Description

repeater to a particular cell.


a database.

Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
sitekey
integer
not null
Stores a unique number used to relate the transmitter

configuration to a repeater defined in the Site Database.
tilt
float
The Downtilt (in degrees) of the transmitter antenna. A

positive value represents a downtilt, while a negative
value represents an uptilt.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + sitekey) references the REPEATER table

Page 229
Page 230

CHAPTER 8

The following table describes the project database tables:
This
Table
Stores Information
On
Primary
Keys
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
CARRIERS
Carriers assigned to
different carrier layers on
subcells in the Site
Database
carlaykey
FK1 - carlaykey
YES
carriernumber
FK2 - cellaykey
cellaydatafk
FK3 - cellaydatafk
projectno
FK4 - cellkey
CIXLAT
COMPOUNDARRAYEXP
COMPOUNDARRAYTERM
Cell information, for use in

both ASSET and AIRCOM
OPTIMA
assetpno
Compound Array
Expressions, defined in
the Compound Arrays
dialog box
compoundarrayexpkey
Compound Array Terms,

defined in the Compound
Arrays dialog box
compoundarrayexpkey
NO
key
NO
projectno
FK1 compoundarrayexpkey
NO
compoundarraytermkey
projectno
CONTACTPERSON
FAXNUMBER
FOLDERS
Contact details, defined in

the Contact Persons
dialog box
personkey
Contact fax numbers,

defined in the Contact
Persons dialog box
faxkey
User-defined folders used

in the projects
folderkey
NO
projectno
NO
projectno
NO
foldertype
projectno
GENERICNBR
Cell neighbours created in

the projects
carrierkey
YES
nbrcarrierkey
nbrkey
nbrtech
parentkey
parenttech
projectno

Page 231
This
Table
Stores Information
On
Primary
Keys
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
GENREPEATERFEEDER
Feeders attached to
repeaters
projectno
FK1 - feederfk
YES
The co-ordinates for any

2.5g graphs
abscissa
GRAPH
repeaterfeederpk
NO
graphkey
graphlisttype
ordinate
projectno
GRAPHLIST
Any 2.5g graph curves
graphkey
NO
graphlisttype
projectno
GSMCELL
HDRDLKPARAMS
MSC
PHONENUMBER
PLMN
REPEATER
REPEATERCELL
SITEADDRESS
TERMMOBSPEED
Cells associated with BTS

sites, created in a GSM or
AMPS/TDMA network
cellkey
FK1 - sitekey
EV-DO downlink
parameters, used in
ASSET
hdrdlkparamspk
MSCs, defined in the Site

Database
projectno
Contact telephone
numbers for contacts
defined in the Contact
Persons dialog box
phonekey
PLMN networks, defined in

the Site Database
plmnname
Repeaters, defined in the

Site Database
projectno
FK1 - addresskey
sitekey
FK2 - cellkey
Transmitters associated
with repeaters
cellkey
FK1 - sitekey
Address details for

contacts, defined in the
Property Management
dialog box
addresskey
The speed of the terminal

mobile
code
YES
projectno
YES
projectno
FK1 - addresskey
YES
FK1 - personkey
NO
sitekey
projectno
NO
projectno
YES
YES
projectno
YES
projectno
FK1 - termtypekey
YES
projectno
termtypekey
VECPROJECT
Page 232
Any vectors defined in the

projects
projectno
NO
vecid

Table CARRIERS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
carlaykey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating each

carrier with a particular carrier layer.
carriernumber
integer
not null
Primary key, referencing and storing the ARFCN numbers

that have been allocated as forbidden, allocated or fixed to
each cell layer.
cellaydatafk
integer
not null
cellaykey
integer
not null
Stores a unique number associating each carrier (layer) with

a particular cell layer.
cellkey
integer
not null
Stores a unique number associating each carrier/cell layer

with a particular cell.
modifyuser
integer
not null

to the table.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
state
integer
Indicates whether the carriers selected on the cell layer are

allocated (0), forbidden (1) or fixed (2). See About States in
the CARRIERS Table on page 233 for more information.
Foreign Keys:
About States in the CARRIERS Table

In the Site Database, the carriers available to the project can be set in one of three
states on each cell layer. When this has been set, a new entry appears in the Carriers
table.
The state is calculated by dividing the carrier number by 256, the remainder equals
the state. For example: 513/256 = 2 remainder 1.

Page 233
This table shows the codes for states:

Code
State
Allocated
Forbidden
Allocated and Forbidden
INVALID STATE.
Fixed
INVALID STATE.
Allocated and Fixed
Forbidden and Fixed
INVALID STATE.
Forbidden, Fixed and Allocated
INVALID STATE.
The carrier state is found by dividing the carrier number by 256. For example:
512/256 = 2.
This table shows the codes for carrier states:
Code
Carrier State
Active
Idle
Released
Locked
Deleted
You can set the default carrier state by using your own registry key
DefaultCarrierState set to Active, Idle, Released, Locked or Deleted (case sensitive). If
none of these is found or the registry key does not exist, ENTERPRISE will use a
default carrier status of Active.
Table CIXLAT
Page 234
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
assetci
varchar2(32)
The ASSET Cell Id
assetcli
varchar2(32)
The ASSET Cell Layer
assetpno
number
not null
Primary key, storing the ASSET project number.
key
number
not null
Primary key, storing the ASSET project key.
optimaci
varchar2(32)
The AIRCOM OPTIMA Cell Id.
tgci
varchar2(32)
The 3g Cell Id.

Table COMPOUNDARRAYEXP
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
compoundarrayexpkey
integer
not null

compound array expression in the database.
createdate
date
createuser
integer

created in.
idname
varchar2(256)
lofarrdispname
varchar2(64)
The FALSE Array display name, defined in the Output

Arrays for Logical Expressions pane of the Compound
Arrays dialog box.
lofarrgenrcname
varchar2(64)
FOR INTERNAL USE.
lofinstdispname
varchar2(256)
The FALSE Instance display name, defined in the Output

Arrays dialog box.
lofinstintnlname
varchar2(256)
FOR INTERNAL USE.
lofsrcdispname
varchar2(128)
The FALSE Source display name, defined in the Output

Arrays dialog box.
lofsrcintnlname
varchar2(128)
FOR INTERNAL USE.
lotarrdispname
varchar2(64)
The TRUE Array display name, defined in the Output

Arrays dialog box.
lotarrgenrcname
varchar2(64)
FOR INTERNAL USE.
lotinstdispname
varchar2(256)
The TRUE Instance display name, defined in the Output

Arrays dialog box.
lotinstintnlname
varchar2(256)
FOR INTERNAL USE.
lotsrcdispname
varchar2(128)
The TRUE Source display name, defined in the Output

Arrays dialog box.
lotsrcintnlname
varchar2(128)
FOR INTERNAL USE.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer

parentkey
integer
permission
integer
projectno
integer

not null
not null
The name of the compound array expression, defined in

the Compound Arrays dialog box.
Stores a unique number, associating the compound

array expression with a particular parent.
page 18.
not null

a database.
Page 235
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
reserved2
varchar2(256)
FOR FUTURE USE.
reserved3
integer
FOR FUTURE USE.
reserved4
integer
FOR FUTURE USE.
usergroup
integer

Table COMPOUNDARRAYTERM
Page 236
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
compoundarrayexpkey
integer
not null

associating the compound array term with
a particular compound array expression.
compoundarraytermkey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for

each compound array term in the
database.
createdate
date
createuser
integer

created the object. The number is based
on the order users were created in.
larrdispname
varchar2(64)
The Array display name for the left side of

the equation, defined in the top half of the
term in the Compound Arrays dialog box.
larrgenrcname
varchar2(64)
FOR INTERNAL USE.
linstdispname
varchar2(256)
Instance display name for the left side of

linstintnlname
varchar2(256)
FOR INTERNAL USE.
loper
integer
The operator, defined in the Compound

Arrays dialog box.
lsrcdispname
varchar2(128)
Source display name for the left side of

lsrcintnlname
varchar2(128)
FOR INTERNAL USE.
modifydate
date
The date when the object was last

modified.
modifyuser
integer
permission
integer
projectno
integer
not null
Stores a number indicating the last user

who made changes to the table.
Three digit code that provides the
permissions for the user, the default
group they belong to and all other users.
For more information on this, see About
not null

each project in a database.

Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
rarrdispname
varchar2(64)
The Array display name for the right side

of the equation, defined in the bottom half
of the term in the Compound Arrays
dialog box.
rarrgenrcname
varchar2(64)
FOR INTERNAL USE.
rinstdispname
varchar2(256)
The Instance display name for the right

side of the equation, defined in the bottom
half of the term in the Compound Arrays
dialog box.
rinstintnlname
varchar2(256)
FOR INTERNAL USE.
roper
integer
The logical operator, defined in the

Compound Arrays dialog box.
rsrcdispname
varchar2(128)
Source display name for the right side of

the equation, defined in the bottom half of
the term in the Compound Arrays dialog
box.
rsrcintnlname
varchar2(128)
FOR INTERNAL USE.
usergroup
integer

object.
Foreign Key:
FK1 (projectno + compoundarrayexpkey) references the COMPOUNDARRAYEXP
table
Table CONTACTPERSON
Name
DataType
comments
varchar2(225)
Optional description that can be added to each contact

person, defined in the Contact Person dialog box.
company
varchar2(128)
The company of the contact person, defined in the Contact

Person dialog box.
forename
varchar2(128)
The forename of the contact person, defined in the

Contact Person dialog box.
personkey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each contact

person in the database.
projectno
integer
not null

a database.
surname
varchar2(128)
The surname of the contact person, defined in the Contact

Person dialog box.
title
varchar2(128)
The title of the contact person, defined in the Contact

Person dialog box.

Constraint
Description
Page 237
Table FAXNUMBER
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
faxkey
integer
not null
Primary key storing the unique number for each facsimile

number in the database.
faxnumber
varchar2(32)
The Facsimile Number, defined in the Contact Person

dialog box.
personkey
integer
Stores a unique number, associating the facsimile number

with a particular contact person.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
Table FOLDERS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
folderkey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each folder in the

database.
foldername
varchar2(128)
foldertype
integer
parentkey
integer
projectno
integer
The name of the folder.

not null
Primary key that uniquely identifies the type of folder.

Stores a unique number identifying the parent of a subfolder.
not null

database.
Table GENERICNBR
Page 238
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
carrierkey
number
not null

particular carrier with the outward neighbour (IS95 networks
only).
direction
number
The direction of the neighbour.
handovertype
number
The handover type.
margin
number
The margin of the neighbour (in dB), defined on the

Neighbour tab for a cell in the Site Database.
modifyuser
number
not null

to the table.
nbrcarrierkey
number
not null

particular carrier with the inward neighbour (IS95 networks
only).
nbrkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each inward

neighbour in the database.

Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
nbrtech
number
not null
Primary key, storing a number identifying the technology

type of the inward neighbour.
The possible values are described below.
parentkey
number
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each outward

neighbour in the database.
parenttech
number
not null
Primary key, storing a number identifying the technology

type of the outward neighbour.
The possible values are described below.
planned_status
number
A number indicating the planning status of each neighbour

in the database (0= Planned or 1 = Live).
priority
number
A number indicating the priority of each neighbour in the

database.
projectno
number
protected
number
not null

database.
A number indicating whether the neighbour is protected (1)
or not (0).
The seven primary keys in this table reference various other tables depending on the
technology applicable, as follows:
Technology identifier
parentkey/nbrkey
carrierkey/nbrcarrierkey
1 (AMPS)
GSMCell.CellKey
Not Applicable
2 (GSM)
GSMCell.CellKey
Not Applicable
3 (CDMA)
LogIS95Sector.SectorPK
LogIS95SecCar.SecCarPK
4 (UMTS)
LogUMTSCell.UMTSCellPK
LogUMTSCar.UMTSCarPK
Table GENREPEATERFEEDER
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
antennatypefk
number(38)
not null
Stores a unique number, associating a particular antenna

type with the feeder.
azimuth
float
Stores the repeater's feeder azimuth bearing.
coordx
float
Stores the co-ordinate of the site's location.
coordy
float
Stores the co-ordinate of the site's location.
corrfactor
float
Stores any correction factors in dBs, that might be added on

to the configuration to fine tune the output EIRP. Positive
values offer an improvement in the configuration. Therefore
a negative value will represent a further loss to the antenna
configuration.
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

downtilt
float
Stores the repeater feeder's downtilt.
feederfk
number(38)
feederlenght
float

not null
References the link between the repeater and the feeder

type.
Stores the feeder length.
Page 239
Page 240
Name
DataType
feederloss
float
Constraint
Description
feedertype
number(38)
height
float
mastheadampfk
number(38)
mhagain_db
float
modelfk
number(38)
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)

to the table.
objecttype
number(38)
outputpower
float
The Output Power in dBm defined on the Config tab for a

repeater in the Site Database.
permission
number(38)
18.
predmodelkey1
number(38)

selected on the Config tab for a repeater in the Site
Database.
predmodelkey2
number(38)

selected on the Config tab for a repeater in the Site
Database.
predradius
number(38)
NOT USED.
predradiusimp1
float

miles defined on the Config tab for a repeater in the Site
Database.
predradiusimp2
float

Radius in miles defined on the Config tab for a repeater in
the Site Database.
predradiusmet1
float

kilometres defined on the Config tab for a repeater in the
Site Database.
predradiusmet2
float

Radius in kilometres defined on the Config tab for a
predresolutionimp1
float

Resolution in feet defined on the Config tab for a repeater in
the Site Database.
predresolutionimp2
float

Resolution in feet defined on the Config tab for a repeater in
the Site Database.
predresolutionmet1
float

Resolution in metres defined on the Config tab for a
predresolutionmet2
float

Resolution in metres defined on the Config tab for a
Stores any feeder losses.

not null
Stores information about the type of feeder used.

Stores the height of the feeder.
not null
References the link between the repeater and the mast

head amplifier.
Stores the mast head amplifier gain difference in dB.
not null
not null
References the link between a repeater and a repeater

model.
Distinguishes between objects in the database.

Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
projectno
number(38)
not null

database.
repeaterfeederpk
number(38)
not null
Primary key field, storing the unique identifier for a

repeater feeder.
repeaterfk
number(38)
not null
References a repeater to a feeder.
rxdiversity
number(38)

selected for the feeder (1) or not (0).
rxpredmodelkey
number(38)
Stores a unique number, referencing the prediction model

selected for the repeater's feeder at the receiving end. This
is defined on the Config tab for a repeater in the Site
Database.
rxsignal
float
The RX Signal in dBm defined on the Config tab for a

rxsignalspecified
number(2)
Indicates whether the RX Signal has been specified (1) or

predicted (0).
This is defined on the Config tab for an LTE repeater in the
Site Database.
txdiversity
number(38)
Indicates whether the TX Diversity option has been selected

for the feeder (1) or not (0).
usergroup
number(38)
Stores the default user group at the time the object was
created.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + feederfk) references the GENREPEATER table
Table GRAPH
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
abscissa
float
not null
Primary key, storing the relative x co-ordinate for the curve.
graphkey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each graph

curve.
graphlisttype
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number indicating the type of

graph - coding scheme (0) or Occupancy (1).
modifyuser
integer
not null
NOT USED.
ordinate
float
not null
Primary key, storing the relative y co-ordinate for the curve.
projectno
integer
not null

database.

Page 241
Table GRAPHLIST
Name
DataType
createdate
date
Constraint
Description
NOT USED.
createuser
integer
NOT USED.
graphenabled
integer
Indicates whether the graph option is available (1) or not

(0).
graphkey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each graph in

the database.
graphlisttype
integer
not null
Primary key stores a number indicating the type of graph

- coding scheme (0) or occupancy (1).
idname
varchar2(32)
not null
The name of the curve.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
permission
integer
projectno
integer
usergroup
integer
NOT USED.
not null
NOT USED.
NOT USED.
not null

a database.
NOT USED.
Table HDRDLKPARAMS
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
bitrate
number(38)
The bitrate (in bps), defined in the EV-DO Downlink

bits
number(38)
The Number of Bits, defined in the EV-DO Downlink

createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

ebno
float
The Ior/Ioc (in dB), defined in the EV-DO Downlink

ebnt0
float
The first Eb/Nt (in dB) value, defined in the EV-DO Downlink
ebnt4
float
The last Eb/Nt (in dB) value, defined in the EV-DO Downlink
hdrdlkparamspk
number(38)
idname
varchar2(32)
NOT USED.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
And so on to...
Page 242
not null
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each set of EV-DO

downlink parameters in the database.

to the table.

Name
Data Type
oheadbits
number(38)
Constraint
Description
The Number of Overhead Bits, defined in the EV-DO
Downlink Parameters dialog box.
per0
float
The first PER (Packet Error Rate) value, defined in the EVDO Downlink Parameters dialog box.
per4
float
The last PER (Packet Error Rate) value, defined in the EVDO Downlink Parameters dialog box.
permission
number(38)
projectno
number(38)
slots
number(38)
The number of (time) Slots used, defined in the EV-DO

spare0
float
NOT USED.
spare4
float
NOT USED.
traffchips
float
The number of Chips per Traffic Bit, defined in the EV-DO

usergroup
number(38)

And so on to...
not null

database.
And so on to...
Table PHONENUMBER
Name
Data Type
personkey
integer
phonekey
integer
phonenumber
varchar2(32)
projectno
integer
Constraint
Description
Stores a unique number, associating the telephone
number with a particular contact person.
not null

telephone number in the database.
The telephone number, defined in the Contact Person
dialog box.
not null

a database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + personkey) references the CONTACTPERSON table

Page 243
Table SITEADDRESS
Page 244
Name
DataType
Constraint
address1
varchar2(128)
Address line 1, defined on the Address tab

for a Property in the Site Database.
address2
varchar2(128)
Address line 2, defined on the Address tab

addresskey
integer
antcolocation
integer
NOT USED.
antheightlist
varchar2(1024)
NOT USED.
antheightrule
integer
NOT USED.
antsamecell
integer
NOT USED.
antstepsize
float
NOT USED.
assocmast
integer
NOT USED.
buildingheight
integer
NOT USED.
comments
varchar2(255)
Optional description that can be added to

each Property.
createdate
date
createuser
integer

created the object. The number is based on
the order users were created in.
directkey
integer
The numerical reference for the Property in

DIRECT (Only populated when the Property
is synchronised with DIRECT).
flagvalue
varchar2(255)
Stores a unique value, associating a

particular field with the object.
gndheight
float(64)
The Ground Height of the Property (in m),

defined on the General tab for a Property in
the Site Database.
gridconstrflags
integer
Indicates if ADVANTAGE grid planning

constraints have been selected on this
Property - None (0), Location Fixed (1),
Always Consider (2) or both (3).
idname
varchar2(128)
latitude
float(64)
The Latitude, defined on the General tab for

a Property in the Site Database.
locksearcharea
integer
Indicates whether the Prevent changes to

search area option is selected (0) or not (1).
This is defined on the Search Area tab for a
Property in the Site Database.
longitude
float(64)
The Longitude, defined on the General tab

mastexcluded
varchar2(512)
NOT USED.
mastspace
float
NOT USED.
not null
not null
Description

each Property in the database.
The Property ID, defined on the General tab


Name
DataType
maxheight
float
NOT USED.
minazimdiff
integer
NOT USED.
minheight
float
NOT USED.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
mounting
integer
NOT USED.
mttr
float(64)
NOT USED.
nominalid
integer
Stores the id of the nominal property.
optimisationstatus
integer
The ADVANTAGE optimisation status, either

Nominal (0) or Candidate (1).
panfile
varchar2(255)
NOT USED.
permission
integer
Three digit code that provides the

permissions for the user, the default group
they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions
on page 18.
personkey
integer
Stores a unique number, associating the

Property with a particular contact person.
postcode
varchar2(16)
The Post Code, defined on the Address tab

precandidatename
varchar2(128)
Stores the previous name of a candidate

property (this name is used when candidate
status is removed).
projectno
integer
propertycode
varchar2(32)
The Property Code, defined on the General

tab for a Property in the Site Database.
province
varchar2(128)
The County, defined on the Address tab for

a Property in the Site Database.
srchoverrideview
integer
Stores the unique property code assigned to

each siteaddress
srchrad
float
The Search Area Radius (in m), defined on

the Search Area tab for a Property in the
Site Database.
state
varchar2(128)
The State, defined on the Address tab for a

targetstatus
integer
Indicates the status of property - Candidate

(0), Nominal (1), Preferred Candidate (2) or
Not Used (3).
town
varchar2(128)
The Town, defined on the Address tab for a

usergroup
integer

object.

Constraint
not null
not null
Description


Page 245
Table TERMMOBSPEED
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
avgspeed
float
not null
Mean Mobile Speed (km/h) per clutter type, defined on the

Mobile Speed tab of the Terminal Types dialog box.
(GSM/UMTS and EV-DO Terminal Types only)
code
varchar2(128)
not null
Primary key, associating the mobile speed values with a

particular clutter type.
maxspeed
float
not null
Max Mobile Speed (km/h) per clutter type, defined on the

minspeed
float
not null
Min Mobile Speed (km/h) per clutter type, defined on the

modifyuser
integer
not null

to the table.
percentin
float
not null
Percentage of mobiles considered to be in buildings. This is

defined on the Clutter tab (using the Density option) of the
projectno
integer
not null

database.
stdspeed
float
not null
Standard Deviation in Speed per clutter type defined on the

termtypekey
integer
not null

Foreign Keys:
Table VECPROJECT
Page 246
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
projectno
integer
not null

database.
vecid
integer
not null

particular vector with the project.

CHAPTER 9
ADVANTAGE Database
Tables
The following table describes the equipment database tables:
This
Table
Stores Information
On
Primary
Keys
ACTIONCOMBINATIONS
Combinations of
action costs
actioncombinationskey
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
YES
projectno
ADVGLOBDESTGT
ADVPROBCELLWGT
BANDPARAMETERS
BANDTARGETS
CELLMOD
CLUTTHRES
CONSTRAINTTEMPLATE
COSTCONVCOEFFICIENTS
COSTFUNCTIONWEIGHTS
DBVERSION

Global design targets

and action costs
advglobdestgtkey
Weightings for
problem cells
advprobcellwgtkey
Clutter parameters,
divided into different
bands
bandkey
Array-based clutter
targets
bandkey
Configuration values
for problem cell data
cellmodkey
Thresholds for clutter

values, calculated
from the spreading of
ADVANTAGE data
clutthreskey
Action constraint
templates
constrainttemplatekey
Coefficients used in
cost conversion
coefficientkey
Weightings for cost

functions
cfweightskey
The current database

version number, and
the number of the
version from which it
was upgraded
versionnumber
YES
projectno
YES
projectno
YES
projectno
YES
projectno
projectno
projectno
FK1 pedataindexkey
NO
FK1 pedataindexkey
NO
NO
projectno
YES
projectno
YES
projectno
NO
Page 247
This
Table
Stores Information
On
Primary
Keys
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
DELTAPLAN
Delta plans
deltaplankey
FK1 - plankey
NO
FK1 designtargetcompkey
YES
projectno
DESIGNTARGET
DESIGNTARGETATOM
DESIGNTARGETCOMP
performance design
groups and
mechanism/componen
t pairs created when
the user defines a
design target
designtargetkey
elements (for example
carriers on a service)
and groups
designtargetatomkey
Components stored
within design targets
designtargetcompkey
projectno
FK2 designtarget
groupkey
FK1 designtargetgroupkey
projectno
YES
YES
projectno
DESIGNTARGETGROUP
MAXACTIONCONSTRAINTS
OPTIMISATIONDETAILS
User-defined
performance design
target groups
designtargetgroupkey
Constraints on max
action
constraintkey
Details of optimisation
snapshots
optimisationdetailskey
YES
projectno
YES
projectno
FK1 optimisationsnapshotkey
projectno
OPTIMISATIONSNAPSHOT
Optimisation
snapshots
optimisationsnapshotkey
NO
NO
projectno
OPTIONS
PEDATAINDEX
PLAN
The options defined

on the Settings tab of
the Optimiser
Workflow
optionskey
ADVANTAGE traffic
raster spreading data
pedataindexkey
The plans.
plankey
YES
projectno
NO
projectno
NO
projectno
PLANAVAILABILITY
PLANREJECTIONOPTNS
PLANTEMPLATE
ASSOCIATION
PLANVECTOR
Page 248
The plans available for

use
planavailabilitykey
Options for rejecting

the plan based on
metric degradation
plnrejectoptnkey
plans and constraint
templates
projectno
Vectors created for

plans
planvectorkey
FK1 - deltaplankey
NO
projectno
YES
projectno
ptakey
FK1 constrainttemplatekey
NO
FK2 - plankey
FK1 - plankey
projectno

NO
This
Table
Stores Information
On
Primary
Keys
PROBAREAID
Clutter- and
technology-specific
thresholds used for
problem area
identification
probareaidkey
Technology-specific
thresholds used for
problem cell
identification
probcellidkey
UMTS/GSM statistics
reports
projectno
Monte Carlo statistics

reports
projectno
Parameters specific to
vectors
projectno
PROBCELLID
STATISTIC
STATISTICMC
VECTORPARAMETERS
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
NO
projectno
NO
projectno
statistickey
statisticmckey
NO
NO
YES
thr_key
Table ACTIONCOMBINATIONS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
actioncombinationskey
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each action

combination in the database.
combinationlevel
number(10)
The level at which the cost will be combined - No Action

Combining (0), Per Location (1), Per Property (2), Per
Site (3) or Per Cell (4). This is defined on the Action
Combinations tab of the Global Design Targets and
Action Costs dialog box.
combinationtype
number(10)
Indicates which actions should be combined - All

Actions (0), Visit Actions (1) or Remote Actions (2). This
is defined on the Action Combinations tab of the Global
Design Targets and Action Costs dialog box.
consideration
number(10)
Indicates how power actions will be considered Remote (1) or Visit (0). This is defined on the Action
Combinations tab of the Global Design Targets and
Action Costs dialog box.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number(38)

created in.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number(38)

permission
number(38)

projectno
number(38)

not null

in a database.
Page 249
Name
DataType
usergroup
number(38)
Constraint
Description
Table ADVGLOBDESTGT
Name
Data Type
actionid
number(38)
Constraint
Description
advglobdestgtkey
number(38)
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number(38)
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number(38)

the table.
permission
number(38)
projectno
number(38)
usergroup
number(38)

xmldata
varchar2(4000)
Stores xml data representing the global design targets and

action costs.
Identifies the action.

not null
not null
Primary key uniquely identifying an entry in the table.

database.
Table ADVPROBCELLWGT
Page 250
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
advprobcellwgtkey
number(38)
not null
Primary key storing the unique problem cell weight value.
cellaykey
number(38)
Stores GSM cell layer ID.
cellkey
number(38)
Stores GSM cell ID.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number(38)

created in.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number(38)

permission
number(38)

page 18.

Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
projectno
number(38)
not null

a database.
tech
number(38)
Identifies the technology used, either GSM(1) or UMTS

(2).
umtscellfk
number(38)
Foreign key referencing the UMTS cell ID.
usergroup
number(38)

weight
float
Stores the problem cell weight.
Table BANDPARAMETERS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
bandkey
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each set of Array

Thresholds in the database.
bandname
varchar2(64)
Name of the cell layer/carrier associated with these Array

Thresholds.
This parameter is only used if the 'Calculate costs and
statistics per layer' option is selected on the Options tab for the
Settings in the Optimiser Workflow.
cluttercode
number(38)
Associates the Array Thresholds with a particular clutter type.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number(38)

importance
number(38)
Indicates the importance of that clutter type in terms of terms

of traffic density - Zero (0), Low (1), Medium (2) or High (3).
indoorper
float
NOT USED..
infade
float
NOT USED.
inloss
float
NOT USED.
interference
float
Depending on the technology, this is the Signal Quality

Threshold (dBm), defined in the Clutter Thresholds.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number(38)

the table.
outfade
float
NOT USED.
permission
number(38)
pollution
float
Depending on the technology, this is the number of polluters

defined in the Clutter Thresholds.
power
float
Depending on the technology, this is the Signal Strength

Threshold (dBm), defined in the Clutter Thresholds.
projectno
number(38)

not null

database.
Page 251
Name
DataType
sample
number(2)
Constraint
Description
Indicates whether the sample parameter is set to Yes (1) or
No (0).
technology
varchar2(64)
Field storing the technology type used.
usergroup
number(38)

Table BANDTARGETS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
bandkey
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each set of ArrayBased Metric Targets in the database.
bandname
varchar2(64)
Name of the cell layer/carrier associated with these ArrayBased Metric Targets.
This parameter is only used if the 'Calculate costs and
statistics per layer' option is selected on the Options tab for the
Settings in the Optimiser Workflow.
cluttercode
number(38)
Associates the Array-Based Metric Targets with a particular

clutter type.
coveragemin
float
Coverage (Area) Minimum value required in %.

This value is stored in the Array-Based Metric Targets in the
Optimiser Workflow, and the name of the parameter will vary
according to technology.
For example, for GSM it is called RSS, for UMTS it is RSCP
and so on.
coveragemintraff
float
Coverage (Traffic) Minimum value required in %.

and so on.
coveragemultiplier
float
Coverage (Area) Multiplier factor, if the minimum is not

achieved.
and so on.
coveragemultipliertraff
float
Coverage (Traffic) Multiplier factor, if the minimum is not

achieved.
and so on.
Page 252

Name
DataType
coveragetarget
float
Constraint
Description
Coverage (Area) Target value in %.
and so on.
coveragetargettraff
float
Coverage (Traffic) Target value in %.

and so on.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number(38)

modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number(38)

the table.
noserversmin
float
Dominance (Area) Minimum value required in %.

For example, for GSM it is called Polluters, for UMTS it is Pilot
Polluters and so on.
noserversmintraff
float
Dominance (Traffic) Minimum value required in %.

noserversmultiplier
float
Dominance (Area) Multiplier factor, if the minimum is not

achieved.
noserversmultipliertraff
float
Dominance (Traffic) Multiplier factor, if the minimum is not

achieved.

Page 253
Name
DataType
noserverstarget
float
Constraint
Description
Dominance (Area) Target value in %.
noserverstargettraff
float
Dominance (Traffic) Target value in %.

permission
number(38)
projectno
number(38)
qualitymin
float
not null

database.
Quality (Area) Minimum value required in %.
For example, for GSM it is called CINR, for UMTS it is Pilot
Ec/Io and so on.
qualitymintraff
float
Quality (Traffic) Minimum value required in %.

Ec/Io and so on.
qualitymultiplier
float
Quality (Area) Multiplier factor, if the minimum is not achieved.

Ec/Io and so on.
qualitymultipliertraff
float
Quality (Traffic) Multiplier factor, if the minimum is not

achieved.
Ec/Io and so on.
Page 254

Name
DataType
qualitytarget
float
Constraint
Description
Quality (Area) Target value in %.
This value is stored in the Array-Based Metric
Targets in the Optimiser Workflow, and the name
of the parameter will vary according to
technology.
For example, for GSM it is called CINR, for
UMTS it is Pilot Ec/Io and so on.
qualitytargettraff
float
Quality (Traffic) Target value in %.

This value is stored in the Array-Based Metric
Targets in the Optimiser Workflow, and the name
of the parameter will vary according to
technology.
For example, for GSM it is called CINR, for
UMTS it is Pilot Ec/Io and so on.
technology
varchar2(64)
Identifies the technology type used.
usergroup
number(38)

Table CELLMOD
Name
DataType
cell_fk
number(38)
Constraint
Foreign key referencing a GSM cell used.
celllay_fk
number(38)
Foreign key referencing a GSM cell layer used.
cellmodkey
number(38)
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number(38)
modifier
float
Stores the value calculated by spreading problem cell data.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
pedataindexkey
number(38)
permission
number(38)
projectno
number(38)
not null

database.
techtype
number(38)
not null
Field storing the technology type used, either GSM (1) or UMTS
(2).
umtscell_fk
number(38)
Foreign key referencing a UMTS cell used.
usergroup
number(38)

not null
not null
Description
Primary key used to uniquely identify an entry in the cellmod

table.
Foreign key for the PEDATAINDEX table.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + pedataindexkey) references the PEDATAINDEX table
Page 255
Table CLUTTHRES
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
clutcode
number(38)
not null
Stores clutter code values.
clutthreskey
number(38)
not null
Primary key that uniquely identifies the clutter entry in the table.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number(38)
modifydate
varchar2(32)
pedataindexkey
number(38)
permission
number(38)
projectno
number(38)
threshold
float
Stores threshold values calculated by the spreading process.
usergroup
number(38)

not null
Stores a unique number identifying the table index entry.

not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + pedataindexkey) references the PEDATAINDEX table
Table CONSTRAINTTEMPLATE
Page 256
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each action

constraints template.
content
clob
Stores action constraints template data.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number(38)

created in.
idname
varchar2(128)
modifyuser
number(38)

modifydate
varchar2(32)
permission
number(38)

page 18.
projectno
number(38)
not null
not null
The name of the constraints template, defined in the

Action Constraints Template Manager.

a database.

Name
DataType
usergroup
number(38)
Constraint
Description
Table COSTCONVCOEFFICIENTS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
coefficient
float
coefficientkey
number(38)
coefficientname
varchar2(32)
The name of the coefficient.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number(38)

created in.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number(38)

permission
number(38)

projectno
number(38)
usergroup
number(38)
The cost function coefficient value.

not null
not null

coefficient in the database.

a database.
Table COSTFUNCTIONWEIGHTS
Name
DataType
active
number(38)
Indicates whether the global/mechanism/

component is active (1) or inactive (0) within the
optimisation.
bandcode
number(38)
Identifies the subcell name defined in the Optimiser

Workflow.
cfweight
float
Indicates the weight of the global/mechanism/

component when combined into the cost function value.
cfweightenum
number(38)
Identifier within weight type.
cfweightskey
number(38)
cfweighttype
number(38)
Indicates the type of weight - global(0), mechanism(2) or

component (3).
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number(38)

created in.

Constraint
not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique number for each cfweight

in the database.
Page 257
Name
DataType
Constraint
mechtechnology
varchar2(256)
Indicates the technologies used in the mechanism:

NOVAL, GSM, UMTS, Mobile WiMAX, Fixed WiMAX.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number(38)

permission
number(38)

page 18.
projectno
number(38)
technology
varchar2(64)
Indicates the weight of the technology when combined

into the cost function value. Defined on the Metric
Selection/Weights tab in the Optimiser Workflow.
useindoorarray
number(38)
Indicates which array to use in the case of

Coverage/Quality metrics Indoor (1) or Outdoor (2).
not null
Description

a database.
Defined on the Metric Selection/Weights tab in the

Optimiser Workflow.
usergroup
number(38)

Table DBVERSION
Name
DataType
upgradeversion
integer
versionnumber
integer
Constraint
Description
The version number of the database from which the user
upgraded.
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for the version of

the database the user is currently using.
Table DELTAPLAN
Page 258
Name
DataType
Constraint
changes
varchar2(50)
The list of changes in the delta plan.
cost
float
The best cost, displayed in the Optimiser dialog box.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createdatedp
varchar2(32)
The date when the delta plan was created.
createuser
number(38)

created in.
deltaplankey
number(38)
description
varchar2(100)
A description of the delta plan.
dpdata
clob
Stores the delta plan data.
not null
Description
Primary key, storing a unique number for each delta

plan in the database.

Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
idname
varchar2(128)
not null
The name of the delta plan, displayed in the Plan

Manager section of the Optimiser Workflow.
modifyuser
number(38)

modifydate
varchar2(32)
permission
number(38)

page 18.
plankey
number(38)
Stores a unique number, associating the delta plan with

a particular plan.
prevdeltaplankey
number(38)
Identifies the previous delta plan created before this one.
projectno
number(38)
startingcost
number(38)
The starting cost, displayed in the Optimiser dialog box.
usergroup
number(38)

not null

a database.
Table DESIGNTARGET
Name
DataType
createdate
varchar2 (32)
createuser
number(38)

designtargetcompkey
number(38)
not null

component with the design target.
number(38)
not null
Identifies the design target group.
designtargetkey
number(38)
not null

design target in the database.
modifydate
varchar2 (32)
modifyuser
number(38)

permission
number(38)

projectno
number(38)
targetvaluesXML
varchar2 (4000)
Used to represent the target values in XML

format.
usergroup
number(38)


Constraint
not null
Description

Page 259
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + designtargetcompkey) references the DESIGNTARGETCOMP
table
FK2 (projectno + designtargetgroupkey) references the DESIGNTARGETGROUP
table
Table DESIGNTARGETATOM
Name
DataType
adjacency
number(2)
Constraint
Indicates adjacency level.
areatraffic
number(2)
NOT USED.
bearer
number(38)
ID code identifying the bearer.
carrier
number(38)
ID code identifying the carrier.
cellaykey
number(38)
Associates carrier layers to the various cell layers in

the site database.
cluttercode
number(38)
ID code identifying the clutter.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number(38)

the object. The number is based on the order users
were created in.
designtargetatomkey
number(38)
not null
Primary key used to identify the design target

atom.
number(38)
not null
Identifies the design target group.
modifydate
varchar2 (32)
modifyuser
number(38)

permission
number(38)

projectno
number(38)
service
number(38)
ID code identifying the service.
subsgroup
number(38)
ID code identifying the subscriber group.
techtype
number(38)
Field storing the technology type used, either GSM

(1) or UMTS (2).
termtype
number(38)
ID code identifying the terminal type.
usergroup
number(38)

not null
Description

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + designtargetgroupkey) references the DESIGNTARGETGROUP
table
Page 260

Table DESIGNTARGETCOMP
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
compid
number(38)
not null
Stores a unique number identifying the component

type.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number(38)

created in.
designtargetcompkey
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each design

target component in the database.
mechid
number(38)
not null
Stores a unique number identifying the CLSID cost

mechanism.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number(38)

permission
number(38)

projectno
number(38)
usergroup
number(38)
not null

in a database.
Table DESIGNTARGETGROUP
Name
DataType
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number(38)

created in.
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each design

target group.
idname
varchar2(128)
not null
User defined identifier for each particular config profile

entry.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number(38)

permission
number(38)

page 18.
projectno
number(38)

Constraint
not null
Description

a database.
Page 261
Name
DataType
technology
varchar2(64)
Constraint
Description
Identifies the technology used, either GSM or UMTS.
usergroup
number(38)

Table MAXACTIONCONSTRAINTS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
active
number(38)
constraintkey
number(38)
constraintname
varchar2(32)
The name of the action or unit.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number(38)

created in.
maconstraint
number(38)
The maximum constraint value.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number(38)

permission
number(38)

page 18.
projectno
number(38)
usergroup
number(38)
Indicates whether the constraint is specified (1) or not (0)

for an action or a unit in the optimiser.
not null
not null

constraint in the database.

a database.
Table OPTIMISATIONDETAILS
Page 262
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number(38)
majortype
number(10)
Identifies the type of optimisation - optimisation actions (1),

parameter change cost categories (2), cost mechanism function
components (3), power mechanism function components (4),
Monte Carlo mechanism function components (5).
modifydate
varchar2(32)
optimisationdetailskey
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each set of

optimisation details in a database.
number(38)
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the optimisation details

with a particular snapshot.

Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
permission
number(38)
projectno
number(38)
type
number(10)
A sub-type, used for the internal representation of major type.
usergroup
number(38)

value
float
The best cost value.
not null

database.
Foreign keys:
FK1(projectno + optimisationsnapshotkey) references the
OPTIMISATIONSNAPSHOT table
Table OPTIMISATIONSNAPSHOT
Name
Data Type
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number(38)

iteration
number(38)
The iteration number of the snapshot.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
number(38)
overallcost
float
The overall cost of the snapshot.
permission
number(38)

projectno
number(38)
not null

timestamp
number(38)
not null
Stores time/date information related to the

optimisation snapshot.
timestamptf
number(38)
Stores time/date information related to the

tweak file.
usergroup
number(38)

object.

Constraint
not null
Description

optimisation snapshot in a database.
Page 263
Table OPTIONS
Page 264
Name
Data Type
charvalue
varchar2(260)
Constraint
Stores the option value, if the option is a string.

This value is defined on the Options tab of the
Settings section of the Optimiser Workflow.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number(38)

intvalue
number(38)
Stores the option value, if the option is an

integer. This value is defined on the Options
tab of the Settings section of the Optimiser
Workflow.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number(38)

optionskey
number(38)
permission
number(38)
projectno
number(38)
state
number(38)
Stores the option value, if the option is a

checkbox (Boolean). This value is defined on
the Options tab of the Settings section of the
Optimiser Workflow..
usergroup
number(38)

object.
value
float
Stores the option value, if the option is a float.

This value is defined on the Options tab of the
Settings section of the Optimiser Workflow..
not null
Description

option in the database. This options are listed
on the Options tab of the Settings section of the
Optimiser Workflow.
not null


Table PEDATAINDEX
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
configprofilekey
number(38)
not null
Stores a unique number, associating a particular configuration

profile with the PE data.
counter
varchar2(256)
Stores the name of the raster.
createdate
varchar2 (32)
createuser
number(38)
filename
varchar2(4000)
Stores the file name of the Microsoft Excel data source.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
pedataindexkey
number(38)
permission
number(38)
projectno
number(38)
source
varchar2(4000)
Stores the location of the Microsoft Excel data source.
spreadcode
number(38)
Stores the spreading code raster reference.
techtype
number(38)
not null
(2).
timestamp
number(38)
not null
Time of PE data raster creation.
usergroup
number(38)
not null
Primary key uniquely identifying the table index entry.

not null

database.
Stores a number indicating the user group associated with the user
who created the object.
Table PLAN
Name
DataType
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number(38)
idname
varchar2(128)
initials
clob
Stores initial site database data.
modifyuser
number(38)

the table.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
permission
number(38)
planconstraints
clob
Stores optimisation constraints data.
plankey
number(38)

Constraint
not null
not null
Description
The Plan Name, defined in the Plan Wizard.
Primary key, storing a unique number for each plan in the Site
Database.
Page 265
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
projectno
number(38)
not null

database.
restriction
clob
Stores the point data for the restriction polygon created for the
plan in the Plan Wizard.
restrictionguid
varchar2(64)
Stores the restriction polygon guid.
technology
varchar2(256)
(2).
userestrict
number(38)
Indicates whether the Use Restriction Polygon option is selected

(1) or not (0) in the Plan Wizard.
usergroup
number(38)

usevectors
number(38)
Indicates whether the Use Vectors option is selected (1) or not

(0) in the Plan Wizard.
viewscale
number(38)
FOR INTERNAL USE
xmax
number(38)
The x max co-ordinate of the map view chosen for the plan.
xmin
number(38)
The x min co-ordinate of the map view chosen for the plan.
ymax
number(38)
The y max co-ordinate of the map view chosen for the plan.
ymin
number(38)
The y-min co-ordinates of the map view chosen for the plan.
Table PLANAVAILABILITY
Name
Data Type
createdate
varchar2(32)
Constraint
createuser
number(38)

deltaplankey
number(38)
modifyuser
number(38)

modifydate
varchar2(32)
permission
number(38)

planavailabilitykey
number(38)
not null

available plan in the database.
projectno
number(38)
not null

usergroup
number(38)
not null
Description

available plan with a particular delta plan.

object.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + deltaplankey) references the DELTAPLAN table
Page 266

Table PLANREJECTIONOPTNS
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
absrelthreshold
varchar2(32)
Indicates whether the threshold is absolute (0) or relative

(1).
active
number(38)
Indicates whether the threshold is specified (1) or not (0)

for the global/mechanism/
component due to metric degradation after initial state.
bandcode
number(38)
Indicates the layer that this plan rejection option is

associated with.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number(38)

created in.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number(38)

optionenum
number(38)
Storing an identifier within option type.
optiontype
number(38)
Indicates the level that the plan rejection is based on budget=1, manpower=2, performance=3.
permission
number(38)

page 18.
plnrejectoptnkey
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each plan

rejection option in the database.
projectno
number(38)
not null

a database.
technology
varchar2(64)
Field storing the technology type used, either GSM (1) or

UMTS (2).
threshold
float
Stores the threshold value.
usergroup
number(38)

Table PLANTEMPLATEASSOCIATION
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
number(38)
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the plan

with a particular constraint template.
createdate
varchar(32)
createuser
number(38)

modifuser
number(38)


Page 267
Name
Data Type
modifydate
varchar2(32)
Constraint
Description
permission
number(38)

plankey
number(38)
not null

constraint template with a particular plan.
projectno
number(38)
not null

ptakey
number(38)
not null

plan/constraint template relationship in the
database.
usergroup
number(38)

object.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + constrainttemplatekey) references the CONSTRAINTTEMPLATE
table
FK2 (projectno + plankey) references the PLAN table
Table PLANVECTOR
Page 268
Name
Data Type
createdate
varchar2(32)
Constraint
createuser
number(38)

featureid
number(38)
Indicates the ID of the feature contained within

the vector.
guid
varchar2(50)
Stores the guid of the vector.
idname
varchar2(32)
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number(38)

permission
number(38)

plankey
number(38)
not null
Stores a number associating the vector with a

particular plan.
planvectorkey
number(38)
not null

plan vector in the database.
projectno
number(38)
not null

type
number(2)
not null
Description
The name of the vector.
Indicates the vector type - user (0) or standard

(1).

Name
Data Type
usergroup
number(38)
Constraint
Description
object.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + plankey) references the PLAN table
Table PROBAREAID
Name
DataType
ccovthres
float
The signal strength coverage threshold.
clutcode
number(38)
The clutter code.
cminarea
float
The minimum adjacent area affected by coverage.
cmintraf
float
The minimum traffic affected by coverage.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number(38)
dmaxcells
number(38)
The maximum dominant cells.
dminarea
float
The minimum adjacent area affected by dominant cells.
dmintraf
float
The minimum traffic affected by dominant cells.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number(38)
table.
permission
number(38)
probareaidkey
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each problem area in the
database.
projectno
number(38)
not null

database.
qinterthres
float
The interference (quality) threshold.
qminarea
float
The minimum adjacent area affected by quality.
qmintraf
float
The minimum traffic affected by quality.
techtype
number(38)
(2).
usergroup
number(38)

Constraint
Description
Page 269
Table PROBCELLID
Page 270
Name
DataType
avrginter
float
Constraint
Description
The minimum interference threshold for problem cell identification
(pci) due to low quality.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number(38)
drpdcalls
number(38)
The number of dropped calls.
drpdcallsper
float
The percentage of dropped calls.
hightraf
float
The threshold to find problem cells providing coverage to high

traffic.
hightrafmean
float
The threshold to find problem cells providing coverage to high

traffic compared to local mean.
hndoverfail
number(38)
NOT USED.
hndoverfailper
float
NOT USED.
hndovrs
number(38)
The number of handovers.
hndovrsper
float
The percentage of handovers.
lowtraf
float
The threshold to find problem cells providing coverage to low traffic.
lowtrafmean
float
The threshold to find problem cells providing coverage to low traffic

compared to local mean.
lrgarea
float
The threshold to find problem cells providing coverage to large

area.
lrgareamean
float
The threshold to find problem cells providing coverage to large area

compared to local mean.
minalp
float
The minimum area location probability for pci due to low coverage.
minlcarea
float
The minimum area threshold for pci due to low coverage.
minlctraffic
float
The minimum traffic threshold for pci due to low coverage.
minlqarea
float
The minimum area threshold for pci due to low quality.
minlqtraffic
float
The minimum traffic threshold for pci due to low quality.
minqualprob
float
The minimum quality probability for pci due to low quality.
minsgnlstrngth
float
The minimum signal strength for pci due to low coverage.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
modifyuser
number(38)
table.
permission
number(38)
probcellidkey
number(38)
not null
Primary key uniquely identifying an entry in the table.
projectno
number(38)
not null

database.

Name
DataType
smlarea
float
Constraint
Description
The minimum threshold to find problem cells providing coverage to
a small area.
smlareamean
float
The threshold to find problem cells providing coverage to a small

area compared to local mean.
techtype
number(38)
(2).
usergroup
number(38)
Table STATISTIC
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
cluttercode
number(38)
Associates the statistic set with a particular clutter set.
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number(38)

created in.
featureid
number(38)
Used to identify the vector, along with the guid and type.
CURRENTLY NOT USED.
guid
varchar2(50)
Used to identify the vector, along with the featureid and

the type.
modifydate
varchar2(32)
number(38)
permission
number(38)
projectno
number(38)
not null

a database.
statistickey
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each statistic

set in a database.
statistictype
number(10)
The statistic type.
totalvalue
float
The total optimisation value associated with this statistic

set.
type
number(2)
Indicates the type of vector - standard (0), user (1) or

building (2).
usergroup
number(38)

value
float
The best plan cost value.
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the statistic set with

a particular optimisation snapshot.
page 18.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + optimisationsnapshotkey) references the
Page 271
Table STATISTICMC
Name
DataType
Constraint
createdate
varchar2(32)
createuser
number(38)

modifydate
varchar2(32)
number(38)
permission
number(38)
projectno
number(38)
servicekey
number(38)
statisticmckey
number(38)
statistictype
number(10)
Indicates the type of statistic - either Mean

Attempts Terminals (1) or Mean Served
Terminals (2).
usergroup
number(38)

object.
value
float
The best plan cost value.
not null
Description
Stores a unique number, associating the Monte

Carlo statistics with a particular optimisation
snapshot.
not null

Stores a unique number, associating the Monte
Carlo statistics with a particular service.
not null

set of Monte Carlo statistics in a database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + optimisationsnapshotkey) references the
Page 272

Table VECTORPARAMETERS
Name
DataType
bandname
varchar2 (64)
Indicates the technology type.
createdate
varchar2 (32)
createuser
number(38)
featurid
number(38)
not null
Stores the ID of the individual polygon or line vector contained

inside the vector file.
guid
varchar2 (50)
not null
Stores the guid of the vector.
indoorper
float
NOT USED.
infade
float
NOT USED.
inloss
float
NOT USED.
interference
float
Depending on the bandname, this is the Signal Quality Threshold

(dBm), defined in the Vector Thresholds.
modifydate
varchar2 (32)
modifyuser
number(38)
table.
outfade
float
NOT USED.
permission
number(38)
pollution
float
Depending on the bandname, this is the number of polluters

defined in the Vector Thresholds.
power
float
Depending on the bandname, this is the Signal Strength Threshold

(dBm), defined in the Vector Thresholds.
priority
number(38)
The priority of this vector relative to another vector. If both vectors

cover the same pixel, this priority determines which vector's
thresholds are used.
projectno
number(38)
not null

database.
recordactive
number(38)
not null
Indicates whether or not a record is active. If a record is created but

then removed by a user, the vector record still exists but is no
longer active.
technology
varchar2 (64)
thr_key
number(38)
usergroup
number(38)

Constraint
Description
(2).
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number.

Page 273
Page 274

CHAPTER 10

This table describes the tables in the database that relate to CONNECT:
This
Table
Stores Information
On
Primary
Keys
AMCRECEIVER
The maximum receiver threshold

at particular bandwidth, frequency
and power settings
projectno
The maximum transmit power at

particular bandwidths and
modulation types
projectno
Routes for an analogue BTS back

to the MSC, defined in the Site
Database
cellsitekey
THRESHOLD
AMCTRANSMIT
POWER
AMPSBTSROUTE
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
NO
typekey
NO
typekey
YES
hop
linkendkey
projectno
BACKTOBACK
ANTENNA
Back to back passive repeater

antennas
backtobackantenna_pk
prlinkend_fk
FK1 - linkfk
YES
FK2 - prlinkend_fk
FK3 - prlinkfk
projectno
BAND
CARRIERAMC
THRESHOLD
CARRIERFEED
The frequency Bands and

channels available for microwave
links, defined in the Band
Channels dialog box
bandkey
Modulation type power thresholds

for carriers
modtypekey
The feeders defined for the carriers
carrierfeedersettingskey
YES
projectno
FK1 - pmpcarrierfk
YES
FK1 - pmpcarrierkey
YES
FK1 - bandkey
YES
projectno
pmpcarrierkey
projectno
CHANNEL
The channels in each frequency

band
bandkey
lofreq
projectno
CIOBJ

T/I Objectives tables for Carrier

and Interferer bandwidths, defined
in the T/I Objectives dialog box
ciobjkey
YES
projectno
Page 275
This
Table
Stores Information
On
Primary
Keys
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
CIOBJENTRY
Required C/I values for frequency

separations between the carrier
and Interferer in each T/I Objective
table
ciobjkey
FK1 - ciobjkey
YES
Routes for a digital BTS back to

the MSC, defined in the Site
Database
cellsitekey
GSMBTSROUTE
freqsep
projectno
YES
hop
linkendkey
projectno
LINK
LINKAMC
THRESHOLD
Links, defined in the Links

Database
projectno

for links
linkkey
YES
linkkey
FK1 - ptplinkendfk
YES
FK1 - linkkey
YES
modtypekey
projectno
radioequip
radioflag
LINKATTACH
LINKENDANTENNA
The location of files that have been

attached to each of the links
defined in the Link Database
attachkey
Linkend antennas, defined on the

Antenna tab of a PmP Hub
linkendantennakey
projectno
YES
projectno
ptplinkendkey
LINKENDFEED
Linkend feeders, defined on the

Feeder tab of a PmP Hub Carrier
linkendfeedersettingskey
FK1 -ptplinkendkey
YES
projectno
ptplinkendkey
LINKLOSVALUES
LINKTERMEQUIP
LINKTYPE
LINKUDH
Link Status values, defined in the

Link LOS Editor
linkloskey
NO
Link terminal equipment, defined in

the Link Terminal Equipment
dialog box
linktermequipmentkey
Link types, defined in the Link

Types dialog box
linktypekey
User defined heights used in the

Height Profile window
distance
projectno
YES
projectno
YES
projectno
FK1 - linkkeypk
YES
FK1 - linkkeypk
YES
linkkeypk
projectno
LINKUDPROF
MODULATIONTYPE
MWANTENNATYPE
Page 276
User defined profiles created in the

User Defined Profile dialog box
linkkeypk
Modulation types, defined in the

Modulation Types dialog box
modtypepk
Microwave antennas, defined in

the Antennas Database
mwantennakey
projectno
YES
projectno
YES
projectno

This
Table
Stores Information
On
Primary
Keys
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
PMPCARRIER
PmP carriers, defined in the Link

Database
pmpcarrierkey
FK1 - pmpsectorkey
YES
PmP hubs, defined in the Link

Database
pmphubkey
FK1 - siteaddrkey
YES
PmP hub linkends, defined in the

Link Database
pmphublinkendkey
FK1 - linkkey
YES
PMPHUB
PMPHUBLINKEND
projectno
projectno
FK2 - pmphubkey
projectno
PMPSECTOR
PRLINKEND
PRLLINK
PRLREF
PmP sectors, defined in the Link

Database
pmpsectorkey
FK1 - pmphubkey
YES
Linkends connecting passive

repeaters
prlinkend_pk
FK1 - linkfk
YES
projectno
FK2 - prlinkfk
Links connecting back-to-back

passive repeaters
prlpk
Links connecting reflector passive

repeaters
linkpk
FK1 - linkpk
prlpk
FK2 - prlpk
projectno
YES
projectno
YES
projectno
PTPLINKEND
RADIOAMC
THRESHOLD
RADIOEQUIP
RADIOMASK
PtP linkends defined in the Links

Database
projectno
FK1 - linkkey
ptplinkendkey
FK2 - siteaddrkey

for radio equipment
modtypekey
FK1 - radioequippk
Radio equipment, defined in the

Radio Equipment dialog box
projectno
Any radio masks that you have

defined on the Tx Spectrum and
Rx Selectivity tabs of the Radio
Equipment dialog box
masktype
YES
YES
projectno
YES
radioequipkey
FK1 - radioequippk
YES
projectno
FK1 - linkfk
YES
reflectorpk
FK2 - prlinkendfk
offsetvalue
projectno
radioequippk
REFLECTOR
Reflector passive repeaters
FK3 - prlinkfk
SECTORANTENNA
Sector antennas
pmpsectorkey
FK1 - pmpsectorkey
YES
projectno
sectorantennakey
SHAREDLINKTEMPRAN
GE
System ranges for use in link

templates
projectno
SPLITTER
Splitters
projectno
YES
rangekey
YES
splitterkey
SPURLINK

Routes taken by a signal travelling

between sites and a BSC
projectno
YES
spurpk
Page 277
This
Table
Stores Information
On
Primary
Keys
Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)
Diff
Table?
SPURREF
Routes taken by a signal travelling

along a reflected route between
sites and a BSC
linkpk
FK1 - spurpk
YES
projectno
spurpk
USERLINKTEMP
User ranges for use in link

templates
RANGE
projectno
YES
rangekey
Table AMCRECEIVERTHRESHOLD
Name
DataType
Constraint
bandwidth
float
The radio frequency bandwidth in MHz. This is specified on

the Configuration tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box
and is used along with the modulation type to determine the
maximum receiver threshold at the required frequency.
bitspersymbol
float
The bits per symbol for the bandwidth and modulation type
combination.
modulationtype
varchar2(512)
The modulation type specified on the Configuration tab of

the Radio Equipment dialog box. This is used along with the
bandwidth to determine the maximum receiver threshold at
the required frequency.
powmaxghz/
powminghz
number
Define the frequency range for the reciever threshold value

in terms of minimum and maximum power in GHz. This is
specified in the AMC Thresholds dialog box for a radio.
powvalueghz
float
The receiver threshold value in dBm for this bandwidth and

modulation type combination. This is specified in the AMC
Thresholds dialog box for a radio.
projectno
number
typekey
number
Primary key, a unique identifier for each threshold value

stored in the database.
type_bw
number
Indicates whether the bandwidth is ETSI (0) or FCC (1).
not null
Description

database.
Table AMCTRANSMITPOWER
Page 278
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
bitspersymbol
float
The bits per symbol for the bandwidth and modulation type
combination.
modulationtype
varchar2(512)
The modulation type specified on the Configuration tab of

the Radio Equipment dialog box. This is used along with the
bandwidth to determine the maximum receiver threshold at
the required frequency.
powmaxghz/
powminghz
number
Define the frequency range for the reciever threshold value

in terms of minimum and maximum power in GHz. This is
specified in the AMC Thresholds dialog box for a radio.

Name
DataType
powvalueghz
float
project no
number
typekey
number
Constraint
Description
The receiver threshold value in dBm for this bandwidth and
modulation type combination. This is specified in the AMC
Thresholds dialog box for a radio.
not null

database.
Primary key, a unique identifier for each transmit power
value stored in the database.
Table AMPSBTSROUTE
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
cellsitekey
number(38)
not null
Primary key that references the sitekey in the cellsite table

of the site, where the route starts.
hop
number(38)
not null
Primary key that stores the number of hops back to the

switch.
linkendkey
number(38)
not null
Primary key associating each hop with a respective link.
modifyuser
number(38)
not null

to the table.
projectno
number(38)
not null

database.
routenumber
number(38)
not null
Primary key, identifying the route.
Table BACKTOBACKANTENNA
Name
DataType
antennaheight
float
backtoback
antenna_pk
integer
dryradomeloss
float(64)
The Dry Radome Loss (in dB) for the antenna, defined
on the Antenna A/B subtab of the Linkend Settings tab
for a back to back passive repeater.
latitude
float(64)
The latitude co-ordinate value for the antenna, defined

linkfk
integer
longitude
float(64)
modifyuser
integer
mwantenna_fk
integer

Constraint
Description
The height of the antenna in m, defined on the Antenna
A/B subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a back to
back passive repeater.
not null
not null
Primary Key, storing a unique number for each back to

back passive repeater antenna.
Stores a unique number, associating the back to back

passive repeater antenna to a particular link.
The longitude co-ordinate value for the antenna, defined
not null

References an instance of a microwave antenna.
Page 279
Name
DataType
overrideactelev
integer
Constraint
Description
Indicates whether the Actual Elevation of the antenna
has been overridden (1) or not (0).
overrideantdir
integer
Indicates whether the antenna Direction has been

overridden (1) or not (0).
prlinkend_fk
integer
not null
Primary key, associating the back to back antenna with

a particular linkend.
prlinkfk
integer
not null
References an instance of a passive repeater.
projectno
integer
not null

in a database.
tilt
float
NOT USED.
useractelev
float
The user defined Active Elevation, defined on the

Antenna A/B subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a
back to back passive repeater.
userantdir
float
The user defined antenna Direction, defined on the

back to back passive repeater.
wetradomeloss
float(64)
The Wet Radome Loss (in dB) for the antenna, defined
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + linkfk) references the LINK table
FK2 (projectno + prlinkend_fk) references the PRLINKEND table
FK3 (projectno + prlinkfk) references the PRLLINK table
Table BAND
Page 280
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
bandduplexmethod
integer
not null
Stores a number indicating the band duplex method.
bandkey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each band in the

database.
bandwidth
float
The Bandwidth (in MHz) of the band, defined in the Channel

Editor dialog box.
createdate
date
createuser
integer

idname
varchar2(128)
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
permission
integer
projectno
integer
not null
The band ID, defined in the Channel Editor dialog box.

not null

to the table.
NOT USED.
not null

database.

Name
DataType
usergroup
integer
Constraint
Description
Table CARRIERAMCTHRESHOLD
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
maxtxpower
float
The maximum transmit power in dBm for the associated

modulation type. This is defined in the AMC Thresholds
dialog box for the carrier.
mintxpower
float
The minimum transmit power in dBm for the associated

dialog box for the carrier.
modifyuser
number(38)

to the table.
modtypekey
number(38)
not null
Primary key, identifying the modulation type defined in the

AMC Thresholds dialog box.
projectno
number(38)
not null

database.
ptplinkendfk
number(38)
not null
A unique number associating the AMC Thresholds table with

a particular carrier in the database.
radioequip
number(38)
not null
A unique number identifying the radio assigned to this carrier

link end. This is defined on the Radio sub tab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a carrier in the database.
radiotype
number(38)
A unique number identifying the radio type.
rxpower
float
The received threshold in dBm for the associated modulation

type. This is defined in the AMC Thresholds dialog box for
the carrier.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + pmpcarrierfk) references the PMPCARRIER table
Table CARRIERFEED
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
carrierfeedersettingskey
integer
not null
Primary key used to uniquely identify each feeder

setting in the table.
feederkey
integer
Stores a unique number for each feeder in the

database.
feederlength
float
The length of feeder (in m), defined on the Feeders

subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a Link in the Link
Database.
modifyuser
integer

not null

Page 281
Name
DataType
overridefeederloss
integer
Constraint
Description
pmpcarrierkey
integer
not null

feeder with a particular PmP carrier.
projectno
integer
not null

in a database.
radioflag
integer
sectorantennakey
integer
userfeederloss
float
Indicates whether the Override Total Feeder Loss

option has been selected (1) or not (0). This is defined
on the Feeders subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a
Link in the Link Database.
Indicates the type of antenna that the feeder is

attached to - main Tx(0), main Rx(1), diversity Tx(2) or
diversity Rx(3).
not null

particular sector antenna.
The Total Feeder Loss (in dB), defined on the Feeder
subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a Link in the Link
Database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + pmpcarrierkey) references the PMPCARRIER table
Table CHANNEL
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
bandkey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating the channel

with a particular band.
channame
varchar2(32)
The Channel Name, defined in the Channel Editor dialog box.
hifreq
float
The High Frequency (in MHz) for the channel, defined in the
Channel Editor dialog box.
lofreq
float
not null
Primary key, storing the Low Frequency (in MHz) of the

channel, defined in the Channel Editor dialog box.
modifyuser
integer
not null

the table.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + bandkey) references the BAND table
Page 282

Table CIOBJ
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
ciobjkey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each T/I Objective

in the database.
createdate
date
createuser
integer

idname
varchar2(32)
intfcarrierbw
float
The Interferer Radio Settings Carrier Bandwidth (in MHz) for

the T/I Objective, defined in the T/I Objectives Editor dialog
box.
intfchannel
cpctytype
integer
Intfchannelcpctytype is the enumerated value that

corresponds to a interferer radio capacity type (such as E1 or
STM16). In the code each capacity type has a corresponding
numerical value (for example, the label E1 corresponds to 1
and T1 to 6). These values are stored in the database so if a
link or radio equipment is set to use T1 - it's database entry
will be 6. This can be translated back to T1. Defined in the T/I
Objectives Editor dialog box.
intfmodtype
integer
A number corresponding to the Interferer Radio Settings

Modulation Type for the T/I Objective, defined in the T/I
not null
The T/I Objective ID, defined in the T/I Objectives Editor

dialog box.
A value of 0 indicates that the modulation type is Undefined.

intfnoofchannels
integer
The number of channels in the interferer radio capacity. This

works in conjunction with the intfchannelcpctytype to give the
capacity. It is defined in the T/I Objectives Editor dialog box.
intfradioequip
integer

Radio Equipment for the T/I Objective, defined in the T/I
A value of 0 indicates that the radio equipment is Unknown.
intfsinglevalue
float
The capacity of the interferer radio defined as a single value

in Kbps. This is defined in the T/I Objectives Editor dialog
box.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
permission
integer
projectno
integer
usergroup
integer

victimcarrierbw
float
The Victim Radio Settings Carrier Bandwidth (in MHz) for the
T/I Objective, defined in the T/I Objectives Editor dialog box.

not null

to the table.
NOT USED.
not null

database.
Page 283
Name
DataType
victimchannel
cpctytype
integer
Constraint
Description
Victimchannelcpctytype is the enumerated value that
corresponds to a victim radio capacity type (such as E1 or
STM16). In the code each capacity type has a corresponding
numerical value (for example, the label E1 corresponds to 1
and T1 to 6). These values are stored in the database so if a
link or radio equipment is set to use T1 - it's database entry
will be 6. This can be translated back to T1. Defined in the T/I
victimmodtype
integer

Modulation Type for the T/I Objective, defined in the T/I
A value of 0 indicates that the modulation type is Undefined.
victimnoofchannels
integer
The number of channels in the victim radio capacity. This

works in conjunction with the intfchannelcpctytype to give the
capacity. It is defined in the T/I Objectives Editor dialog box.
victimradioequip
integer

Radio Equipment for the T/I Objective, defined in the T/I
A value of 0 indicates that the radio equipment is Unknown.
victimsinglevalue
float
The capacity of the victim radio defined as a single value in

Kbps. This is defined in the T/I Objectives Editor dialog box.
Table CIOBJENTRY
Name
DataType
ciobjective
float
Constraint
Description
ciobjkey
integer
not null
Primary key, used to relate each particular T/I Objective table

to the actual values aimed to be achieved, as specified in this
table.
freqsep
float
not null
Primary key that specifies the various channel separations

encountered when working with each particular carrier
bandwidth.
modifyuser
integer
not null

the table.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
Field that stores the T/I ratio required for each particular carrier
and interference separation specified.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + ciobjkey) references the CIOBJ table
Page 284

Table GSMBTSROUTE
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
cellsitekey
integer
not null
Primary key that references the sitekey in the cellsite table of

the site where the route starts.
hop
integer
not null
Primary key that stores the order in which links are joined to
form the BTS route, back to the switches. Counting starts at 256
upwards, that is, 257 is used for the next link in the line.
linkendkey
integer
not null
Primary key to the linkend table used to associate each hop

with a respective link.
modifyuser
integer
not null

the table.
routenumber
integer
not null
Primary key that indicates whether this is a primary route(1) or a

secondary route(2).
projectno
integer
not null

database.
Table LINK
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
alpha
float
The alpha value set for an ITU-R P.530-7 or 530-12

link. This is defined on the Propagation Prediction
subtab of the Calculation tab for a link in the Link
Database.
calcmethod
integer
Indicates the calculation method used:

ITU-RP.530-12(0), ITU-RP.530-7(1),
Vigants(2).
capacitytype
integer
The capacity type defined in the top right hand drop

down list of the Select Input Method pane on the
Type subtab of the General tab for a link in the Link
Database. Values (0-14) correspond to the options
listed if PDH is selected. Values (15-29) correspond
to the options listed if SDH is selected.
channelbased
integer
Indicates whether the Channel Based option has

Frequency subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a
link in the Link Database.
channelkey
integer
class
integer
The Link Class, set for a ITU-T G.821 link. This is

defined on the Objectives Settings subtab of the
Calculation tab for a link in the Link Database:
None(0) Class 1(1), Class2,(2),
Class3(3), Class4(4).
climatefactor
float(64)
A numerical constant used when the Climate Factor

is set for a Vigants link. This is defined on the
Propagation Prediction subtab of the Calculation tab
for a link in the Link Database.

not null
A key that uniquely identifies a channel.
Page 285
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
climatemodel
integer
The Rainfall Calculation Method used, either ITU-R

Model(0) or Crane Model(1). This is defined on the
Rainfall subtab of the Calculation tab for a link in the
Link Database.
climateterrain
integer
Stores a unique number indicating the

Climate/Terrain Factor selected for a Vigants link Wet & Humid (0), Average Terrain & Climate (1),
Mountain Dry (2), User Define Terrain & Climate (3)
or Terrain & Climate Factor (4).
This is defined on the Propagation Prediction subtab
of the Calculation tab for a link in the Link Database.
climaticregioncrane
integer
The Rainzone used for the Crane Model Calculation

Method. This is defined on the Rainfall subtab of the
Calculation tab for a link in the Link Database: A(0),
B(1), B1(2), B2(3), C(4), D1(5), D2(6), D3(7), E(8),
F(9), G(10), H(11).
climaticregionitu
integer
The Rainzone used for the ITU-R Model Calculation

Method. This is defined on the Rainfall subtab of the
Calculation tab for a link in the Link Database: A(0),
B(1), C(2), D(3), E(4), F(5), G(6) H(7), J(8), K(9),
L(10), M(11), N(12), P(13), Q(14).
cliterfactorc
float(64)
A numerical constant used when the Climate/Terrain

Factor is set for a Vigants link. This is defined on the
for a link in the Link Database
coastalarea
integer
Indicates the Description of the Coastal Area for an

ITU-R P.530-7 link - Inland (0), Over Large Bodies
(1), Over Medium Bodies (2), Indeterminate (3) or
Area of Many Lakes (4).
Page 286
coastalprop
float(64)
The proportion of path length over coastal area for

an ITU-R P.530-7 link. This is defined on the
comments
varchar2(255)
Stores optional comments for a link, defined on the

Mappings tab for a link in the Link Database.
coverscoastal
integer
Indicates whether the Does the path cross over

coastal areas option for a ITU-R P.530-7 link has
createdate
date
createuser
integer

created in.
directradiocap
varchar2(32)
The radio capacity for the linkend equipment (used in

DIRECT only).
directradiofamily
varchar2(64)
The name of the equipment family (used in DIRECT

only).

Name
Data Type
divchannelbased
integer
Constraint
Description
been selected (1) or not (0) Used for the diversity
frequency only.
This is defined on the Frequency subtab of the
Linkend Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.
divchannelkey
integer
divfreqbandkey
integer
not null
A key that uniquely identifies a channel. Used for the

frequency diversity only.
frequency band with the link.
Used for the diversity frequency only.
divfreqchannel
varchar2(32)
The name of the channel used by the frequency

band, defined on the Frequency subtab of the
divpolarisation
integer
Indicates the polarisation for the link, which can be

horizontal (0) or vertical (1). Defined on the
Frequency subtab of the Link Database dialog box.
Used for diversity frequency only.
duplexmethod
integer
Indicates the Duplex Method defined on the Type

subtab of the General tab for a link in the Link
Database. Values are FDD (0) or TDD (1).
errorperformance
float
The A1, B or C parameter value (in %) for the ITU-R

F.1668-1 Calculation Method. This is defined on the
Objective Settings subtab of the Calculation tab for a
excess
float
The Percentage of time the rainfall is exceeded,

defined on the Rainfall subtab of the Calculation tab
flagvalue
varchar2(255)
Stores a unique value, associating a particular field

with the object.
freqbandkey
integer

freqchannel
varchar2(32)

band, defined on the Frequency subtab of the
grade
integer
The Link Grade, defined on the Objectives Settings

Database: high(0), medium(1), local(2).
idname
varchar2(32)
istemplate
integer
Indicates whether the link is a template (1) or not (0).
kfactor
float(64)
The Geoclimatic factor k for an ITU-R 530-7 or 53012 link, defined on the Propagation Prediction subtab
linkkey
integer
linklength
float
The link length (in km) defined on the Objectives

subtab of the Performance tab for a link in the Link
Database.
linkparentkey
integer
Stores a unique number identifying the parent link.

This is used for dual polar and multi-radio links.

not null
not null
The Link ID, defined on the Info subtab of the

General tab for a link in the Link Database.
Primary key, storing a unique number for each link

in the database.
Page 287
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
linktypekey
integer
Stores a unique number associating the link with a

particular link type.
losreqdate
varchar2(32)
The LOS Request sent date, defined on the Type

Database.
losstatus
integer
Indicates the LOS/Link Status - Unknown (0), LOS

(1), No LOS (2), Confirmed LOS (3), Confirmed No
LOS (4).
This is defined on the Type subtab of the General tab
Page 288
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
name1
varchar2(32)
The 1st Name of the link, defined on the Info subtab

of the General tab for a link in the Link Database.
name2
varchar2(32)
The 2nd name of the link, defined on the Info subtab

objecttype
integer
Indicates the link type - Point to point (511), Point to

Multi-point (512), Back to Back PR (514) or Reflector
PR (515).
overhead
integer
The Control Overhead (in kbps), defined on the Type

Database.
overideobsloss
integer
Indicates whether you have overriden the obstruction

loss (1) or not (0).
packetsize
integer
The packet Size in bytes defined on the Type subtab

packettype
integer
The Packet Type, IPv4(0) or IPv6(1), defined on the

pdhsdhmultiple
integer
The number of trunks for a link, defined on the Type

Database.
permission
integer

plvalue
float(64)
The pL Value for an ITU-R P.530-7 link, defined on

the Propagation Prediction subtab of the Calculation
tab for a link in the Link Database.
pointrefrgrad
float(64)
The Point refractivity gradient (in N-unit/km) for an

ITU-R P.530-12 link, defined on the Propagation
Prediction subtab of the Calculation tab for a link in
the Link Database.
polarisation
integer
Indicates the polarisation for the link, which can be

horizontal (0) or vertical (1). Defined on the
Frequency subtab of the Link Database dialog box.
projectno
float
not null
not null



Name
Data Type
propeffect
integer
Constraint
Description
Indicates the Propagation effect used -Rain effect
terrestrial(0), Rain effect slant path(1), Rain rate(2),
Multipath(3), Trans horizon land(4), Trans horizon
sea(5).
This is defined on the Outage Period subtab of the
Calculation tab for a link in the Link Database.
ptpfreqdiv
integer
Indicates whether the frequency diversity option has

been selected (1) or not (0) (Point to point links only).
This is defined on the Frequency subtab of the
radioconfigm
integer
Indicates whether or not the link is protected (1) or

not (0), defined by the M setting of the Select Radio
Configuration Field on the General tab of the Link
Database dialog box.
radioconfign
integer
Indicates the maximum number of traffic links

possible for a multi-radio link, defined by the N
setting of the Select Radio Configuration Field on the
General tab of the Link Database dialog box.
rainrate
float(64)
The Rain Rate for 0.01% (in mm/h), defined on the

Link Database.
rangepk
integer
The range of the link, if one has been set.
reflinklength
integer
The reference link length.
reflinklengthover
integer
Indicates whether the reference link length has been

overriden (1) or not (0).
reflossA
float(64)
The calculated reflection loss at Linkend A, in dB.

This is displayed on the Link Budget subtab of the
reflossB
float(64)
The calculated reflection loss at Linkend A, in dB.

This is displayed on the Link Budget subtab of the

Page 289
Name
Data Type
region
integer
Constraint
Description
Indicates the link Region.
This is defined on the Outage Period subtab of the
Calculation tab for a link in the Link Database:
Global(0),
Europe North West(1),
[North West] [1.3GHz](2),
[North West] [11GHz](3),
[Mediterranean](4),
[Nordic](5), [Alpine](6),
[Poland](7), [Russia](8),
[UK] [40 and 50 GHz](9),
Congo(10),
Canada [Prairie and North](11),
[Coast and Great Lake](12)
[Central and Mountains](13)
United [States of America Virginia](14)
Russia [North European Region](15)
[Central and West European Region](16)
[Middle Volga Region & South Urals](17)
[Central Steppe & South European](18)
[West Siberian Region](19)
[Middle Siberian Plateau & Jakut](20)
[South Far East](21)
Australia [Temperate/Coastal](22)
[Subtropical/Coastal](23)
[Tropical/Arid](24)
Brazil [Equatorial](25)
[Tropical Maritime](26)
[Tropical Inland](27)
[Subtropical](28)
Indonesia(29)
Japan [Tokyo](30)
[Yamaguchi](31)
[Kashima](32)
South Korea(33)
Page 290
shortperiodtype
integer
The terrain type used for short worst period of time

unit: Relatively Flat Path (0), Hilly Path (1),
Mountainous Path (2).
shortperiodunit
integer
The unit used for short worst period of time unit:

Hours (0), Days (1), Weeks (2), Month (3).
shortperiodvalue
integer
The value for the short worst period of time.
singlecapacityvalue
integer
The Single Capacity Value (in Kbps), defined on the

Database.
symmetry
integer
The number of frames out of 100 used for forward

traffic shown in the left-hand Symmetry field on the
Database.
symmetrymp
integer
The number of frames out of 100 used for reverse

traffic shown in the right-hand Symmetry field on the
Database.
syncdelay
float(64)
The Delay in ms defined on the Frequency subtab of

the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the Link
Database.

Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
syncmode
integer
Indicates whether the TDD link is synchronised at

End A (0), End B (1) or is Asynchronised (2). Defined
on the Frequency subtab of the Linkend Settings tab
tempraturefactor
float(64)
Stores a unique number indicating the temperature

factor selected for a Vigants link Southern
Temperature(0), Average Temperature(1), Northern
Temperature(2).
This is defined on the Propagation Prediction sub-tab
terrain5307
integer
Indicates the Terrain Type for an ITU-R P.530-7 link Unknown (0), Plains (1), Hills (2) or Mountains (3).
terrainrough
float(64)
Indicates the Terrain Roughness for a Vigants link.

terrainroughfactor
float(64)
The Terrain Roughness Factor (in m) for a ITU-R

P.530-12 link, defined on the Propagation Prediction
Database.
useautocalcrainrate
integer
Indicates whether the Auto Calc Rain Rate option

has been selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on
the Rainfall subtab of the Calculation tab for a link in
the Link Database.
useclimregion
integer
Indicates whether the Rain Rate for 0.01% has been

defined (0) or the Use Rainzone option has been
selected (1).
This is defined on the Rainfall subtab of the
useitu_826
integer
Indicates whether the Objectives Calculation Method

is set to ITU-R F.1668-1 (0) or ITU-T G.826 (1).
usergroup
integer

userobsloss
float(64)
Stores the user defined obstruction loss.
usesinglevalue
integer
Indicates whether a Single Frequency Value is being

used (1) or not (0).

Page 291
LINKAMCTHRESHOLD
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
linkkey
number(38)
not null
Primary key, a unique number identifying the link.
maxtxpower
float

dialog box for the link.
mintxpower
float

dialog box for the link.
modifyuser
number(38)

to the table.
modtypekey
number(38)
not null

projectno
number(38)
not null

database.
ptplinkendfk
number(38)
not null
A unique number associating the AMC Thresholds table with

a particular link in the database.
radioequip
number(38)
not null
Primary key, a unique number identifying the radio assigned

to this link. This is defined on the Radio sub tab of the
Linkend Settings tab for a link in the database.
radioflag
number(38)
Primary key, a unique number identifying the radio type.
rxpower
float

the link.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + ptplinkendfk) references the PTPLINKEND table
Table LINKATTACH
Page 292
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
attachkey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each attached file in

the database.
comments
varchar2(255)
Stores the optional description that can be added to each

attachment.
filename
varchar2(255)
The file path to the attached file.
linkkey
integer
not null
Indicates the link(s) associated with each attachment.
modifyuser
integer
not null

the table.
projectno
integer
not null

database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + linkkey) reference the LINK table
Table LINKENDANTENNA
Name
Data Type
antennaheight
float
The Height (in m) of the antenna, defined on the

Antenna A (or B) subtab of the Linkend Settings tab
coordtype
integer
Indicates whether the coordinates are stored as a

relative location (1) or an absolute location (0).
Defined on the Antenna A (or B) subtab of the
dryradomeloss
float(64)
The Dry Radome Loss (in dB) of the antenna,

defined on the Antenna A (or B) subtab of the
eirp
float
The User EiRP in dBm Defined on the Antenna A (or

B) subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
Link Database.
idname
varchar2(32)
latitude
float(64)
linkendantennakey
integer
longitude
float(64)
modifyuser
integer
mwantennakey
integer

Antenna Type with the linkend antenna.
overrideactelev
integer
Indicates whether the Override Active Elevation

option has been selected (1) or not (0). This is
defined on the Antenna A/B subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.
overrideantdir
integer
Indicates whether the Override antenna Direction

defined on the Antenna A/B subtab of the Linkend
overrideeirp
integer
Indicates whether the Override EiRP option has been

selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the
Antenna A (or B) subtab of the Linkend Settings tab
projectno
integer
not null

ptplinkendkey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating

the linkend antenna with a particular linkend.

Constraint
not null
Description
The Antenna ID for the antenna.

The Latitude, defined on the Antenna A/B subtab of
the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the Link
Database.
not null

linkend antenna in the database.
The Longitude, defined on the Antenna A/B subtab
of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the Link
Database.
not null

Page 293
Name
Data Type
tilt
float
Constraint
Description
The User Defined Tilt (in degrees), defined on the
This is for information purposes only, and is not used
in any calculations.
useractelev
float
The Actual Elevation (in degrees), defined on the

userantdir
float
The antenna Direction (in degrees), defined on the

wetradomeloss
float(64)
The Wet Radome Loss (in dB), defined on the

Table LINKENDFEED
Page 294
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
feederkey
integer
Stores a unique number associating a

particular feeder type with the linkend.
feederlength
float
The Feeder Length (in m), defined on the

Feeders subtab of the Linkend Settings tab
linkendantennakey
integer
not null
Stores a unique number, associating a

particular antenna with the linkend.
linkendfeedersettingskey
integer
not null

each set of linkend feeder settings in the
database.
modifyuser
integer
not null

overridefeederloss
integer
projectno
integer
not null

ptplinkendkey
integer
not null

associating the feeder setting with a
particular linkend.
radioflag
integer
Indicates which type of antenna the feeder is

attached to - Antenna A Main, Antenna B
Main, Antenna A Diversity or Antenna B
Diversity.
userfeederloss(64)
float
The Total Feeder Loss (in dB), defined on

the Feeders subtab of the Linkend Settings
Indicates whether the Total Feeder Loss has

been overriden (1) or not (0). This is defined
on the Feeders subtab of the Linkend

Foreign Key:
FK1 (projectno + ptplinkendkey) references the PTPLINKEND table
Table LINKLOSVALUES
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
linkloskey
number(38)
not null
Primary Key, storing a unique number for each link status

value in a database.
linklosvalue
varchar2(512)
projectno
number(38)
The name of the link status value, for example Critical LOS.
not null

database.
Table LINKTERMEQUIP
Name
Data Type
cost
float
The Unit cost of the link terminal equipment, defined on

the Costing tab of the Link Terminal Equipment dialog
box.
createdate
date
createuser
integer

created in.
description
varchar2(128)
Stores an optional description of the link terminal

equipment.
idname
varchar2(32)
inputtype
varchar2(128)
linktermequipkey
integer
manufacturer
varchar2(128)
The name of the manufacturer of the link terminal

equipment, defined on the Info tab of the Link Terminal
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
outputtype
varchar2(128)
A user specified number denoting the Output Type,

defined on the Info tab of the Link Terminal Equipment
dialog box.
parentkey
integer
Indicates the folder in which the equipment is stored, in

the Link Terminal Equipment dialog box.
60002 = Second created project folder and so on.

Constraint
not null
Description
The Part ID of the link terminal equipment.

A user specified number denoting the Input Type,
defined on the Info tab of the Link Terminal Equipment
dialog box.
not null
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each link

terminal equipment in the database.

Page 295
Name
Data Type
permission
integer
Constraint

page 18.
photofile
varchar2(128)
Stores the file path to a photo associated with the link

terminal equipment, specified on the General tab of the
Link Terminal Equipment dialog box.
projectno
integer
supplierkey
integer
Stores a number for the link terminal equipment supplier,

defined on the Costing tab of the Link Terminal
usergroup
integer

weight
float
Stores the associated weight of the link terminal

equipment.
not null
Description

a database.
Table LINKTYPE
Page 296
Name
Data Type
Constraint
bearer
integer
Stores a unique number indicating the bearer - microwave

(0), fibre optic (1), copper (2) or satellite (3).
comments
varchar2(256)
Stores any optional comments for the link type.
createdate
date
createuser
integer

fibres
integer
The Number of Fibres for a Fibre Optic link type, defined on

the Link Types dialog box.
idname
varchar2(32)
installcost
float
linktypekey
integer
maintencost
float
The Annual Maintenance Cost, defined in the Link Types

dialog box.
manufacturer
varchar2(64)
The Manufacturer, defined in the Link Types dialog box.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
permission
integer
projectno
integer
rentalcostkm
float
The Annual Rental Cost/Km, defined in the Link Types dialog

box.
usergroup
integer

not null
Description
The link type ID, defined in the Link Types dialog box.
The Installation Cost, defined in the Link Types dialog box.
not null
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each link type in

the database.

to the table.
NOT USED.
not null

database.

Table LINKUDH
Name
DataType
buildingraster
float
Constraint
The building raster height at the point, based on the map

data. This is displayed in the User Defined Profile dialog box.
buildingvector
float
The building vector height at the point, based on the map

cluttervalue
float
The clutter height at the point, based on the map data. This is
displayed in the User Defined Profile dialog box.
distance
float
dtm
float
The DTM height at the point, based on the map data. This is
fresclear
float
The fresnel clearance (in m). This is displayed in the User

Defined Profile dialog box.
linkkeypk
number(38)
losclear
float
The LOS clearance (in m). This is displayed in the User

modifyuser
number(38)

to the table.
projectno
number(38)
theight
float
The total height (in metres). This is displayed in the User

ucluttervalue
float
The clutter height at the point, based on the user-defined

udtmvalue
float
The DTM height at the point, based on the user-defined data.

This is displayed in the User Defined Profile dialog box.
uobstructionvalue
float
The obstruction height at the point, based on the userdefined data. This will be either the building vector or building
raster height, whichever is greater. This is displayed in the
User Defined Profile dialog box.
not null
not null
not null
Description
Primary key, storing the Distance (km) from End A. This is

Primary key, storing a unique number for each link in a

database.

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + linkkeypk) references the LINKUDPROF table

Page 297
Table LINKUDPROF
Name
DataType
createdate
date
Constraint
createuser
number(38)

linkkeypk
number(38)
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
permission
number(38)
projectno
number(38)
usergroup
number(38)
not null
Description
Primary key, indicating the link used for the user defined
profile.
not null

the table.
not null

database.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + linkkeypk) references the LINK table
Table MODULATIONTYPE
Page 298
Name
DataType
bitspersymbol
float
Constraint
The bits per symbol for the modulation type, defined in the
Modulation Types dialog box.
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)
defaultkn
float
The default Kn value, defined in the Modulation Types dialog box.
idname
varchar2(64)
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
not null

the table.
modtypepk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each modulation type

in the database.
permission
number(38)
projectno
number(38)
not null
Description
The name of the modulation type, defined in the Modulation

Types dialog box.
not null

database.

Name
DataType
usergroup
number(38)
Constraint
Description
Table MWANTENNATYPE
Name
Data Type
cost
float
The Unit cost of the antenna, defined on the Costing tab of

the Microwave Antennas dialog box.
createdate
date
createuser
integer

description
varchar2(128)
Stores an optional description for a microwave antenna.

This is defined on the General tab of the Microwave
diameter
float
The Diameter (in m), defined on the Info tab of the

Microwave Antennas dialog box.
equipiconkey
integer

each microwave antenna.
fccid
varchar2(20)
The FCC/ETSI id defined on the Info tab of the Microwave

Antennas dialog box. This is only used for NSMA antennas.
frequency
float
The Frequency Band (in MHz), defined on the Info tab of

fronttobackratio
float
The Front to Back Ratio (in dB), defined on the Info tab of
gain
float
The Gain Value, defined on the Info tab of the Microwave

Antennas dialog box (in dBi or dBd).
gaintype
integer
Indicates whether the gain is measured in dBi (0) (isotropic

antennas) or dBd (1) (dipole antennas).
halfpowerbeamwidth
float
The half power beam width id defined on the Info tab of the
Microwave Antennas dialog box. This is only used for
NSMA antennas.
idname
varchar2(128)
manufacturer
varchar2(64)
The name of the manufacturer of the microwave antenna.
mask
clob
Stores pattern data, particularly the Pattern Type and Mask

Type and the horizontal and vertical angle loss data.
maskstyle
integer
Indicates the mask style defined on the Info tab of the

Microwave Antennas dialog box which can be symmetrical
(0) or non symmetrical (1).
maxopfreq
float
The Max Oper Frequency (in MHz), defined on the Info tab
of the Microwave Antennas dialog box.
minopfreq
float
The Min Oper Frequency (in MHz), defined on the Info tab
of the Microwave Antennas dialog box.
modifydate
date

Constraint
not null
Description
The Part ID, defined on the General tab of the Microwave

Page 299
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
modifyuser
integer
not null

to the table.
mwantennakey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each microwave

parentkey
integer
Stores a unique number, identifying the parent folder of the

microwave antenna.
patternid
varchar2(20)
The pattern id defined on the Info tab of the Microwave

Antennas dialog box.This is only used for NSMA antennas.
permission
integer
NOT USED.
photofile
varchar2(128)
Stores the file path to a photo associated with the

microwave antenna, specified on the General tab of the
polarisation
integer
The type of polarisation supported on the antenna, single

horizontal (0), single vertical (1), single crosspolar (2) or
dual polarisation (3). This is defined on the Info tab of the
projectno
integer
supplierkey
integer
Stores a number identifying the microwave antenna

supplier, defined on the Costing tab of the Microwave
tilttype
integer
Specifies the type of tilt associated with the antenna, either

mechanical (1) or electrical (0).
usergroup
integer

weight
float
The Weight (in kg) associated with ms antenna type.
not null

database.
Table PMPCARRIER
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
additionalcarriertraffic
float
The Additional Carrier Traffic in kbps defined on

the Type tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
atpcrange
float
Stores the atpcrange value in dB defined on the

Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
capacitytype
integer
If the PDH/SDH Capacity option has been

selected, this number corresponds to a particular
carrier capacity type.
For PDH, possible values are 0 to 5 (for E0 to E5
respectively), 6 to 9 (for T1 to T4 respectively)
and 10-14 (for J1 to J5 respectively).
For SDH, possible values are 15 to 19 (for STM1
, STM4, STM16, STM64 and STM264
respectively) and 20 to 28 (for STS1, STS3,
STS9, STS12, STS18, STS36, STS48, STS192,
STS768).
This is stored on the Type tab for a PmP Carrier
in the Link Database.
Page 300

Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
channelbased
integer

been selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on
the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
comments
varchar2(255)
Stores optional comments, defined on the

General tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
createdate
date
createuser
integer

divatpcrange
float

Database.
divchannelbased
integer

Database.
divenableamc
integer
not null
Indicates whether the Enable AMC option is

selected (1) or not (0) for this carrier. Defined on
the Modulation/Capacity tab for a carrier in the
Link Database.
divenableatpc
integer
Indicates whether the enable Enable ATPC

defined on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the
Link Database.
divenablenompower
integer
Indicates whether or not the nominal power

(Pnom) is enabled (1) or not (0). This is defined
on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
divfreqbandkey
number

divfreqbw
float(64)
The Frequency Bandwidth (in MHz), defined on

Database.
divfreqcentre
float(64)
The Centre Frequency (in GHz), defined on the

Database.
divfreqchannel
varchar2(32)

band, defined on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier

Page 301
Name
Data Type
divfreqdesig
integer
Constraint
Description
The Frequency Designation, either High (0) or
Low (1), defined on the Radio tab for a PmP
Carrier in the Link Database.
divhighpriority
availability
float
The High Priority Availability percentage defined

on the Modulation/Capacity tab for a PmP
divhighprioritythroughput
float
The High Priority Throughput in Mbps defined on

the Modulation/Capacity tab for a PmP Carrier
divoverrideamc
integer
not null
Indicates whether the suggested modulation type

has been overridden (1) or not (0). Defined on
Link Database.
divoverrideatpcrange
integer
Indicates whether the ATPC Range Override

option is selected (1) or not (0). This is defined
Database.
divoverride
modulationtype
integer
not null
If the suggested modulation type has been

overridden, this number is the primary key for the
chosen modulation type as defined in the
modulation type table.
divpolarisation
integer
Indicates the type of polarisation on the Radio

tab of the Link Database which can be horizontal
(1) or vertical (2).
divpower
float
The Tx Power (in dBm), defined on the Radio tab

for a PmP Carrier in the Link Database.
divradioequip
integer
Stores a unique number identifying the radio

equipment assigned to the PmP carrier. This is
Link Database.
divradiomaxpower
float
The maximum power (Pmax) in dB defined on

Database.
divradiominpower
float
The minimum power (Pmin) in dB defined on the

Database.
Page 302

Name
Data Type
divradionompower
float
Constraint
Description
The nominal power (Pnom) in dB defined on the
Database.
divradmou
integer
Indicates the Operating Mode - Single (0), HotSB

(1), HotSB + Space div. (2), 1+1 (single ant.) (3),
1+1 (2 ant.) (4).
This is defined on the Radio tab for a PmP
divradthresh
integer
The Threshold - either the 1st specified (0) or the

2nd (1) - defined on the Radio tab for a PmP
divrequiredavailability
float
The Required Availability percentage defined on

divrequired
throughput
float
not null
The required throughput value in Mbps defined

on the Modulation/Capacity tab for a carrier in
the Link Database.
divrxattenuator
float(64)
The Rx Atten. Losses (in dB), defined on the

Database.
divrxbranchloss
float(64)
The Rx Branching Loss (in dB), defined on the

Database.
divrxmiscloss
float(64)
The Rx Misc Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio

tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link Database.
divsuggested
modulationtype
integer
not null
The primary key of the suggested modulation

type chosen by CONNECT. This references the
MODULATIONTYPE table.
divtxattenuator
float(64)
The Tx Atten. Losses (in dB), defined on the

Database.
divtxbranchloss
float(64)
The Tx Branching Loss (in dB), defined on the

Database.
divtxmiscloss
float(64)
The Tx Misc Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio


Page 303
Name
Data Type
divxpifvalue
float(64)
Constraint
Description
The XPIF (in dB), defined on the Radio tab for a
PmP Carrier in the Link Database.
Page 304
duplexmethod
integer
Indicates the Duplex Method defined on the

Typel tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
enableamc
integer
enableatpc
integer
Indicates whether the Enable ATPC option has

Database.
enablenompower
integer
Indicates whether or not the nominal power

(Pnom) is enabled (1) or not (0). This is defined
Database.
freqbandkey
integer

freqbw
float(64)
The Frequency Bandwidth (in MHz), defined on

Database.
freqcentre
float(64)

Database.
freqchannel
varchar2(32)

band, defined on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier
freqdesig
integer
The Frequency Designation, either High (0) or

Low (1), defined on the Radio tab for a PmP
freqdiv
integer
Indicates whether the Frequency Diversity option

has been selected (1) or not (0). This is defined
Database.
highpriority
availability
float
The High Priority Availability percentage defined

on the Modulation/Capacity tab for a PmP
highpriority
throughput
float
The High Priority Throughput in Mbps defined on

idname
varchar2(32)
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
name1
varchar2(32)
The 1st Name, defined on the General tab for a

name2
varchar2(32)
The 2nd Name, defined on the General tab for a

not null
not null
Indicates whether the Enable AMC option is

selected (1) or not (0) for this carrier. Defined on
the Modulation/
Capacity tab for a carrier in the Link Database.
The Carrier ID, defined on the General tab for a

not null


Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
overhead
integer
overrideamc
integer
overrideatpcrange
integer
override
modulationtype
integer
packetsize
integer
The Packet Size in bytes defined on the Type

packettype
integer
The Packet Type, IPv4(0) or IPv6(1), defined on

the Type tab tab a PmP carrier in the Link
pdhsdhmultiple
integer
The multiplier used along with the capacity type

to calculate the carrier capacity - for example, if
the carrier capacity was 2 x E1, the
pdhsdhmultiple value would be 2.
The Carrier Overhead (in Kbps), stored on the

Type tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link Database.
not null

has been overridden (1) or not (0). Defined on
Link Database.
Indicates whether the ATPC Range Override
option is selected (1) or not (0). This is defined
Database.
not null

chosen modulation type as defined in the
modulation type table.
This value is used when the PDH/SDH option

has been selected on the Type tab for a PmP
permission
integer
pmpcarrierkey
integer
not null

PmP carrier in the database.
pmpsectorkey
integer
not null
Stores a unique number associating the PmP

carrier with a particular PmP sector.
polarisation
integer
Indicates the type of polarisation on the Radio

tab of the Link Database which can be horizontal
(1) or vertical (2).
power
float
The Tx Power (in dBm), defined on the Radio tab

for a PmP Carrier in the Link Database.
projectno
integer
radioequip
integer

Link Database.
radiomaxpower
float
The maximum power (Pmax) in dB defined on

Database.
radiominpower
float

Database.


for the user, the default group they belong to and
all other users. For more information on this, see
not null

Page 305
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
radionompower
float
The nominal power (Pnom) in dB defined on the

Database.
radmou
integer
Indicates the Operating Mode - Single (0), HotSB

(1), HotSB + Space div. (2), 1+1 (single ant.) (3),
1+1 (2 ant.) (4).
This is defined on the Radio tab for a PmP
radthresh
integer

2nd (1) - defined on the Radio tab for a PmP
required
availability
float
The Required Availability percentage defined on

required
throughput
float
rxattenuator
float(64)
The Rx Atten. Losses (in dB), defined on the

Database.
rxbranchloss
float(64)
The Rx Branching Loss (in dB), defined on the

Database.
rxmiscloss
float(64)

singlecapacityvalue
integer
The carrier capacity in Kbps.
not null
The required throughput value in Mbps defined

on the Modulation/Capacity tab for a carrier in
the Link Database.
This value is used when the Single Value option

has been selected on the Type tab for a PmP
Page 306
suggested
modulationtype
integer
not null
The primary key of the suggested modulation

type chosen by CONNECT. This references the
symmetry
integer
The number of frames out of 100 used for

forward traffic shown in the left-hand Symmetry
field on the Type tab for a PmP Carrier in the
Link Database.
symmetrymp
integer
The number of frames out of 100 used for

reverse traffic shown in the right-hand Symmetry
field on the Type tab for a PmP Carrier in the
Link Database.
syncdelay
float
The Delay in ms defined on the Type tab for a

txattenuator
float(64)
The Tx Atten. Losses (in dB), defined on the

Database.
txbranchloss
float(64)
The Tx Branching Loss (in dB), defined on the

Database.
txmiscloss
float(64)

usergroup
integer


Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
usesinglevalue
integer
Indicates whether the carrier capacity is stored

as a single value (1) or not (0).
xpifvalue
float(64)
The XPIF (in dB), defined on the Radio tab for a

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + pmpsectorkey) references the PMPSECTOR table
Table PMPHUB
Name
Data Type
Constraint
comments
varchar2(255)
Stores optional comments, defined on the General tab for a

PmP Hub in the Link Database.
createdate
date
createuser
integer

idname
varchar2(32)
istemplate
integer
Indicates whether the PmP hub is a template (1) or not (0).
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
name1
varchar2(32)
The 1st Name, defined on the General tab for a PmP Hub in
the Link Database.
name2
varchar2(32)
The 2nd Name, defined on the General tab for a PmP Hub in
the Link Database.
permission
integer
pmphubkey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each PmP Hub in

the database.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
siteaddrkey
integer
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the PmP hub with a

particular Property.
usergroup
integer
not null
not null
Description
The Hub ID, defined on the General tab for a PmP Hub in the
Link Database.

to the table.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + siteaddrkey) references the SITEADDRESS table

Page 307
Table PMPHUBLINKEND
Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
annualavail
float
The annual availability percentage defined on the Reliability

subtab of the Performance tab for a Point to Multi Point (PMP)
annualreliab
float
The total annual reliability percentage defined on the on the

Reliability subtab of the Performance tab for a PMP link in the
Link Database.
avgrefractivity
float(64)
The average refractivity value at the linkend.
bearing
float
The orientation of each of the antennas mounted on the sites

in the database.
cmpfademargin
float
The composite fade margin (in dB) defined on the Fade

Margin subtab of the Performance tab for a PMP link in the
Link Database.
createdate
date
createuser
integer

divcmpfademargin
float
The composite fade margin (in dB) defined on the Fade

Margin subtab of the Performance tab for a PMP link in the
Link Database.
divrxlevel
float
The link length (in km) defined on the Objectives subtab of the
Performance tab for a PMP link in the link database.
Page 308
inclination
float
The tilting calculated by the tool to ensure the antenna dishes

on either side of the link are directly facing each other. A
positive value represents a downtilt and a negative one an
uptilt.
linkkey
integer
linktermequipkey
integer
Key used to uniquely identify each link termination equipment

in the table.
minantheight
float
The minimum antenna height.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
permission
integer
pmpcarrierkey
integer
Key used to uniquely identify each pmp carrier in the table.
pmphubkey
integer
not null
Key used to identify each pmp hub in the table.
pmphublinkendkey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each PmP hub

linkend in the table.
pmpsectorkey
integer
projectno
integer
not null
not null
Key used to uniquely identify each link in the table.

the table.
Key used to uniquely identify each pmp sector in the table.

not null

database.

Name
Data Type
Constraint
Description
rxlevel
float
The Rx Level (in dBm) defined on the Link Budget subtab of

the Performance tab for a PMP link in the Link Database.
usergroup
integer

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + linkkey) references the LINK table
FK2 (projectno + pmphubkey) references the PMPHUB table
Table PMPSECTOR
Name
Data Type
comments
varchar2(255)
Stores optional comments, defined on the General tab for a

PmP sector in the Link Database.
createdate
date
createuser
integer

idname
varchar2(32)
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
name1
varchar2(32)
The 1st Name of the sector, defined on the General tab for
a PmP sector in the Link Database.
name2
varchar2(32)
The 2nd Name of the sector, defined on the General tab for
overridenbwdeg
float
If the Override Sector BW option has been selected, this

field stores the Sector BW value in degrees.
overridebw
integer
Indicates whether the Override Sector BW option has been

selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the General tab for
permission
integer
18.
pmphubkey
integer
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the PmP sector with a

particular PmP hub.
pmpsectorkey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each PmP sector

in the database.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
rangemtr
float
The sector range (in m), defined on the General tab for a
PmP sector in the Link Database.
usergroup
integer


Constraint
not null
Description
The Sector ID, defined on the General tab for a PmP sector
not null

to the table.
Page 309
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + pmphubkey) references the PMPHUB table
Table PRLINKEND
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
createdate
date
createuser
integer

linkendtype
integer
not null
Indicates the type of PR, either back to back (524) or reflector

(525).
linkfk
integer
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the PR linkend with a

particular link.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
permission
integer
prlinkend_pk
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each PR linkend in

the database.
prlinkfk
integer
not null
Stores a unique number associating the PR linkend with a

particular PR link.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
siteaddressfk
integer
Stores a unique number, associating the PR linkend with a

particular Property.
usergroup
integer

waveguidelength
float
The Waveguide Length (in m), defined on the Passive

Repeater subtab of the Frequency tab for a PR link in the Link
Database.
waveguidelossperm
float
The Waveguide Loss/m (in dB), defined on the Passive

Repeater subtab of the Frequency tab for a PR link in the Link
Database.

not null

the table.
Foreign Keys:
Page 310

Table PRLLINK
Name
DataType
createdate
date
Constraint
createuser
number(38)

idname
varchar2(32)
istemplate
number(38)
Indicates whether or not the PR link is a template (1) or not (0).
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
objecttype
integer
Indicates the type of PR, Back to Back (514) or Reflector (515).
permission
number(38)
prlpk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each PR link in the

database.
projectno
number(38)
not null

database.
usergroup
number(38)
not null
not null
Description
The Link ID, defined on the Info subtab of the General tab for a
Passive Repeater (PR) link in the Link Database.

the table.

Table PRLREF
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
legno
integer
linkpk
integer
not null
Primary key, uniquely identifying the link.
modifyuser
integer
not null

the table.
objecttype
integer
not null
Indicates the type of PR link, either Back to Back (514) or

Reflector (515).
prlpk
integer
not null
Primary key storing the passive repeater link identifier
projectno
integer
not null

database.
Field representing the joining section for the passive repeater

link.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + linkpk) references the LINK table
FK2 (projectno + prlpk) references the PRLLINK table

Page 311
Table PTPLINKEND
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
additionallinktraffic
float (64)
The Additional Link Traffic value (kbps), defined on

the Routes tab for a link in the Link Database.
annualavail
float(64)
The annual availability (%), displayed on the

Reliability subtab of the Performance tab for a link in
the Link Database.
annualreliab
float(64)
The total annual reliability (%), displayed on the

Reliability subtab of the Performance tab for a link in
the Link Database.
atpcrange
float
The ATPC Range value (dB) defined on the Radio

subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
Link Database.
This parameter is only used if the Enable ATPC
option is selected.
avgrefractivity
float(64)
The average refractivity value, defined on the

Link Database.
bearing
float
The Direction (degrees) of each of the antennas

configured on the Antenna subtab of the Linkend
channelcapacityenum
Channelcapacityenum is the enum (enumerated

value) that corresponds to a capacity type (such as
E1 or STM16). In the code each capacity type has a
corresponding numerical value (for example, the
label E1 corresponds to 1 and T1 to 6). These values
are stored in the database so if a link or radio
equipment is set to use T1 - it's database entry will
be 6. This can be translated back to T1.
This is used in conjunction with the noofchannels
parameter to specify the capacity for a Native TDM
or Hybrid IP and TDM link, and is defined on the
Database.
channellist
If the user has specified his own number of channels,

this parameter stores this value. Multiple values can
be specified.
This is defined on the Frequency tab of the Radio
cmpfademargin
float(64)
The composite fade margin (in dB) defined on the

Fade Margin subtab of the Performance tab for a link
createdate
date
createuser
integer

created in.
divcmpfademargin
float(64)
The composite fade margin (in dB) defined on the

Fade Margin subtab of the Performance tab for a link
Page 312

Name
DataType
divatpcrange
float
Constraint
Description
Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in
the Link Database.
divenableamc
integer
not null
Indicates whether the Enable AMC option is selected

(1) or not (0) for this linkend. Defined on the
Modulation/Capacity tab for a link in the Link
Database.
divenableatpc
integer
Indicates whether the enable Enable ATPC option

the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a
divenablenompower
integer
Indicates whether or not the nominal power (Pnom)

is enabled (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Radio
Link Database.
divfreqbw
float(64)
The Frequency Bandwidth (in MHz), defined on the

divfreqcentre
float(64)

divfreqdesig
integer
The Frequency Designation, either High (0) or Low

(1), defined on the Frequency subtab of the Linkend
divhighpriority
availability
The High Priority Availability percentage defined on

the Modulation/Capacity subtab of the Linkend
divhighpriority
throughput
The High Priority Throughput in Mbps defined on the

Modulation/Capacity subtab of the Linkend Settings
divoverrideamc
integer
not null

has been overridden (1) or not (0). Defined on the
Modulation/
Capacity tab for a link in the Link Database.
divoverrideatpcrange
integer
Indicates whether the ATPC Range Override option

is selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Radio
Link Database.

Page 313
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
divoverride
modulationtype
integer
not null

chosen modulation type as defined in the modulation
type table.
divpower
float
The Tx Power (in dBm), defined on the Radio subtab

Database.
divradioequip
integer

defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings
divradiomaxpower
float
The maximum power (Pmax) in dB defined on the

the Link Database.
divradiominpower
float

the Link Database.
divradionompower
float
The nominal power (Pnom) defined on the Radio

Link Database.
divradmou
integer
Indicates the Operating Mode - Single (0), HotSB (1),

HotSB + Space div. (2), 1+1 (single ant.) (3), 1+1 (2
ant.) (4).
This is defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend
divradthresh
integer

2nd (1) - defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend
divrequired
availability
The Required Availability percentage defined on the

divrequired
throughput
float
not null
The required throughput value in Mbps defined on

the Modulation/Capacity tab for a link in the Link
Database.
divrxattenuator
float(64)
The Rx Atten. Losses (in dB), defined on the Radio

Link Database.
Page 314

Name
DataType
divrxbranchloss
float(64)
Constraint
Description
The Rx Branching Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio
Link Database.
divrxlevel
float(64)
The Rx Level (in dBm) defined on the Link Budget

Database.
divrxmiscloss
float(64)

Link Database.
divsuggested
modulationtype
integer
not null
The primary key of the suggested modulation type

chosen by CONNECT. This references the
divtxattenuator
float(64)
The Tx Atten. Losses (in dB), defined on the Radio

Link Database.
divtxbranchloss
float(64)
The Tx Branching Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio

Link Database.
divtxmiscloss
float(64)

Link Database.
divxpifvalue
float
The XPIF (in dB), defined on the Radio subtab of the

enableamc
integer
enableatpc
integer
Indicates whether the enable Enable ATPC option

the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a
enablenompower
integer
Indicates whether or not the nominal power (Pnom)

is enabled (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Radio
Link Database.
ethernetip
freqbw

not null
Indicates whether the Enable AMC option is selected

(1) or not (0) for this linkend. Defined on the
Modulation/Capacity tab for a link in the Link
Database.
The Ethernet/IP Capacity in kbps defined on the

Database.
float(64)
The Frequency Bandwidth (in MHz), defined on the

Page 315
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
freqcentre
float(64)

freqdesig
integer
The Frequency Designation, either High (0) or Low

(1), defined on the Frequency subtab of the Linkend
highpriority
availability
The High Priority Availability percentage defined on

highpriority
throughput
The High Priority Throughput in Mbps defined on the

inclination
float
Stores the tilting computed by the tool to ensure the

antenna dishes on either side of the link are directly
facing each other. A positive value represents a
downtilt and a negative one an up tilt.
isenda
integer
Indicates whether the linkend is end A (1) or not (0).
linkkey
integer
linktermequipkey
integer
Stores a unique number, associating a particular link

terminal equipment with the linkend.
minantheight
float
Field that specifies the minimum antenna height.
modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
noofchannels
integer
not null
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the linkend with

a particular link.

The number of channels, which is used in
conjunction with the channelcapacityenum parameter
to specify the capacity for a Native TDM or Hybrid IP
and TDM link.
Page 316
objecttype
integer
Stores a unique number identifying the object type

for development use only:
point to point linkend (521)
multi radio sub linkend (565)
dual polar sub linkend (567)
multi radio linkend (568)
dual polar linkend (570)
overrideamc
integer
not null

has been overridden (1) or not (0). Defined on the
Modulation/
Capacity tab for a link in the Link Database.
overrideatpcrange
integer
not null
Indicates whether the ATPC Range Override option

is selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Radio
Link Database.
overridedivspacing
integer
Indicates whether the Optimum Diversity Spacing

option is selected (1), or not (0). This is defined on
the Feeders subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a

Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
override
modulationtype
integer
not null

chosen modulation type as defined in the modulation
type table.
permission
integer

power
float
The Tx Power (in dBm), defined on the Radio subtab

Database.
This value is also stored on the Link Budget subtab
of the Performance tab.
projectno
integer
not null

ptplinkendkey
integer
not null
Primary key storing a unique number for each

linkend in the database.
radioequipkey
integer

radio equipment with the linkend.
radiomaxpower
float
The maximum power (Pmax) in dB defined on the

the Link Database.
radiominpower
float

the Link Database.
radionompower
float
The nominal power (Pnom) defined on the Radio

Link Database.
radmou
integer
Indicates the Operating Mode - Single (0), HotSB (1),

HotSB + Space div. (2), 1+1 (single ant.) (3), 1+1 (2
ant.) (4).
This is defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend
radthresh
integer

2nd (1) - defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend
required
availability
The Required Availability percentage defined on the

required
throughput
float
rxattenuator
float(64)
The Rx Atten. Losses (in dB), defined on the Radio

Link Database.
rxlevel
float(64)
The Rx Level (in dBm) defined on the Link Budget

Database.
rxbranchloss
float(64)
The Rx Branching Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio

Link Database.

not null
The Required Throughput value in Mbps defined on

Page 317
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
rxmiscloss
float(64)
siteaddrkey
integer
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the linkend with

a particular Property.
suggested
modulationtype
integer
not null
The primary key of the suggested modulation type

chosen by CONNECT. This references the
txattenuator
float(64)
The Tx Atten. Losses (in dB), defined on the Radio

Link Database.
txbranchloss
float(64)
The Tx Branching Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio

Link Database.
txmiscloss
float(64)

Link Database.

Link Database.
usepdhsdh
Indicates whether the PDH option (1) or the SDH

option (0) is selected the Type subtab of the General
usergroup
integer

xpifvalue
float
The XPIF (in dB), defined on the Radio subtab of the

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + linkkey) references the LINK table
FK2 (projectno + siteaddrkey) references the SITEADDRESS table
Table RADIOAMCTHRESHOLD
Page 318
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
maxtxpower
float

dialog box for the radio.
mintxpower
float

dialog box for the radio.
modifyuser
number(38)

to the table.
modtypekey
number(38)
not null

projectno
number(38)
not null

database.
radioequippk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, associating the AMC thresholds table with a

particular radio in the database.

Name
DataType
rxpower
float
Constraint
Description
the radio.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + radioequippk) references the RADIOEQUIP table
Table RADIOEQUIP
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
ad
float
The Dispersive fade margin, defined on the

Signature tab of the Radio Equipment dialog
box.
amctypes
varchar2(350)
Stores the types of AMC Modulation Schemes

available to this radio equipment, stored on the
Configuration tab of the Radio Equipment dialog
box.
approxselective
integer
Indicates whether the Approximation Method for

selective multipath fading option has been
box.
atpcrange
float
The ATPC Range value (in dB), defined on the

Info tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.
bitsperblock
integer
The number of bits per block defined on the Info

tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.
blockspersecond
integer
The number of blocks per second defined on the

bm
float
The Bm value (in dB), defined on the Signature

bnm
float
The Bnm value (in dB), defined on the Signature

channelcapacity
float
Describes the channel capacity for each radio

equipment element defined in the database.
channelcapacityenum
integer
Channelcapacityenum is the enum (enumerated

value) that corresponds to a capacity type (such
as E1 or STM16). In the code each capacity type
has a corresponding numerical value (for
example, the label E1 corresponds to 1 and T1
to 6). These values are stored in the database so
if a link or radio equipment is set to use T1 - it's
database entry will be 6. This can be translated
back to T1.
This is used in conjunction with the noofchannels
parameter to specify the capacity for a Native
TDM or Hybrid IP and TDM link, and is defined
on the Configuration tab of the Radio Equipment
dialog box.

Page 319
Name
DataType
channellist
varchar2
Constraint
Description
If the user has specified his own number of
channels, this parameter stores this value.
Multiple values can be specified.
This is defined on the Frequency tab of the
Radio Equipment dialog box.
cost
float
The Unit cost, defined on the Costing tab of the

createdate
date
createuser
integer

description
varchar2(256)
Optional entry that provides more information on

the equipment added to this Radio Equipment
dialog box.
dispersive
integer
Indicates whether the Dispersive Fade Margin

defined on the Signature tab of the Radio
dupmethod
integer
The Duplexing Method , either FDD (0) or TDD

(1), defined on the Frequency tab of the Radio
equaliser
number
Indicates whether the Equaliser Used option has

been selected (1) or not (0) for the
Approximation Method. This is defined on the
box.
family
varchar2(64)
Stores the DIRECT radio family type.
fktb
float
The FKTB, defined on the Info tab of the Radio

framesize
float
The Frame Size (in ms) defined on the

box.
freqband
float
The Frequency Band (in GHz), defined on the

Frequency tab of the Radio Equipment dialog
box.
freqbw
float
The Radio Frequency Bandwidth (in MHz),

defined on the Frequency tab of the Radio
idname
varchar2(32)
kn
float
The Kn value for the Approximation Method,

defined on the Signature of the Radio Equipment
dialog box.
knratio
float
The Reduced ratio for the Kn value for the

Approximation Method, defined on Signature tab
of the Radio Equipment dialog box.
latency
manufacturer
Page 320
not null
The Part ID for the radio equipment, defined on

the General tab of the Radio Equipment dialog
box.
The Latency (in ms) defined on the Configuration

varchar2(64)
The radio equipment Manufacturer, defined on

the Info tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.

Name
DataType
maxcapacity
float
Constraint
Description
The maximum IP capacity (in Kbps) defined on
the Configuration tab of the Radio Equipment
dialog box for a Native IP radio or Hybrid radio.
maxipcapacity
The IP Interference Capacity (in Kbps) defined

dialog box.
maxopfreq
float
The Maximum Operating Frequency (in GHz),

maxpower
float
The Max-Tx Power (in dBm), defined on the Info

minopfreq
float
The Minimum Operating Frequency (in GHz),

minpower
float
The Min-Tx Power (in dBm), defined on the Info

modifydate
date
modifyuser
integer
modtypekey
integer
Stores a number identifying the Modulation Type

that has been selected on the Info tab of the
modulation
varchar2(32)
The Modulation Method, defined on the

box.
moucoldsb
float
The Rx Branching Loss for HotSB + space div,

defined on the Loss tab of the Radio Equipment
dialog box.
moudualnm
float
The Rx Branching Loss for Dual (no modulation)

dialog box.
mouhotsb
float
The Rx Branching Loss for HotSB, defined on

the Loss tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.
mouoneplusone
float
The Rx Branching Loss for 1+1 (single ant.),

dialog box.
mouoneplustwo
float
The Rx Branching Loss for 1+1 (2 ant.), defined

on the Loss tab of the Radio Equipment dialog
box.
mousingle
float
The Rx Branching Loss for Single, defined on

mousinglenm
float
The Rx Branching Loss for Single (no

modulation) defined on the Loss tab of the Radio
msm
float
Stores the msm value.
mtbf
float
The MTBF (year), defined on the Info tab of the

multiradio
integer
Indicates whether the 'Can be Used As Part of a

Multi-radio Link' option has been selected (1) or
not (0). This is defined on the Configuration tab

not null

Page 321
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
noisefig
float
The noise figure (dB) used to calculate FKTB,

defined on the Info tab of the Radio Equipment
dialog box.
noisetemp
float
The noise temperature used to calculate FKTB,

defined on the Info tab of the Radio Equipment
dialog box.
noofchannels
integer
The number of channels, which is used in

conjunction with the channelcapacityenum
parameter to specify the capacity for a Native
TDM or Hybrid IP and TDM link.
This is defined on the Frequency tab of the
Page 322
operatingmode
integer
not null
override
integer
Indicates whether the Override checkbox on the

Info tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box has
overrideatpcrange
integer
Indicates whether the Enable ATPC checkbox on

the Info tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box
parentkey
integer
Indicates the folder in which the equipment is

stored, in the Radio Equipment dialog box.
40002 = Second created project folder, and so
on.
permission
integer
NOT USED.
photofile
varchar2(128)
Stores the file path to a photo associated with

the radio equipment, specified on the General
projectno
integer
protected
integer
radioequipkey
integer
radiotype
integer
The radio type that the equipment uses, either

PDH (0) or SDH (1).
rberthreshold
float
The RBER threshold (in dBm) defined on the

residualber
varchar2(32)
The residual BER threshold (in dBm) defined on

the Info tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.
sber
varchar2(32)
The SES BER defined on the Info tab of the

sdhnmstatus
integer
FOR FUTURE USE.
selectedamc
integer
Identifies the AMC Modulation Scheme defined

dialog box.
not null
Indicates the radio type defined on the General

tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box - Native
TDM (0), Native IP (1) or Hybrid IP and TDM (2).

Indicates whether the Protected option has been
selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Info
not null

radio equipment in the database.

Name
DataType
selective
integer
Indicates whether the Signature information for

selective multipath fading option has been
box.
sesthreshold
float
The SES threshold (in dBm) defined on the Info

singlevalue
float
Stores the Single Value capacity (in Kbps),

defined on the Configuration tab of the Radio
supplierkey
integer
Stores a number for the radio equipment

supplier, defined on the Costing tab of the Radio
taum
float
The TAUm (ns), defined on the Signature tab of

the Radio Equipment dialog box.
taunm
float
The TAUnm (ns), defined on the Signature tab of

thresh1ber
integer
The BER for Threshold 1, defined on the Info tab

thresh1db
float
Threshold 1 (in dBm), defined on the Info tab of

thresh2ber
integer
The BER for Threshold 2, defined on the Info tab

thresh2db
float
Threshold 2 (in dBm), defined on the Info tab of

tiobjective
float
The T/I Objective value (in dB), defined on the

trafficchannel
integer
Indicates the Traffic Channel, either PDH (0) or

SDH (1), defined on the Frequency tab of the
transitiongap
float
The Transition Gap in ms defined on the

box.
txmoucoldsb
float
The Tx Branching Loss for HotSB + space div,

dialog box.
txmoudualnm
float
The Tx Branching Loss for Dual (no modulation)

dialog box.
txmouhotsb
float
The Tx Branching Loss for HotSB, defined on

txmouoneplusone
float
The Tx Branching Loss for 1+1 (single ant.),

dialog box.
txmouoneplustwo
float
The Tx Branching Loss for 1+1 (2 ant.), defined

on the Loss tab of the Radio Equipment dialog
box.
txmousingle
float
The Tx Branching Loss for Single, defined on the

Loss tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.

Constraint
Description
Page 323
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
txmousinglenm
float
The Tx Branching Loss for Single (no

modulation), defined on the Loss tab of the
useamc
integer
Indicates whether the AMC option is selected (1)

or not (0), defined on the Configuration tab of the
usemsm
integer
Indicates whether or not msm is being used.
usergroup
integer

weight
float
Stores the weight associated with the radio

equipment.
wm
float
The Wm (in GHz), defined on the Signature tab

wnm
float
The Wnm (in GHz), defined on the Signature tab

xpifvalue
float
The XPIF (in dB), defined on the Info tab of the

Table RADIOMASK
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
attenvalue
float
masktype
number(38)
modifyuser
number(38)
offsetvalue
number(38)
not null
Primary key, The offset (in MHz) defined on the Tx Spectrum

tab or the Rx Selectivity tab of the Radio Equipment dialog
box.
projectno
number(38)
not null

database.
radioequippk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, indicating the radio equipment on which the

mask is set.
The attenuation (in dB) defined on the Tx Spectrum tab or the

Rx Selectivity tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.
not null
Primary key, The mask type defined on the Tx Spectrum tab

or the Rx Selectivity tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.
This can be receive (1) or transmit (0).
the table.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + radioequippk) references the RADIOEQUIP table
Page 324

Table REFLECTOR
Name
DataType
centreheight
float
Constraint
The Passive Centre Height (in m), defined on the Passive

Repeater subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a PR link in
the Link Database.
height
float
The Height (in m), defined on the Passive Repeater subtab of

the Linkend Settings tab for a PR link in the Link Database.
latitude
float
Stores the latitude co-ordinate value for the reflector passive

repeater, stored on the Info subtab of the General tab for a PR
linkfk
integer
longitude
float
modifyuser
integer
not null

the table.
prlinkendfk
integer
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the reflector PR with a

particular PR linkend.
prlinkfk
integer
not null
Stores a unique number, associating the reflector PR with a

particular PR link.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
reflectorpk
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each reflector PR in

the database.
tilt
float
NOT USED.
width
float
The Width (in m), defined on the Passive Repeater subtab of

the Linkend Settings tab for a PR link in the Link Database.
not null
Description
Stores a unique number, associating the reflector passive

repeater (PR) with a particular link.
Stores the longitude co-ordinate value for the reflector passive
repeater, stored on the Info subtab of the General tab for a PR
Foreign Keys:
FK2 (projectno + prlinkendfk) references the PRLINKEND table

Page 325
Table SECTORANTENNA
Name
DataType
antennaheight
float
Constraint
The Height (in m), defined on the Antenna tab for a sector in the
Link Database.
coordtype
integer
Indicates whether the coordinates are stored as a relative

location (1) or an absolute location (0). Defined on the Antenna
A (or B) subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the Link
Database.
dryradomeloss
float(64)
The Dry Radome Loss (in dB), defined on the Antenna tab for a
sector in the Link Database.
eirp
float(64)
Stores the EiRP for an antenna on a sector in the Link

Database.
idname
varchar2(32)
latitude
float(64)
The Latitude, defined on the Antenna tab for a sector in the Link
Database.
longitude
float(64)
The Longitude, defined on the Antenna tab for a sector in the

Link Database.
modifyuser
integer
mwantennakey
integer
Stores a unique number, associating a particular microwave

antenna type with the sector antenna. This is defined on the
Antenna tab for a sector in the Link Database.
overrideactelev
integer
Indicates whether the actual elevation option has been selected

(1) or not (0).
overrideantdir
integer
Indicates whether the override antenna direction option has

pmpsectorkey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number associating the sector

antenna with a particular PmP sector.
projectno
integer
not null

database.
sectorantennakey
integer
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each sector antenna

in the database.
tilt
float
User defined value that provides a corrected value for the tilting
of the sector antennas. This is purely an information field and is
not used in any calculations.
useractelev
float
Stores the user-defined actual elevation value.
userantdir
float
Stores the user-defined antenna direction value.
wetradomeloss
float(64)
The Wet Radome Loss (in dB), defined on the Antenna tab for a
sector in the Link Database.
not null
not null
Description
The Antenna ID, defined on the Antenna tab for a sector in the
Link Database.

the table.
Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + pmpsectorkey) references the PMPSECTOR table
Page 326

Table SHAREDLINKTEMPRANGE
Name
DataType
comments
varchar2(512)
Constraint
Description
projectno
number(38)
rangefrom
float
rangekey
number(38)
rangelinktype
number(3)
Indicates the link type for which the system range has been
created - PtP (0), PmP (1), Dual Polar (2), Multi-radio (3)
rangeto
float
The to range (in km) for the system range, defined in the
Range Settings dialog box.
Optional comments for the system range, displayed in the

not null

database.
The from range (in km) for the system range, defined in the
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each system range

in a database.
Table SPLITTER
Name
DataType
createdate
date
NOT USED.
createuser
integer
NOT USED.
description
varchar2(128)
NOT USED.
idname
varchar2(128)
NOT USED.
loss
float
NOT USED.
manufacturer
varchar2(128)
NOT USED.
modifydate
date
NOT USED.
modifyuser
integer
NOT USED.
permission
integer
NOT USED.
photofile
varchar2(128)
NOT USED.
projectno
integer
NOT USED.
splitterkey
integer
NOT USED.
type
varchar2(128)
NOT USED.
usergroup
integer
NOT USED.

Constraint
Description
Page 327
Table SPURLINK
Name
DataType
class
number(38)
Constraint
Description
Stores ITU Error Performance objects.
createdate
date
createuser
number(38)

errorperformance
float
The A1, B or C parameter value, depending on whether the

connection is long haul, short haul or access.
This is used in the G.826 error performance calculations, and
the default = 0.
grade
number(38)
Stores grade information.
idname
varchar2(32)
modifydate
date
modifyuser
number(38)
permission
number(38)
projectno
number(38)
refspurlength
number(38)
Stores a chain's calculation parameter.
refspurlengthover
number(38)
Indicates whether a spurlink length has been exceeded. 0 =

not exceeded and 1 = exceeded.
spurpk
number(38)
useitu_826
number(38)
Stores the ITU value, either G821(0), or ITU-R. P.1668-1 (1).
usergroup
number(38)

not null
Lists the names given to each chain created within the

database.
not null

the table.
not null
not null

database.
Primary key uniquely identifying the chain.
Table SPURREF
Page 328
Name
DataType
Constraint
Description
linkpk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each link in the

chain.
modifyuser
number(38)
not null

the table.
projectno
number(38)
not null

database.
spurpk
number(38)
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each chain in the

database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + spurpk) references the SPURLINK table
Table USERLINKTEMPRANGE
Name
DataType
comments
varchar2(512)
Optional comments for the user range, displayed in the Range

Settings dialog box.
modifyuser
number(38)

the table.
projectno
number(38)
rangefrom
float
rangekey
number(38)
rangelinktype
number(3)
Indicates the link type for which the user range has been
created - PtP (0), PmP (1), Dual Polar (2), Multi-radio (3)
rangeto
float
The to range (in km) for the user range, defined in the Range
Settings dialog box.

Constraint
not null
Description

database.
The from range (in km) for the user range, defined in the
not null
Primary key, storing a unique number for each user range in

a database.
Page 329
Page 330

CHAPTER 11
About Difference Tables

The difference tables (Diff tables) in the database store information about user-specific
changes. Diff tables contain all information that has been Applied but not yet
Committed. These changes are associated with the user who made them. Other users
can see these changes by updating network elements in the Site Database. For
information on using Apply and Commit, see the ENTERPRISE User Reference
Guide.
Note the following points about Diff tables:
Fields starting with a d store the new information that has been Applied.
Fields that do not start with a d (preceding the field name) contain the original
data, that is, the last data that was Committed.
So, for example, these two fields exist in the DIFFMSC table:
didname (varchar2(32)) - Updated data entry to the table.
idname (varchar2(32)) - Original data entry to the table when the application
was first loaded or subsequent data is committed.
Values in both fields remain the same when any deletions or additions to the
database take place. If an update to the data is performed then the two fields will
differ in their contents.
Some difference fields will always remain the same as their counterparts, such as
primary key fields which are used to reference the associated data in the
committed tables. Some example of fields that remain the same are dcreatedate,
dcreateuser, dprojectno, dobjectkey and dsitekey.
Also present in each diff table is a field called diffstate. This specifies the change
that has occurred to any of the database tables and will be:
0 to indicate an addition of an object to the database
1 to indicate an update to the current data
2 to indicate a deletion

Page 331
Permissions in Difference Tables

Some Diff tables contain a permission field.
This either:
Shows a three digit code providing the permissions for the user, the default group
they belongs to and all other users. For more information on this, see About
Is unused at present.
To see which of these is the case for a particular Diff table, view the counterpart table.
Page 332

APPENDIX A
Database Changes
This appendix gives details of tables added, modified and deleted in the AIRCOM
and ADVANTAGE schemas for ENTERPRISE Release 7.0.
Tables Added to the AIRCOM Schema

These tables have been added:
AMCRECEIVERTHRESHOLD
AMCTRANSMITPOWER
CARRIERAMCTHRESHOLD
CARRIEDTRAFFICDETAIL
CARRIEDTRAFFICTOTAL
LINKAMCTHRESHOLD
LOGLTEANTENNA
LOGLTECAR
LOGLTECELL
LOGLTECELLCAR
LOGLTEFEEDER
LOGLTENODE
LTECARRIER
LTECELLID
LTECELLIDSCHEMA
LTEFRAMES
LTEFREQBANDS
PRIORUSERLICCONFIG
RADIOAMCTHRESHOLD

DatabaseChanges
Page 333
Tables Modified in the AIRCOM Schema

For 7.0 the ID names have been extended to allow the user to enter up to 128
characters. The following tables have been changed.
AMPSBTSROUTE
Column
6.2
ROUTENUMBER
7.0
Comments
INTEGER
New field.
NOT NULL
ANTENNA
Column
6.2
INSTANCEID
7.0
Comments
VARCHAR2
New field.
(128 BYTE)
ANTENNADEVICE
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2
VARCHAR2
Extend length.
(64 BYTE)
(128 BYTE)
VARCHAR2
VARCHAR2
(64 BYTE)
(128 BYTE)
VARCHAR2
VARCHAR2(260
BYTE)
Extend length.
MANUFACTURER
PHOTOFILE
Extend length.
(128 BYTE)
ANTENNAPATTERN
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
VARCHAR2(260
BYTE)
Extend length.
(64 BYTE)
UNIQUE_PATTE
RN_ID
VARCHAR2
(130 BYTE)
Page 334
DatabaseChanges
BAND
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
INTEGER
New field.
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
ADDRESS
VARCHAR2(81
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
NAME
VARCHAR2(81
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
COMBINERTYPE
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
PHOTOFILE
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(260
BYTE)
Extend length.
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
PHOTOFILE
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(260
BYTE)
Extend length.
BANDDUPLEXME
THOD
IDNAME
BCF
BCFTYPE
BSC
BSICSCHEMA
BTS

DatabaseChanges
Page 335
CABIN
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
PHOTOFILE
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(260
BYTE)
Extend length.
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
ABBREVIATION
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
CELLID
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
SUBCELLID
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
SUBCELLNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
CARLAY
CELLAY
CELLAYDATA
CELLEQUIPMENT
Page 336
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
PHOTOFILE
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(260
BYTE)
Extend length.
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
DatabaseChanges
CELLSITES
Column
6.2
CAPACITY
PHOTOFILE
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
7.0
Comments
FLOAT(64)
New field.
VARCHAR2(260
BYTE)
Extend length.
CONTACTPERSON
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
COMPANY
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
FORENAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
SURNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
TITLE
VARCHAR2(5
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
COVSCHEMA
DISTRIBUTION
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
PHOTOFILE
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(260
BYTE)
Extend length.
7.0
Comments
VARCHAR2(102
4 BYTE)
Extend length.
ENT_EVENTLOG_DATA
Column
6.2
OBJECTID
EXTERNALHTTPDATA
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
ID
VARCHAR2(64
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.

DatabaseChanges
Page 337
ENTTYPE
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
PHOTOFILE
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(260
BYTE)
Extend length.
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
FILTERID
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
FEEDER
FILTERS
FLAGGROUPS
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
FLAGGROUPID
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
FLAGID
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
STRINGFIELDD
ATA
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
FOLDERNAME
VARCHAR2(64
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
FLAGS
FLAGVALUES
FOLDERS
Page 338
DatabaseChanges
FREQBAND
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
NAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
FREQCARRIERCONV
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
NAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
7.0
Comments
INTEGER
New field.
GENREPEATER
Column
6.2
CALCMETHOD
NOT NULL
GENREPEATERFEEDER
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
OUTPUTPOWER
FLOAT(126)
New field.
RXSIGNAL
FLOAT(126)
New field.
RXSIGNALSPEC
IFIED
NUMBER(2)
New field.
7.0
Comments
INTEGER
New field.
GSMBTSROUTE
Column
6.2
ROUTENUMBER
NOT NULL
GSMCELL
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
CELLNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
SEGMENT_NAME
VARCHAR2(16
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
FLOAT(64)
DEFAULT 0.0
New field.
SIGNALLINGOV
ERHEAD

DatabaseChanges
Page 339
IDSEQUENCES
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(64
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
6.2
7.0
Comments
DUPLEXMETHOD
INTEGER
New field.
PACKETSIZE
INTEGER
New field.
PACKETTYPE
INTEGER
New field.
SYMMETRY
INTEGER
New field.
SYMMETRYMP
INTEGER
New field.
SYNCDELAY
FLOAT(64)
New field.
SYNCMODE
INTEGER
New field.
IS95CARRIER
LINK
Column
LOGCONNECTION
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(80
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
7.0
Comments
INSTANCEID
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
New field.
PREDRADIUS
Dropped.
Dropped.
7.0
Comments
FLOAT(126)
DEFAULT 0.0
New field.
LOGIS95ANTENNA
Column
6.2
LOGIS95BS
Column
CAPACITY
Page 340
6.2
DatabaseChanges
LOGIS95BSC
Column
6.2
TWOWAYHANDOV
ER
7.0
Comments
FLOAT(126)
DEFAULT 0.0
New field.
LOGIS9CAR
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
LOGIS95CLUSTER
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
7.0
Comments
FLOAT(126)
DEFAULT 0.0
New field.
LOGIS95SECTOR
Column
6.2
SIGNALLINGOV
ERHEAD
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
SECTORNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
LOGNETWORK
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
NAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
NAME2
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
FLOAT(126)
DEFAULT 0.0
New field.
LOGNODE
SIGNALLINGOV
ERHEAD

DatabaseChanges
Page 341
LOGNODEB
Column
6.2
CAPACITY
7.0
FLOAT(126)
DEFAULT 0.0
Comments
New field.
LOGNODEBTYPE
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
PHOTOFILE
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(260
BYTE)
Extend length.
6.2
7.0
Comments
FLOAT(126)
DEFAULT 0.0
New field.
7.0
Comments
INSTANCEID
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
New field.
PREDRADIUS
Dropped.
Dropped.
LOGRNC
Column
TWOWAYHANDOV
ER
LOGUMTSANTENNA
Column
6.2
LOGUMTSCAR
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
LOGUMTSCELL
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
CELLNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
FLOAT(126)
DEFAULT 0.0
New field.
SIGNALLING
OVERHEAD
Page 342
DatabaseChanges
LOGUMTSCELLRATE
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
7.0
Comments
INSTANCEID
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
New field.
PREDRADIUS
Dropped.
Dropped.
LOGWIMAXANTENNA
Column
6.2
LOGWIMAXCAR
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
LOGWIMAXCELL
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
CELLNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
FLOAT(126)
DEFAULT 0.0
New field.
7.0
Comments
INSTANCEID
INSTANCEID
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
New field.
PREDRADIUS
Dropped.
Dropped.
SIGNALLINGOV
ERHEAD
LOGWIMAXMOBANTENNA
Column
6.2
LOGWIMAXMOBCAR
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.

DatabaseChanges
Page 343
LOGWIMAXMOBCELL
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
CELLNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
FLOAT(126)
DEFAULT 0.0
New field.
7.0
Comments
FLOAT(126)
DEFAULT 0.0
New field.
7.0
Comments
FLOAT(126)
DEFAULT 0.0
New field.
SIGNALLINGOV
ERHEAD
LOGWIMAXMOBNODE
Column
6.2
CAPACITY
LOGWIMAXNODE
Column
6.2
CAPACITY
MAPNAMES
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
MASTHEADAMP
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
PHOTOFILE
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(260
BYTE)
Extend length.
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
PHOTOFILE
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(260
BYTE)
Extend length.
MSC
Page 344
DatabaseChanges
MWANTENNATYPE
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(64
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
PLMNNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
6.2
7.0
Comments
ADDITIONAL
CARRIER
TRAFFIC
FLOAT(64)
New field.
DIVHIGH
PRIORITY
AVAILABLITY
FLOAT(64)
New field.
DIVHIGH
PRIORITY
THROUGHPUT
FLOAT(64)
New field.
DIVREQUIRED
AVAILABILITY
FLOAT(64)
New field.
DUPLEXMETHOD
INTEGER
New field.
HIGHPRIORITY
AVAILABLITY
FLOAT(64)
New field.
HIGHPRIORITY
THROUGHPUT
FLOAT(64)
New field.
PACKETSIZE
INTEGER
New field.
PACKETTYPE
INTEGER
New field.
REQUIREDAVAI
LABILITY
FLOAT(64)
New field.
SYMMETRY
INTEGER
New field.
SYMMETRYMP
INTEGER
New field.
SYNCDELAY
FLOAT(64)
New field.
PLMN
PMPCARRIER
Column
PNINDEXSCHEMA
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.

DatabaseChanges
Page 345
PREDICTIONMODEL
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
PRIORGROUPS
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
GRP
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
LICUSERESTRI
CTED
INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL
New field.
0
LICCOMMUTERE
STRICTED
INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL
LICGRPHASCON
FIG
INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL
New field.
New field.
PRIORUSER
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
EMAIL_ID
VARCHAR2(100
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
EMAIL_ID2
VARCHAR2(100
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
FIRSTNAME
VARCHAR2(50
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
LASTNAME
VARCHAR2(50
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
LICCOMMUTERE
STRICTED
INTEGER
DEFAULT 0
NOT NULL
New field.
LICSTARTOPTI
ON
INTEGER
DEFAULT 0
NOT NULL
New field.
LICUSERESTRI
CTED
INTEGER
DEFAULT 0
NOT NULL
New field.
PROJECT
Page 346
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
NAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
DatabaseChanges
PROJECTREGION
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
NAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
6.2
7.0
Comments
ADDITIONAL
LINKTRAFFIC
FLOAT(64)
New field.
CHANNEL
CAPACITYENUM
INTEGER
DEFAULT 1
New field.
CHANNELLIST
VARCHAR2
256 BYTE)
New field.
DIVHIGH
PRIORITY
AVAILABLITY
FLOAT(64)
New field.
DIVHIGH
PRIORITY
THROUGHPUT
FLOAT(64)
New field.
DIVREQUIRED
AVAILABILITY
FLOAT(64)
New field.
ETHERNETIP
INTEGER
DEFAULT 0
New field.
HIGHPRIORITY
AVAILABLITY
FLOAT(64)
New field.
HIGHPRIORITY
THROUGHPUT
FLOAT(64)
New field.
NOOFCHANNELS
INTEGER
DEFAULT 2
New field.
REQUIRED
AVAILABILITY
FLOAT(64)
New field.
USEPDHSDH
INTEGER
DEFAULT 0
New field.
PTPLINKEND
Column

DatabaseChanges
Page 347
RADIOEQUIP
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
BITSPERBLOCK
INTEGER
New field.
BLOCKSPERSEC
OND
INTEGER
New field.
FRAMESIZE
FLOAT(64)
New field.
LATENCY
FLOAT(64)
New field.
MAXCAPACITY
FLOAT(126)
New field.
MAXIPCAPACIT
Y
INTEGER
New field.
OPERATING
MODE
INTEGER
New field.
RBER
THRESHOLD
FLOAT(64)
New field.
RESIDUALBER
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
New field.
SBER
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
New field.
SESTHRESHOLD
FLOAT(64)
New field.
TRANSITION
GAP
FLOAT(64)
New field.
REPEATER
Page 348
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
PHOTOFILE
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(260
BYTE)
Extend length.
DatabaseChanges
SITEADDRESS
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
ADDRESS1
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
ADDRESS2
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
PRECANDIDATE
NAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
PROVINCE
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
STATE
VARCHAR2(64
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
TOWN
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
TERMMOBSPEED
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
CODE
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
TERMTYCLUTTER
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
CODE
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
6.2
7.0
Comments
TERMTYPE
Column
ANTENNA_KEY
BEAM_FORMING
_ACTIVE
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL
New field.
INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL
New field.
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
MAX_
BLOCKSIZE_DL
INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL
New field.
0
MAX_
BLOCKSIZE_UL
INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL

DatabaseChanges
New field.
Page 349
Column
7.0
Comments
MAX_MOD_
SCHEME_DL
INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL
MAX_MOD_
SCHEME_UL
INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL
MAX_TX_POWER
FLOAT(64)
DEFAULT
23
NOT NULL
New field.
MU_MIMO_DL
INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL
New field.
0
INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL
MU_MIMO_UL
Page 350
6.2
New field.
New field.
New field.
REQD_RSRQ
FLOAT(64)
DEFAULT
-14
NOT NULL
New field.
REQD_SINR
FLOAT(64)
DEFAULT -200
NOT NULL
New field.
RX_COMB_GAIN
FLOAT(64)
DEFAULT
NOT NULL
New field.
0
SU_MIMO_
ELEM_CNT_DL
INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL
SU_MIMO_
ELEM_CNT_UL
INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL
SU_MIMO_
ENABLE_DL
INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL
SU_MIMO_
ENABLE_UL
INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL
SU_MIMO_
MODE_DL
INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL
SU_MIMO_
MODE_UL
INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL
TERM_
CATEGORY
INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL
New field.
New field.
New field.
New field.
New field.
New field.
New field.
DatabaseChanges
TGBITRATE
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
TGCARRIER
TGCLUTPATHLOSS
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
CODE
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
DLMUMIMOSINR
OFFSET
FLOAT(64)
DEFAULT 0
NOT NULL
New field.
DLSMSINR
OFFSET
FLOAT(64)
DEFAULT 0
NOT NULL
New field.
ULMUMIMOSINR
OFFSET
ULSMRATEGAIN
ULSMSINR
OFFSET

DatabaseChanges
New field.
FLOAT(64)
DEFAULT
NOT NULL
FLOAT(64)
DEFAULT 0
NOT NULL
New field.
1
New field.
Page 351
TGSERVICE
Column
6.2
DELAY
7.0
Comments
FLOAT(126)
DEFAULT
100.0
New field.
GTBITRATEDL
INTEGER
FLOAT(126)
Type change.
GTBITRATEUL
INTEGER
FLOAT(126)
Type change.
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
MXBITRATEDL
INTEGER
FLOAT(126)
Type change.
MXBITRATEUL
INTEGER
FLOAT(126)
Type change.
PELR
INTEGER
DEFAULT 2
New field.
QCI
INTEGER
DEFAULT 10
New field.
TGRESTYPE
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
PHOTOFILE
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(260
BYTE)
Extend length.
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
SCHEMANAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
TOWER
UMTSCODE
UMTSCODESCHEMA
Page 352
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
DatabaseChanges
WFSSERVICES
Column
6.2
QRYLIFETIME
7.0
Comments
INTEGER
NOT NULL
New field.
WIMAXCARRIER
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
WIMAXMOBCARRIER
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)
Extend length.
Tables Added to the ADVANTAGE Schema

These tables have been added:
BANDTARGETS
DIFFBANDTARGETS
Tables Removed from the ADVANTAGE Schema

These tables have been removed:
ADVDESTGT
DIFFADVDESTGT
Tables Modified in the ADVANTAGE Schema

The following tables have been changed.
COSTFUNCTIONWEIGHTS
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
BANDCODE
NUMBER(38)
New field
TECHNOLOGY
VARCHAR2(64
BYTE)
New field

DatabaseChanges
Page 353
DIFFCOSTFUNCTIONWEIGHTS
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
BANDCODE
NUMBER(38)
New field
TECHNOLOGY
VARCHAR2(64
BYTE)
New field
DBANDCODE
NUMBER(38)
New field
DTECHNOLOGY
VARCHAR2(64
BYTE)
New field
7.0
Comments
FLOAT(126)
New field
VECTORPARAMETERS
Column
6.2
POLLUTION
PATHLOSS
FLOAT(126)
Dropped field
DIFFVECTORPARAMETERS
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
POLLUTION
FLOAT(126)
New field
DPOLLUTION
FLOAT(126)
New field
PATHLOSS
FLOAT(126)
Dropped field
DPATHLOSS
FLOAT(126)
Dropped field
BANDPARAMETERS
Column
6.2
POLLUTION
PATHLOSS
7.0
Comments
FLOAT(126)
New field
FLOAT(126)
Dropped field
DIFFBANDPARAMETERS
Column
Page 354
6.2
7.0
Comments
POLLUTION
FLOAT(126)
New field
DPOLLUTION
FLOAT(126)
New field
PATHLOSS
FLOAT(126)
Dropped field
DPATHLOSS
FLOAT(126)
Dropped field
DatabaseChanges
DESIGNTARGETGROUP
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2
(32 BYTE)
VARCHAR2
(128 BYTE)
Change in type.
DIFFDESIGNTARGETGROUP
Column
6.2
7.0
Comments
IDNAME
VARCHAR2
(32 BYTE)
VARCHAR2
(128 BYTE)
Change in type.
DIDNAME
VARCHAR2
(32 BYTE)
VARCHAR2
(128 BYTE)
Change in type.
PLAN
Column
6.2
IDNAME
VARCHAR2
BYTE)
(32
VIEWSCALE
USEDRIVE
TEST
7.0
Comments
VARCHAR2
(128 BYTE)
Change in type.
NUMBER(38)
New field.
NUMBER(38)
Dropped field.
DELTAPLAN
Column
6.2
IDNAME
VARCHAR2
BYTE)
(32
7.0
Comments
VARCHAR2
(128 BYTE)
Change in type.
7.0
Comments
VARCHAR2
(128 BYTE)
Change in type.
CONSTRAINTTEMPLATE
Column
6.2
IDNAME
VARCHAR2
BYTE)

DatabaseChanges
(32
Page 355
Page 356
DatabaseChanges
V
Vectors
database tables 93, 94
Index
D
Database tables
ADVANTAGE 247
CONNECT 275
Environment set-up 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 41
Equipment 31, 97
Internal 31, 109
Logical network 32, 33, 123
Project 37, 231
relationships 25
Databases
table relationships 25
tables 41, 97, 109, 123, 231, 247, 275, 331
Difference tables 331
F
Fields
tables 17, 68
Foreign keys, definition 17
P
Permissions
database tables 18
Primary keys, definition 17
T
Table relationships
ADVANTAGE 38
CONNECT 39, 40
Environment set-up 26, 27, 28, 29, 30
Equipment 31
Internal 31
Logical network 32, 33
Project 37
Tables
ADVANTAGE 247
CONNECT 39, 40, 275
database 17, 331
environment set-up 41
equipment 97
Internal 109
logical 123
permissions 18
project 231
relationships 25

Index
Page 357
Page 358

Index

Database Reference Guide

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Database Reference Guide

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

ENTERPRISE

Database Reference Guide

Software Version 7.0

Copyright 2010 AIRCOM International

+44 (0) 1932 442000

About This Manual

First Official Publish.

LOGCONNTRAFFIC Table removed.

Signifies text that should be noted or carefully considered.

Signifies text that may help you do something in an easier or quicker

Signifies text that is intended as a warning or something important.

Overview of Database Table Definitions .......................................................... 17

Obtaining User Assistance ............................................................................... 18

Chapter 2 Database Table Relationships

Environment Set-up Database Table Relationships (1) .................................... 26

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Chapter 3 Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Table ACTIVEATTRIB ..................................................................................... 46

Table ACTIVEELEMENTS ............................................................................... 55

Table FLAGVALUES ....................................................................................... 68

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Table GRIDCONFIGCELLS ............................................................................. 71

Chapter 4 Equipment Database Tables 97

Chapter 5 Internal Database Tables

Table CELLEQUIPMENT............................................................................... 110

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Chapter 6 Logical Network Database Tables

Table CARRIEDTRAFFICDETAIL ................................................................. 127

Table LOGUMTSCELLCAR ........................................................................... 166

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Chapter 7 Analog Network Database Tables

Table ANTENNA............................................................................................ 212

Chapter 8 Project Database Tables

Table CARRIERS .......................................................................................... 233

Table CIXLAT ................................................................................................ 234

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Chapter 9 ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Table ACTIONCOMBINATIONS .................................................................... 249

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Chapter 10 CONNECT Database Tables

Table AMCRECEIVERTHRESHOLD ............................................................. 278

Table SECTORANTENNA ............................................................................. 326

Chapter 11 About Difference Tables

Permissions in Difference Tables ................................................................... 332

Database Reference Guide 7.0

About this Manual

Overview of Database Table Definitions

Primary and Foreign Keys

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Obtaining User Assistance

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Double-click the PDF file that you want to view.

Who is This User Reference Guide For?

Database Reference Guide 7.0

About the ENTERPRISE User Reference Guides

The main difference between the latest versions of the ENTERPRISE

ENTERPRISE Installation and Administration

Installing and configuring ENTERPRISE, your network, and Oracle

ENTERPRISE Database Reference

ENTERPRISE User Reference

Functionality that is common to most of the products in the ENTERPRISE

ENTERPRISE Technical Reference

File formats, as well as antenna and diffraction calculations.

ADVANTAGE User Reference